Mineral  Land 
Surveying 


JAMF.S  UNDERHILJ     l 


L  Mineral  Land 
Surveying 


A  technical  treatise  on  the  surveying  and  patenting 

of  mineral  land,  designed  for  the  use  of  Deputy 

Mineral  Surveyors  and  Students 

of  Mining  Engineering,  with  an 

appendix  of  contributed 

notes  of  interest. 


JAMES  UNDERBILL,  PH.  D. 

MINING  ENGINEER. 
U.S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor  for  Colorado. 


1906 
THE  MINING  REPORTER  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

DENVER,  COLORADO,  U.  8.  A. 


COPYRIGHT  1906  BY 

THE  ;MINING  REPORTER  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 
DENVER, COLORADO 


The  accompanying  plate  is  reproduced  for  the  purpose 
of  showing  the  tangled  state  of  affairs  that  the  Deputy 
United  States  Mineral  Surveyor  is  sometimes  concerned 
with.  The  plate  represents  an  actual  case  in  the  patenting 
of  a  claim  and  shows  numerous  conflicts. 


Table  of  Contents. 


CHAPTER  I. 

DIRECT    SOLAR    OBSERVATIONS. 
Placing   the   Sun — Derivation   of   Formula — Examples 
of  Observations  and  Figuring — Latitude   Observa- 
tions— Errors    in    Observations    of    Latitude — Sec- 
ond   Formula     1-18 

CHAPTER  II. 

SOLAR   ATTACHMENTS. 
The    Shattuck    Solar — The    Burt    Solar — The    Berger 

and   Saegmuller  Solars    19-41 

CHAPTER  III. 

MEASUREMENTS. 

Traversing — Measuring — Stations — Slope  Measure- 
ments— Obstacles — Closing  Lines  in  Traversing — 
Rule  for  Azimuth 42-51 

CHAPTER  IV. 
LOCATION  SURVEYS. 

Lode  Locations — Note  Book — Location  Certificate — 
Angular  Claims — Relocation  and  Amended  Loca- 
tion— Mill  Sites  and  Placers — Double  Meridian 
Distances  —  Tunnel  Sites  —  Legal  Subdivisions  — 
Tracing  Vein  Extensions 52-35 

CHAPTER  V. 

PATENT  SURVEYS. 

Surveying  for  Patent — Angles  from  Courses — Patent 
Figuring — Area  Statement — Miscellaneous  on  Pat- 
ents— Adverses  and  Protests 86-123 


CHAPTER  VI. 

PATENT   FIELD  NOTES. 

Patent  Field  Notes...  ...124-158 


CHAPTER  VII. 

LAND    OFFICE    AND    RECORDS. 
Office    United    States    Surveyor    General — Land    Office 

Regulations — Public    and    Private    Records 159-187 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

EXAMINATION   FOR  COMMISSION  UNITED  STATES  DEP- 
UTY  MINERAL,   SURVEYOR. 

Placer  Calculations — Lode'  Line  Calculation — Subdivi- 
sion of  Section — Examination  Questions,  South 
Dakota,  California,  Oregon 188-204 

APPENDIX. 

Correspondence — The   Patenting  of  Mineral  Lands.  .  .205-218 


Acknowledgements 

This  reprint  edition  of  "MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING"  was 
printed  from  a  copy  of  the  book  loaned  by  F.  D.  Uzes,  author 
of  surveying  literature,  historian,  and  Land  Surveyor. 


Printing  and  advice  was  provided  by  Jan  Maschino  at  Edwards 
Brothers,  Inc.,  2500  South  State  Street,  Ann  Arbor,  MI  48106. 

Published  by  Landmark  Enterprises,   10324   Newton  Way, 
Rancho  Cordova,  CA  95670. 


PREFACE. 


IN  the  work  which  follows  an  attempt  has  been 
made  to  describe  the  methods  used  at  the  pres- 
ent time  in  the  survey  of  mineral  lands  in  the 
western  portion  of  the  United  States.  Only  as  much  of 
general  surveying  has  been  given  as  is  necessary  to  a 
clear  understanding  of  the  subject,  and  the  reader  is  re- 
ferred to  the  various  text  books  on  surveying  for  all  in- 
formation of  a  general  nature.  The  reader  is  also  re- 
ferred to  Morrison's  Mining  Rights  for  the  treatment  of 
the  purely  legal  points. 

It  will  be  impossible  to  give  credit  to  all  those  who 
have  assisted  the  writer  either  during  the  period  when  the 
work  was  appearing  as  a  serial  in  Mining  Reporter,  or  in 
its  final  incorporation  in  book  form.  To  all  those  who 
have  assisted,  the  writer  wishes  to  express  his  heartfelt 
thanks,  and  especially  to  Professors  L.  E.  Young,  E.  M., 
and  A.  J.  Hoskin,  Mech.  E.  of  the  Colorado  School  of 
Mines;  Professor  Mark  Ehle,  E.  M.,  of  the  South  Dakota 
School  of  Mines;  N.  H.  Brown,  E.  M.,  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral 
Surveyor,  formerly  Chief  of  the  Mineral  Division,  and  M.  E. 
Blake,  the  present  Chief  of  the  Mineral  Division,  Of- 
fice U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado.  The  writer  is 
also  indebted  to  H.  G.  Moulton,  E.  M.,  and  P.  P.  Barbour, 
E.  M.,  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyors,  for  many  valuable 
suggestions,  and  to  William  Hyland  for  assistance  in  the 
calculations. 

The  writer  in  conclusion  cannot  acknowledge  too 
strongly  the  assistance  of  his  wife,  which  has  been 
invaluable  to  him. 


CHAPTER  I. 


Direct  Solar  Observation. 

Of  the  applications  of  plane  surveying  to  the  survey 
of  mineral  lands,  no  one  is  more  representative  or  has  been 
more  greatly  perfected  in  the  West  than  the  use  of  the  sun 
to  determine  the  bearing  of  a  given  line.  For  many  years 
bearings  were  determined  by  the  use  of  various  solar 
attachments  but  of  late  years  the  method  known  as  the 
direct  observation  seems  to  have  almost  entirely  taken 
their  place.  While  with  great  care  any  one  of  the  several 
solar  attachments  on  the  market  will  give  fair  or  even 
good  results,  they  are  all  relatively  expensive,  fragile  and 
with  one  exception,  easily  thrown  out  of  adjustment.  With 
the  method  known  as  the  direct  observation  no  attachment 
is  needed  to  the  ordinary  transit  provided  with  a  vertical 
arc  or  circle,  preferably  the  latter,  and  no  adjustment  has 
to  be  considered  other  than  those  necessary  to  use  in 
every  transit  in  mineral  land  surveying. 

As  the  exact  determination  of  the  bearings  of  lines  is 
probably  more  important  in  mineral  land  surveying  than 
in  perhaps  any  other  branch  of  engineering,  disregarding 
of  course  geodetic  work,  it  will  be  taken  up  in  detail. 

To  determine  the  bearing  of  a  line  by  direct  observation, 
the  transit  is  set  up  as  solidly  as  possible  and  carefully 
levelled.  The  line  whose  bearing  is  to  be  determined  may 
be  considered  0°  and  the  upper  plate  set  at  0°,  or  if  the 
bearing  is  approximately  known,  the  upper  plate  may  be 
set  at  the  assumed  bearing  to  be  afterwards  corrected. 
If  more  convenient,  the  assumed  bearing  of  a  line  to  some 
prominent  object  may  be  taken,  and  the  first  course 
required  on  the  survey  deflected  from  this  line.  The  upper 
plate  is  then  loosened  and  the  telescope  pointed  at  the 


2  MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING. 

sun.  The  sun  may  be  observed  in  various  ways,  for  exam- 
ple through  a  colored  glass  placed  over  the  eye-piece  ta 
which  may  be  added  a  prism  when  the  sun  is  very  high. 
This  colored  glass  may  be  very  conveniently  placed  in  the 
sliding  cover  of  the  eye-piece  and  is  thus  always  ready  for 
use.  As  this  method  involves  the  attachment  of  the  col- 
ored glass,  and  also  when  the  sun  is  high  some  personal 
discomfort  as  regards  the  position  of  the  head,  a  card, 
sheet  of  paper,  or  better  the  brown  back  of  a  note-book, 
which  latter  does  away  with  the  glare  on  a  white  surface, 
may  be  used.  On  this  surface,  preferably  held  by  the 
assistant,  the  cross  wires  are  first  focused  and  finally 
the  sun  is  brought  into  the  proper  position,  by  the  aid  of 
the  tangent  screws. 

A  Davis  screen  is  a  piece  of  apparatus  attached  to  the 
telescope  to  answer  the  same  purpose  as  the  card  men- 
tioned above,  and  its  use  leaves  both  hands  free  to  manipu- 
late the  instrument.  Otherwise  it  is  of  no  great  advan- 
tage. 

In  regard  to  placing  the  sun  with  reference  to  cross 
wires,  there  are  many  opinions.  In  most  treatises  we  are 
instructed  not  to  bisect  the  sun  as  in  Fig.  1A,  but  to  place 
it  in  one  quadrant,  as  in  Fig.  IB,  as  it  can  thus  be  observed 
more  accurately.  While  this  is  perfectly  true,  especially 
with  inverting  instruments,  a  correction  for  semi-diameter 
of  the  sun  must  be  made,  and  the  operation  is  liable  to  be 
somewhat  confusing  to  the  beginner.  The  student  is 
therefore  advised  at  first  to  divide  the  sun  into  quadrants 
by  the  two  cross  hairs  (Fig.  1A)  leaving  the  method  of 
placing  the  cross  hairs  tangent  until  proficiency  is  se- 
cured. As  an  error  of  one  minute  in  placing  the  vertical 
cross  wire  causes  an  error  of  one  minute  in  the  resulting 
azimuth,  while  an  error  of  one  minute  in  placing  the  hori- 
zontal wire  causes  an  error  of  several  minutes  in  the  re- 
sult, it  might  be  well  to  place  the  sun  as  in  Fig.  1C.  The 
reason  for  this  will  readily  be  seen  on  examining  the  ex- 


MINERAL.   LAND   SURVEYING.  3 

amples  which  follow.  The  sun  in  very  accurate  work  is 
sometimes  placed  in  a  rectangle  or  other  arrangement  of 
cross  wires,  but  in  ordinary  work  these  are  unnecessary 
refinements. 


Fig.  1  A. 


Fig.  1  B. 


Fig.  1  C. 


Fig.  1  D. 


Another  very  exact  method  of  placing  the  sun  in  the 
direct  observation  is  to  place  the  sun  tangent  to  the  cross 
wires  first  in  the  N.  E.  corner  with  the  telescope  normal 
and  then  in  the  S.  W.  corner  with  the  telescope  inverted. 
These  are  the  best  positions  in  the  morning.  In  the  after- 
noon the  other  two  quadrants  had  best  be  used  in  order 
that  the  sun  may  be  moving  in  the  same  direction  with 
reference  to  the  cross  wires.  The  average  of  the  two  ver- 
tical and  two  horizontal  angles  are  used  in  each  case  in 
the  subsequent  calculations  and  in  this  way  all  considera- 
tion of  the  semi-diameter  of  the  sun  is  avoided.  At  least 
two  sets  of  such  observations  must  be  made,  otherwise 
there  is  no  check. 

In  an  instrument  provided  with  stadia  wires  care  must 
be  taken  not  to  confuse  these  with  the  horizontal  cross. 


4  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

wire.  It  is  also  well,  not  to  assume,  without  a  trial,  that 
the  stadia  wires  are  each  equally  distant  from  the  horizon- 
tal cross  wire. 

If  the  stadia  wires  are  correctly  placed  they  should  be 
0°  34'  22"  apart,  and  each  0°  17'  11"  from  the  center  horizon- 
tal wire.  As  the  sun's  semi-diameter  varies  round  0°  16' 
the  stadia  wires  may  be  used  with  advantage  to  place  the 
sun  with  a  very  slight  probable  error.  (Fig.  1  D.) 

We  will  assume  that  the  sun  has  been  bisected.  The 
vertical  and  horizontal  circles  are  then  read  and  noted  and 
an  observation  made  with  the  telescope  inverted,  assuming 
that  the  first  observation  was  made  with  the  telescope 
normal.  By  averaging  the  two  results  all  errors  of  ad- 
justment or  in  levelling  the  instrument  are  obviated.  As  a 
check  a  number  of  observations  may  be  made  on  the  sun, 
and  the  writer  finds  that  two  each  with  normal  and  inverted 
telescope  are  sufficient.  The  observations  should  not  be 
made  within  two  hours  on  each  side  of  noon,  nor  when  the 
sun  is  too  near  the  horizon,  as  the  correction  for  refrac- 
tion is  then  too  great. 

The  direct  solar  observation  depends  on  the  solution  of 
a  spherical  triangle  (see  Fig.  2*)  whose  sides  are  all 
known,  and  whose  angle  between  two  planes  is  desired. 
These  planes,  as  can  be  seen  from  the  figure,  are  one, 
observer,  zenith,  pole;  and  the  other,  observer,  zenith,  sun. 
In  our  work  we  have  first  the  latitude,  distance  pole  to 
horizon  or  zenith  to  equator,  and  therefore  the  co-latitude 
(90° — latitude)  for  one  side,  or  in  other  words  we  have  from 
pole  to  zenith;  we  have  the  declination,  distance  of  the 
sun  above  or  below  the  equator  and  therefore  the  co- 
declination  (90° — declination)  that  is  from  pole  to  sun,  and 
we  finally  get  the  altitude  and  thence  the  co-altitude  (90°— 


*Redrawn  from  the  Bulletin,  Colorado  School  of  Mines, 
January,  1901,  "Determination  of  the  Meridian  by  the  Direct 
Solar  Observation."  Edward  P.  Arthur,  Jr.,  E.  M. 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  5 

the  altitude)  by  the  solar  observation  with  the  transit  as 
described  above.  In  Fig.  2  the  sun  is  shown  by  solid  lines 
north  of  the  equator  and  by  dotted  lines  south  of  the 
equator.  This  also  showing  its  position  before  noon.  This 
triangle  may  be  solved  by  any  one  of  the  various  formulas 


Fig.  2. 


found  in  every  treatise  on  spherical  trigonometry. 

The  best  formula,  however,  for  the  direct  observation 
is  that  derived  by  John  G.  McElroy,  of  Breckenridge,  Colo- 


MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 


rado,  and  given  in  the  Michigan  Engineer's  Annual  for 
1889,  page  62,  as  follows: 


sin  d 


"Cos  Z=± 


cos  1  <;os  a 


=F  tan  1  tan  a, 


which  is  simply  a  modification  of  one  of  the  fundamental 
equations  of  spherical  trigonometry. 

Before  illustrating  the  utility  of  the  formula  and  the 
facility  with  which  it  may  be  logarithmically  reduced,  it 
will  be  proper,  for  the  sake  of  completion,  to  give  the  ar- 
gument on  which  it  rests.  To  this  end  let  P  Z  S,  Fig.  3, 
be  a  spherical  triangle,  and  K  an  arc  of  a  great  circle  drawn 
from  Z  perpendicular  to  P  S, — (or  to  P  S  produced). 


Fig.  3. 

Then  from  the  triangle  P  Z  Df 

COB  s  =  cos  k  cos  (z  —  x) : 
and  from  the  triangle  S  Z  D, 

cos  p  =  cos  k  cos  x 

Eliminating  cos  k,  we  find 

COS   B  COS    (Z — X) 


cos  z  +  sin  z  tan  x. 


(D 
(2) 

(S) 


COS   p 


COS   X 


MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

But,  from  S  Z  D,  cos  S  =  tan  x  cot  p; 

sin  p 

whence,  tan  x  = cos  S. 

cos  p 

Placing  this  in  (3)  there  results 

cos  s  sin  p  sin  z 

=  cos  z  + cos  S; 

coe  p  cos  p 


(4) 


(5) 


or,  cos  s  =  cos  p  cos  z  +  sin  p  sin  z  cos  S 

This    is    the   above  mentioned  'fundamental  equation.' 

It  asserts  that  the    cosine  of  either  side  of  a  spherical 


8  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

triangle  equals  the  product  of  the  cosines  of  the  other 
sides,  plus  the  product  of  the  sines  of  those  sides  into  the 
cosine  of  their  included  angle.  To  apply  it  to  the  deriva- 
tion of  our  solar  formula  let  us  consider  Pig.  4,  which  rep- 
resents the  four  astronomical  triangles,  PZS,  PZS',  P'Z'S, 
and  P'Z'S',  projected  on  the  plane  of  the  meridian  PNHZ. 
In  a.  m.  observations  the  azimuth  angles  at  Z  or  Z'  will 
be  estimated  from  the  north  to  the  right;  in  p.m.  observa- 
tions from  the  north  to  the  left. 
We  adopt  the  following  notation: 

PP'  =  axis  of  the  celestial  sphere. 

P  =the  celestial  north  pole. 

P'  —  the  celestial  south  pole. 
EQ  =  the  celestial  equator. 
HO  =  the  celestial  horizon   of  which  the  poles   are  Z 

and  N.  (Note. — The  horizon  of  which  Z'  and  N'  are  the 
poles  is  not  shown  in  the  Fig.;  it  would  be  projected  as  a 
diameter  perpendicular  to  Z'  N'.) 

Z  and  N  =  zenith  and  nadir  of  an  observer  in  north 
latitude.  Z'  and  N'  =  zenith  and  nadir  of  an  observer  in. 
south  latitude. 

EZ   =  1  —  observer's  latitude  when  at  Z. 
EZ'  =  1  =  observer's  latitude  when  at  Z'. 
S      =  the  sun  when  north  of  the  equator. 
S'     =  the  sun  when  south  of  the  equator. 
VS   =  d  =  the  sun's  declination  when  north. 
VS'  =  d  =  the  sun's  declination  when  south. 
PS   =  the  sun's  north  polar  distance  when  north. 
PS'  =  the  sun's  north  polar  distance  when  south. 
MS  =  a  =  the  sun's  altitude  when  north. 
M'S'=  a  =  the  sun's  altitude  when  south. 
pp'   =  the  sun's  daily  path  when  north. 
Pjp2  =  the  sun's  daily  path  when  south. 

It  will  be  sufficient  to  consider  the  particular  case  of  an 
observer  in  north  latitude,  and  the  sun  in  north  declina- 
tion (whence  d  and  1  are  positive;  a  is  always  positive),  and 
then  make  our  results  general  by  properly  observing  the 
signs  of  d  and  1. 


MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING.  9 

The  case  assumed  is  illustrated  by  the  triangle  PZS 
(Fig.  4),  in  which— 

PS  =  90°  —  VS  =  90°  —  a, 
PZ  =  90°  —  EZ  =  90°  —  1, 
SZ  =  90°  —  MS  =  90°  —  a, 

and  the  sun's  azimuth  angle  PZS  is  required.  It  is  found 
thus:  By  applying  the  principle  of  which  equation  (5) 
is  the  enunciation  to  the  angle  PZS,  we  have — 

Cos  PS  =  Cos  PZ.   Cos  SZ  +  Sin  PZ.  Sin  SZ.  Cos  Z; 
or,  Cos  (90"— d)  =  Cos  (90°— 1)  Cos  (90°— a) 

+  Sin  (90°— 1)  Sin  (90°— a)  Cos  Z, 
whence,  Sin  d  =  Sin  1  Sin  a  +  Cos  1  Cos  a  Cos  Z 

sin  d 

From  this,  cos  Z  = tan  1  tan  a.  (6) 

cos  1  cos  a 

In  (6)  cos  1,  cos  a,  and  tan  a,  are  always  positive,  but 
sin  d  and  tan  1  will  respectively  have  the  signs  of  d  and  1; 
hence  to  prevent  mistakes  it  is  advisable  to  write  the  ex- 
pression in  the  form 

sin  d 

cos  Z  =    + =P  tan  1  tan  a,  (7) 

cos  1  cos  a 

which  is  the  desired  solar  formula. 

With  respect  to  the  signs  of  the  formula  the  surveyor 
has  simply  to  remember  that  the  finst  term  of  the  second 
member  is 

+  for  north  declinations, 

—  for  south  declinations, 

and  that  the  second  term  is 

—  for  north  latitudes, 
-f  for  south  latitudes. 

For  north  latitudes  the  formula  always  gives  negative- 
values  for  cc:"  Z  when  the  declination  is  south,  and  also 


10 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


for  such  north  declinations  and  values  of  a  as  render 
sin  d  less  than  sin  1  sin  a;  but  when  cos  Z  is  negative,  Z  is 
greater  than  90°,  and  hence  the  positive  value  of  the  cosine, 
as  taken  from  the  table  of  'Naturals'  is  the  cosine  of 
(180° — Z),  (i.e.,  of  EZS,  the  azimuth  from  the  south)  for 
—  cos  Z  =  cos  (180° — Z)." 

As  an  example  we  will  take  the  following  series  of  di- 
rect observations  on  the  eun,  the  first  two  with  telescope 
normal,  the  last  two  with  telescope  inverted: 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  11 


Angle  to  right  from  line  to  be  determined. 

Altitude  of  sun. 

233°  16'    (See  Fig.   5) 
233°  33' 
234°  01' 
234°  17' 

52'  61' 
53»  03' 
53°  18' 
53°  29' 

July  22,  1905,  10  a.  m.,  latitude  39°  47'  north. 

Dec.  Greenwich  apparent  noon. .  .20°  22' 18.1" 
Less  5  hours  west 2'  27.0" 


20°  19' 51.1" 

Difference  for  1  hour  =  29.45 
5 


60  (  147.25 


Difference  for  5  hours  ==  2'  27" 
Call  20°  19'  51"  =  20°  20' 

sin  20°  20' 
Cos  azimuth  =  — : tan  39°  47' 

cos  39°  47'.    cos  52°  50*  etc.    [tan  52°  50*  etc. 

log  sin  20°  20'  =  9.540931 
log  cos  39°  47'  =  9.885627 


9.655304 

9.655304 
log  cos  52°  50'  =  9.781134 

log  .7485  =  9.874170 


*Corrected  for  refraction— always  diminished. 


12  MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING. 

log  tan  39°  47'  =  9.920476 
log  tan  52°  50'  =-10.120259 


log  1.0984  =  0.040735 

.7485 


.3499  =  nat.  cos.  69°  31'  (course  of  eun) 
233°  16' 

302°  47' 
9.655304 
log  cos  53°  2'  =  9.779128 

log  .7519      =  9.876178 

log  tan  39°  47'  =  9.920476 
log  tan  53°  2'  =10.123411 


log  1.1066     =  0.043887 
.7519 


.3547  =  nat.  cos.  69°  14'  (course  of  sun) 
2334  33' 


302°  47' 

360°  00' 
302°  47' 

S  57°  13'  W  (See  Fig.  5.) 


9.655304 
log  cos  53°  17'  =  9.776598 


log  .7564      =  9.878706 

log  tan  39'  47'  =  9.920476 
log  tan  53°  17'  =10.127360 


log  1.1163     =  0.047836 
.7564 


.3599  =  nat.  cos.  68°  54' 
234°  31' 


302°  55' 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  13 

9.655304 

log  cos  53'  28'  =  9.774729 


log  .7596  =  9.880575 

log  tan  39°  47'  =  9.920476 
log  tan  53°  28'  =10.130263 

log  1.1239  =  0.050739 

.7596 


.3643  =  nat.  cos.  68°  38' 
234°  17' 


302°  ^5' 


13' 
13' 

05'  360°  00' 

05'  302°  55' 


4  (  36'  S.  57°     5'  W. 


Average  course  of  line  S.  57°  9'  W. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  cos  and  tan  of  the  latitude  and 
altitude,  respectively,  are  found  on  the  same  line  in  the 
tables  and  are  set  down  at  the  same  time  for  calculation. 

The  sun's  semi-diameter  varies  from  about  16'  15"  on 
January  1st  to  15'  45"  on  July  2d  and  is  found  in  the  Ephe- 
meris.  The  average,  16'  nearly,  will  do  for  ordinary  work. 

The  refraction,  always  subtracted  from  the  apparent 
altitude,  is  57"  x  tan  zenith  distance  of  sun  or  by  table. 


14  MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING. 

Mean   Refraction    (to   be  Subtracted   from   Observed   Alt! 

tude)       Barometer  30  inches;   Thermometer 

50°  Fahrenheit. 

Altitude.       Refraction.          Altitude.  Refraction. 

10°  5'19"  20°  2'39" 

11  451  25  204 

12  427  30  141 

13  407  35  123 

14  349  40  109 

15  334  45  58 

16  320  50  49 

17  308  60  34 

18  257  70  21 

19  248  80  10 

The  declination  is  taken  from  any  ephemeris  such  as  is 
published  by  many  instrument  makers.  At  Denver  we  are 
seven  hours  later  in  apparent  time  than  Greenwich,  one 
hour  for  each  15°  of  longitude,  and  this  difference  in  time 
multiplied  by  the  hourly  difference  given  in  the  ephemeris 
is  added  or  subtracted,  as  the  declination  is  increasing  or 
decreasing,  to  or  from  the  declination  given  for  Greenwich 
noon. 

Latitude. 

The  latitude  is  taken  from  any  good  map,  such  as  those 
of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  and  carried  from 
the  initial  point  when  necessary.  One  minute  of  latitude 
equate  6,070  feet,  or  one  mile  equals  52  seconds  of  latitude. 
A  surveyor  doing  considerable  work  in  one  district  will 
prepare  a  table  showing  cosines  and  tangents  for  latitudes 
likely  to  be  of  use,  and  thus  avoid  looking  them  up  in  a 
large  table  every  time  an  observation  is  figured. 

When  the  latitude  is  known  approximately  observations 
may  be  taken  at  equal  intervals  before  and  after  appar- 
ent noon,  and  various  figures  for  latitude  tried  till  one  is 
found  which  givee  the  same  azimuth  in  the  morning  as  in 
the  afternoon.  When  the  latitude  is  absolutely  unknown,  it 
may  be  found  as  follows:  Set  up  the  instrument  in  plenty 


MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING. 


15 


of  time  before  apparent  noon.  Bisect  the  sun  with  ver- 
tical cross  wire  and  either  bisect  it  with  horizontal  cross 
wire,  or  place  tangent.  Follow  the  sun  till  it  ceases  to 
rise.  Care  must  be  taken  in  the  observation  to  allow 
plenty  of  space  through  which  the  tangent  screws  may  be 
moved,  otherwise  they  are  liable  to  give  out  at  a  critical 


0 


moment.  As  the  instrument  can  not  be  reversed  as  in  the 
case  of  the  direct  sight,  it  is  well  to  level  the  telescope  im- 
mediately after  the  observation  and  note  the  index  error 
adding  or  subtracting  it  for  the  angle  observed.  In  instru- 
ments with  a  movable  arc,  the  arc  had  best  be  set  at  zero 
immediately  after  getting  the  sun.  The  telescope  te  then 
levelled  and  the  angle  read,  thus  avoiding  errors  incidental 
to  settling  of  the  instrument  during  a  long  observation. 
When  the  observer  is  north  of  the  equator  the  latitude 


16  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

then  equals  the  zenith  distance  plus  the  declination  for  ap- 
parent noon.  Lat.  =  (90°  —  altitude*)  +  declination,  when 
the  sun  is  north  of  the  equator,  and  Lat.  —  (90°  —  alti- 
tude*) —  declination,  when  the  sun  is  south  of  the  equator. 

When  the  observer  is  south  of  the  equator  the  above  is 
reversed. 

In  Fig.  6,  which  represents  a  section  of  the  celestial 
sphere  on  the  meridian,  we  have  ZN  Zenith  to  Nadir  line, 
PP'  line  joining  the  poles.  QQ  the  equator  and  HH'  the 
horizon.  While  S  and  S'  shows  the  position  of  the  sun, 
Z  and  Z'  the  zenith  distance,  a  and  a'  the  altitude  and  d 
and  d'  the  declinations,  respectively,  when  the  sun  is  south 
or  north  of  the  equator  and  the  observer  in  north  latitude. 
Example:  October  20,  1905;  12  m.;  Longitude  105°  30'+W. 


Altitude  sun's  upper  limb       =40°  15' 
Less  refraction  =   0°    1' 

Less  semi  diameter  =   0°  1C' 


Altitude  sun's  center  =39°  58' 


Declination  Greenwich  A.   T.  =  10°  11' 50" 
Diff .  1  hr.  =  54.01.  Diff .  7  hrs.  =          6'  30" 

Declin.  Longitude  105°  30'+W.  =  10°  18' 20" 
Altitude  sun's  center  =39°  58' 


50°  16'  20" 
90°  00'  00" 
50°  1G'  20" 

Latitude  place  of  observation  =  39°  43' 40" 

By  inspection  of  the  following  t?ble  errors  resulting  from 
the  use  of  erroneous  data  for  declination  or  latitude  may 
be  found. 


"(Corrected  for  refraction). 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  17 

Errors  in  Azimuth  for  1  Min.  Error  in  Declination  or 
Latitude. 


No.  or  Hrs.      For  1  Min.  Error  in 

Forl 

Min.  Error  in 

from 

,  Declination.  ,  ,  

Latitude 

\ 

Noon. 

Lat.  30' 

Lat.  40° 

Lat.  50° 

Lat.  30° 

Lat.  40° 

Lat  50° 

h  m 

Min. 

Min. 

Min. 

Min. 

Min. 

Min. 

0  30    .. 

.  .    8.85 

10.00 

12.90 

8.77 

9.92 

11.80 

1  00    .. 

.  .    4.46 

5.05 

6.01 

4.33 

4.87 

5.80 

2  00    .. 

.  .    2.31 

2.61 

3.11 

2.00 

2.26 

2.70 

3  00    .. 

.  .    1.63 

1.85 

2.20 

1.15 

1.30 

1.56 

4  00    .. 

.  .    1.34 

1.51 

1.80 

0.67 

0.75 

0.90 

5  00    .. 

.  .    1.20 

1.35 

1.61 

0.31 

0.35 

0.37 

6  00    .. 

.  .    1.15 

1.30 

1.56 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

By  the  use  of  the  above  table  the  amount  of  the  azimuth 
error,  resulting  from  the  use  of  erroneous  Declination  or 
Latitude  at  the  different  hours  of  the  day,  may  be  deter- 
mined. 

If  the  South  Polar  Distance  used  be  too  great,  the  ob- 
served meridian  falls  to  the  right  of  the  true  South  Point 
in  the  forenoon,  and  to  the  left  in  the  afternoon,  and  vice 
versa  if  too  small. 

If  the  Latitude  used  be  too  great,  the  observed  meridian 
falls  to  the  left  of  the  true  South  Point  in  the  forenoon,  and 
to  the  right  in  the  afternoon,  and  vice  versa  if  too  small. 

Another  formula  for  direct  sight,  though  not  so  con- 
venient when  many  observations  are  to  be  worked  out,  but 
still  useful  as  a  check,  is  as  follows: 


Sin  %  A  =  V  sin  (S  -  L)  sin  (S  -  h) 


cos  L  cos  h 


A  — -  Azimuth  of  the  sun. 
L  =  Latitude  of  the  place. 


18  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

h  —  Altitude  of  sun  less  refraction. 

p  ==  Sun's  polar  distance  =  90°  +  sun's  declination  when  it 
is  south  and  90°  -  the  sun's  declination  when  it  is 
north. 
Example: 

L=  40°  30' 
h  =  23°  05' 
p  =  107°  03' 


170'  38*  -s-  2  =  85°  19'  =  S. 

S  — L-44M9'  S  — h  =  62°14' 
log  sin  44°  49'  =  9.848091 

log  sin  62°  14'  =  9.946871 

log  10  —  cos  40°  30'—    0.118954 
log  10  —  cos  23°  05'  (•    0.036243 


2)19.950159 

log  sin  %  A=  9.975079 

%A=      70°  46' 

A=     141°  32' 

180°  —  141°  32'  =  S  38°  28'  E  Course  of  observed  sun. 

As  A  is  here  doubled  all  errors  to  this  point  are  there- 
fore doubled. 


CHAPTER  II. 


The  Shattuck  Solar  Attachment. 

Fig.  7  is  a  sectional  view  in  the  plane  of  the  Shattuck 
Patent  Double  Reflecting  Solar  Attachment,  perpendicular 
to  both  reflectors  and  the  pivot  of  the  arm  D. 


Fig.  7. 

The  frame  AA,  which  carries  the  stationary  mirror  H, 
revolves  about  a  main  axis  called  the  polar  axis,  coincident 
with  the  line  of  collimation,  by  means  of  a  bearing  in  the 
cap  B,  and  is  held  in  place  by  two  screws  and  a  spring 
washer.  It  is  provided  with  a  clamp  ring  C,  which  may  be 
clamped  to  the  cap  B  by  means  of  a  clamp  screw.  A  slow 
motion  is  obtained  by  means  of  a  tangent  screw  and  spring 
plunger  (not  shown)  at  the  base  of  the  frame  AA. 


20  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

D  is  a  swinging  arm  pivoted  in  the  frame  AA  as  shown, 
and  provided  with  a  coiled  spring  which  keeps  the  adjust- 
ing screw  E-  constantly  in  contact  with  the  surface  of  the 
lug  on  the  outer  end  of  the  frame.  This  swinging  arm  car- 
ries the  movable  mirror  I,  the  adjusting  screw  E  for  set- 
ting off  the  declination,  the  differential  nut  F  for  setting 
off  the  hourly  change  in  declination  and  the  clamp  G  for 
clamping  the  screw  E  when  turning  the  nut  F. 

The  ray  of  light  from  the  sun  or  star  enters  from  above, 
as  indicated  by  the  arrow,  impinges  upon  the  mirror  I.  is 
thence  reflected  to  the  mirror  H,  thence  through  the  open- 
ing in  the  base  of  the  frame  AA,  and  through  the  object 
glass  to  the  cross-hairs  of  the  transit. 

The  sun's  declination,  corrected  for  refraction,  is  set  off 
by  means  of  the  screw  E  with  the  aid  of  the  limb  of  the 
transit,  as  will  be  explained  later.  The  hourly  change  in 
the  sun's  declination  between  the  first  and  subsequent 
readings  during  the  day  is  corrected  ^y  means  of  the  gradu- 
ated differential  nut  F,  each  division  of  which  represents 
one  minute  of  arc  and  is  turned  to  the  right  or  left  accord- 
ing as  the  declination  is  increasing  to  the  north  or  to  the 
south. 

The  cap  B  is  fitted  to  the  objective  end  of  the  transit. 

The  sun  in  its  apparent  diurnal  motion  about  the 
polar  axis  follows  a  path  parallel  to  the  celestial 
equator  at  a  certain  angular  distance  from  the  poles. 
When  this  angle  is  set  off  by  means  of  the  solar 
attachment  and  the  sight-line  of  the  telescope  is  set  at  an 
angle  with  the  horizon  equal  to  the  latitude  of  the  place,  it 
is  evident  that  it  is  impossible  to  view  the  sun  on  the 
cross-wires  and  follow  it  by  turning  the  attachment  on  its 
axis  except  the  instrument  be  in  the  plane  of  the  meridian 
with  the  sight-line  parallel  to  the  polar  axis. 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  21 

Determination  of  Meridian1. 

To  Determine  the  Meridian  with  the  Shattuck  Patent 
Double  •  Reflecting  Solar  Attachment,  assuming  the  sun's 
corrected  declination  for  the  day  and  hour  of  observation 
to  be  North  11°  26': 


Fig.  8. 

First.  Sight  at  some  point  on  the  horizon  (B.  Fig.  8) 
with  the  solar  attachment  off,  the  telescope  level  and  the 
vernier  set  at  101°  26' (90° +  11°  26'),  the  corrected  south 
polar  distance,  Fig.  8  being  an  illustration. 


Fig.  9. 

Second.  With  the  lower  plate  clamped  turn  the  vernier 
of  the  horizontal  limb  to  zero  and  with  the  solar  attachment 
in  place,  as  shown  by  Fig.  9,  sight  the  same  object  (B'  Fig. 


22  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

9),  bringing  it  to  the  cross-hairs  by  means  of  the  adjusting 
screw  E,  which  may  then  be  clamped  with  the  clamp  G. 
Fig.  7. 

Should  the  object  sighted  be  less  than  about  a  mile 
distant — depending  somewhat  on  the  focal  length  of  the 
telescope — allowance  should  be  made  for  the  distance  from 
the  axis  of  the  instrument  to  the  optical  center  of  the 
solar  attachment,  as  shown  graphically  in  Fig.  9,  where  A 
is  the  axis  of  the  instrument,  B  is  the  first  point  sighted, 
and  B'  the  second  point  with  solar  attachment  in  place;  the 
angle  CAB  equals  the  angle  CDB'  and  the  distance  AD 
equals  the  distance  BB'.  With  a  little  practice  this  distance 
can  be  readily  estimated  on  distant  fence  posts,  bricks  in 
houses,  tree  trunks  or  other  natural  objects. 

At  great  distances  the  distance  B  B'  becomes  in  appreci- 
able and  is  ignored.  The  angle  CDB'  will  remain  at  101°  26' 
so  long  as  the  angle  HEI  (the  angle  between  the  reflectors) 
remains  at  50°  43'  (101°+26'-^-2),  regardless  of  minor  de- 
fects in  the  polar  bearings  of  the  attachment. 

The  lower  clamp  may  now  be  released. 

Third.  Depress  the  objective  of  the  telescope  until  the 
vernier  of  the  vertical  circle  or  arc  is  set  at  an  angle  equal 
to  the  latitude  of  the  place  of  observation. 

Bring  the  sun's  image  to  the  proper  position  on  the 
cross-wires  of  the  instrument  by  turning  the  transit  on  its 
vertical  axis  (using  the  lower  clamp  and  tangent  screw  for 


10. 


its   fine  adjustment)    and   the   solar   attachment   upon   its 
polar  axis.     The  sun's  image  will  be  in  the  field  of  view 


MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING.  23 

when  the  light  from  the  fixed  mirror  is  seen  to  pass  exactly 
through  the  opening  in  the  base  of  the  frame. 

After  the  sun's  image  has  been  bisected  as  shown  in 
Fig.  10,  the  bisection  may  be  successively  checked  by  torn- 
ing  the  tangent  screw  engaging  the  ring  C,  Fig.  7. 

The  axis  of  the  telescope  is  now  parallel  to  the  earth's 
axis  and  the  instrument  is  in  the  plane  of  the  meridian 
with  the  vernier  of  the  horizontal  limb  set  at  zero.  The 
solar  attachment  may  now  be  removed  and  the  azimuth 
of  any  desired  object  taken. 

If  the  transit  is  not  provided  with  solar  wires  as  shown 
in  Fig.  10,  set  off  on  the  vertical  circle  the  latitude  minus 
the  sun's  semi-diameter  as  given  in  the  ephemeris,  and 


Fig.  12. 

then  bring  the  upper  limb  or  edge  of  the  sun  to  the  inter- 
section of  the  cross-hairs  as  shown  in  Fig.  11.  which  can 
be  done  with  great  precision. 


24  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

Fig.  12  is  a  diagram  illustrating  the  transit  with  solar  at- 
tachment set  in  the  meridian.  A  is  the  axis  of  the  transit, 
PP'  the  polar  axis,  NS  the  meridian.  The  sun's  declination 
being  north,  the  south  polar  distance  is  90°  plus  the  cor- 
rected declination. 

If  the  transit  has  a  full  vertical  circle  the  errors  of  ad- 
justment may  be  eliminated  by  taking  the  mean  between 
normal  and  reverse  observations,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
direct  solar  observation.  ^ 

Observations  on  fixed  stars  for  the  meridian  or  latitude 
are  made  with  the  solar  attachment  in  exactly  the  same 
manner  as  on  the  sun.  There  being  no  appreciable  hourly 
change  in  the  declination  of  the  fixed  stars,  the  refraction 
correction  for  the  proper  hour  angle  is  applied  directly 
to  the  apparent  declination. 

The  writer  has  obtained  perfect  checks  on  the  Shattuck 
solar  by  direct  observation  of  the  sun  and  considers  it  the 
best  solar  made. 

To  Determine  the  Latitude  with  the  Shattuck  Solar. 

Carefully  set  off  in  the  solar  the  south  polar  distance 
of  the  sun  at  apparent  noon,  corrected  for  the  refraction 
at  that  hour,  in  the  same  manner  as  previously  explained. 

About  fifteen  minutes  before  noon,  direct  the  telescope 
with  the  solar  attached,  toward  the  lower  pole;  then  move 
the  transit  on  its  vertical  axis  and  the  solar  on  the  polar 
axis  until  the  reflected  light  of  the  sun  from  the  fixed 
mirror  is  seen  to  exactly  pass  through  the  opening  in  the 
base  of  the  frame,  with  the  sides  of  the  solar  as  nearly 
vertical  as  possible.  The  sun's  image  will  then  be  in  the 
field  of  view. 

Now  bring  the  upper  limb  or  edge  of  the  sun  to  the 
horizontal  cross-wire  by  turning  the  tangent  screw  of  the 
telescope  axis;  then  by  turning  the  tangent  screw  of  the 
polar  axis  of  the  solar,  cause  the  sun's  image  to  pass  rap- 
idly across  the  field  of  view.  If  the  limb  of  the  sun  passes 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  25 

parallel  to  the  horizontal  wire,  the  plane  of  the  solar  is  in 
a  vertical  position;  but  if  not,  turn  the  solar  on  the  polar 
axis  and  the  transit  on  its  vertical  axis,  until  the  plane  is 
vertical  as  shown  by  this  test. 

Keeping  the  plane  of  solar  vertical,  follow  the  sun's 
upper  limb  with  the  horizontal  cross-wire,  by  turning  the 
tangent  screw  of  the  telescope  axis,  as  long  as  the  sun 
continues  to  rise. 

The  sun  is  at  its  greatest  altitude  when  it  reaches  the 
meridian;  therefore  at  apparent  noon,  when  the  sun's  im- 
age ceases  to  rise,  take  the  reading  of  the  vertical  circle 
and  add  to  it  the  sun's  semi-diameter  as  given  in  the 
ephemeris,  which,  will  give  the  required  latitude.  This  is 
illustrated  in  Fig.  12. 

Use  of  Solar  Ephemeris. 

The  sun's  declination  at  Greenwich  mean  noon  is  given 
in  the  ephemeris  for  every  day  in  the  year. 

Local  time  at  different  points  on  the  earth's  surface 
varies  at  the  rate  of  one  hour  for  every  15  degrees  of 
longitude;  the  more  easterly  the  place  the  later  the  local 
time. 

When  it  is  noon  according  to  "Eastern"  (75th  merid- 
ian), "Central"  (90th  meridian),  "Mountain"  (105th  merid- 
ian), or  "Pacific"  (120th  meridian)  time,  it  is  five,  six, 
seven  or  eight  hours,  respectively,  after  noon  at  Green- 
wich. Hence,  for  example,  to  determine  the  declination  at 
9  o'clock,  a.  m.,  "Mountain  Time,"  which  is  four  hours 
(seven  hours  minus  three  hours)  after  mean  noon  at 
Greenwich,  the  given  difference  for  one  hour  is  multiplied 
by  four,  which  gives  the  correction  to  be  applied  to  the 
given  declination,  noting  carefully  the  algebraic  signs  of 
both  the  declination  and  hourly  difference  as  given  in  the 
ephemeris. 

In  using  the  Shattuck  solar  attachment  the  refraction 
correction  is  always  positive,  so  that  when  the  sun's 


26  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

declination  is  north  (+)  it  is  added,  and  numerically  sub- 
tracted when  the  declination  is  south  (— ). 

This  refraction  is  found  under  the  description  of  the 
Burt  Solar  in  a  table  for  various  latitudes  and  periods 
before  and  after  noon. 

The  declination  of  the  sun  being  its  distance  from  the 
celestial  equator,  the  south  polar  distance  is  90°  plus  or 
minus  the  declination  according  as  the  sun  is  north  or 
south  of  the  equator. 

Example : 

Required  the  south  polar  distance  oi  the  sun  at  3  p.  m., 
"Mountain  Time,"  May  28,  1902,  latitude  40°. 

The  time  is  10  hours   (7  +  3)  after  noon  at  Greenwich. 

Hourly  difference  +24.79" 

X  Number  of  hours  10. 


Total   change    in    declination  +247.9"  or  +  4' 07.9" 

Declination  at  Greenwich  noon  +21°  21'  12.0" 


Required  declination  +21  °  25'  19.9' 

Refraction  (hour  angle  3)  +00'  33.0' 


Corrected  apparent  declination  +21°  25'  52.9' 

Declination  being  north,  add  90* 


South  polar  distance  111°  25'  52.9" 

To  save  time,  it  is  advisable,  before  going  into  the  field, 
to  prepare  a  table  for  the  day,  giving  the  south  polar  dis- 
tances of  the  sun  for  every  hour  suitable  for  taking  obser- 
vations. 

Note. — The  methods  of  figuring  declination  and  refrac- 
tion are  given  more  fully  under  the  description  of  the 
Burt  Solar. 

The    Burt  Solar  Attachment. 

In  Pig.  13  we  have  a  graphic  illustration  of  the  Burt 
solar  apparatus,  the  circles  shown  being  intended  to  repre- 


MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING 


Fig.  13. 


Fig.   14. 


28  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

sent  those  supposed  to  be  drawn  upon  the  concave  surface 
of  the  heavens. 

When  the  telescope  is  set  horizontal  by  its  spirit-level, 
the  hour-circle  will  be  in  the  plane  of  the  horizon,  the  polar 
axis  will  point  to  the  zenith,  and  the  zeros  of  the  vertical 
arc  and  its  vernier  will  coincide.  Now  if  we  incline  the 
telescope,  directed  north  as  shown  in  the  cut,  the  polar  axis 
will  descend  from  the  direction  of  the  zenith.  The  angle 
through  which  it  moves,  being  laid  off  on  the  vertical  arc, 
will  be  the  co-latitude  of  the  place  where  the  instrument  is 
supposed  to  be  used,  the  latitude  itself  being  found  by  sub- 
tracting this  number  from  90°. 

When,  however,  the  sun  passes  above  or  below  the 
equator,  his  declination,  or  angular  distance  from  it,  as 
given  in  the  ephemeris,  can  be  set  off  upon  the  arc,  and 
his  image  brought  into  position  as  before. 

In  order  to  do  this,  however,  it  is  necessary  not  only 
that  the  latitude  and  declination  be  correctly  set  off  upon 
their  respective  arcs,  but  also  that  the  instrument  be 
moved  in  azimuth  until  the  polar  axis  points  to  the  pole 
of  the  heavens,  or,  in  other  words,  is  placed  in  the  plane 
of  the  meridian;  and  thus  the  position  of  the  sun's  image 
will  indicate  not  only  the  latitude  of  the  place,  the  declina- 
tion of  the  sun  for  the  given  hour  and  the  apparent  time, 
but  will  also  determine  the  meridian,  or  true  north  and 
south  line  passing  through  the  place  where  the  observation 
is  made. 

The  interval  between  two  equatorial  lines,  cc,  as  well 
as  between  the  hour  lines,  bb,  (Fig.  14),  is  just  sufficient 
to  include  the  circular  image  of  the  sun,  as  formed  by  the 
solar  lens  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  revolving  arm. 

Allowance  for  declination:  Let  us  now  suppose  the 
observation  made  when  the  sun  has  passed  the  equinoctial 
point,  and  when  his  position  is  affected  by  declination. 

By  referring  to  the  ephemeris,  and  setting  oft  on  the 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  29 

arc  his  declination  for  the  given  day  and  hour,  we  are 
still  able  to  determine  his  position  with  the  same  certainty 
as  if  he  remained  on  the  equator. 

When  the  sun's  declination  is  south,  that  is,  from  the 
22nd  of  September  to  the  20th  of  March,  in  each  year,  the 
arc  is  turned  downward,  or  towards  the  plates  of  the 
transit,  while  during  the  remainder  of  the  year  the  arc  Is 
turned  from  the  plates. 

When  the  solar  attachment  is  accurately  adjusted  and 
its  plates  made  perfectly  horizontal,  the  latitude  of  the 
place  (co-latitude  from  horizontal)  and  the  declination  of 
the  sun  for  the  given  day  and  hour  being  also  set  off  on 
their  respective  arcs,  and  the  instrument  set  approxi- 
mately north  by  the  magnetic  needle,  the  image  of  the  sun 
cannot  be  brought  between  the  equatorial  lines  until  the 
polar  axis  is  placed  in  the  plane  of  the  meridian  of  the 
place,  or  in  a  position  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  earth. 

The  slightest  deviation  from  this  position  will  cause 
the  image  to  pass  above  or  below  the  lines,  and  thus  dis- 
cover the  error. 

To  Run  Lines  with  the  Burt  Solar  Attachment. 

Having  set  off  the  latitude  of  the  place  (co-latitude  from 
horizontal)  on  the  vertical  arc,  and  the  declination  for  the 
given  day  and  hour  as  computed  from  the  tables  in  the 
solar  ephemeris,  the  instrument  being  also  carefully  lev- 
elled by  the  telescope  bubble,  set  the  horizontal  limb  at 
zero  and  clamp  the  plates,  loosen  the  lower  screw  so  that 
the  transit  moves  easily  upon  its  lower  socket,  set  the  in- 
strument approximately  north  and  south,  with  the  object- 
glass  end  of  the  telescope  towards  the  north,  turn  the 
proper  solar  lens  to  the  sun,  and  with  one  hand  on  the 
plates  and  the  other  on  the  revolving  arm  move  them  from 
side  to  side  until  the  sun's  image  is  brought  between  the 
equatorial  lines  on  the  silver  plate. 

The   lower   clamp   of   the   instrument  should   now    be 


30  MINERAL    LAND   SURVEYING. 

fastened,  and  any  further  lateral  movement  be  made  by 
the  tangent  screw  of  the  levelling  head.  The  necessary 
allowance  being  made  for  refraction,  the  telescope  will  be 
in  the  true  meridian  from  which  any  lines  desired  may  be 
deflected. 

The  declination  of  the  sun  given  in  the  Ephemeris,  or 
Nautical  Almanac,  from  year  to  year,  is  calculated  for  ap- 
parent noon  at  Greenwich,  England. 

To  determine  it  for  any  other  hour  at  a  place  In  the 
United  States,  reference  must  be  had,  not  only  to  the  dif- 
ference of  time  arising  from  the  difference  of  longitude, 
but  also  to  the  change  of  declination  during  that  time. 

The  longitude  of  the  place,  and  therefore  its  difference 
in  time,  if  not  given  directly  in  the  ephemeris,  can  be 
ascertained  very  nearly  by  reference  to  that  of  other  places 
given  which  are  situated  on,  or  very  nearly  on,  the  same 
meridian. 

It  is  the  practice  of  surveyors  in  states  east  of  the 
Mississippi  to  allow  a  difference  of  six  hours  for  the  differ- 
ence in  longitude,  calling  the  declination  given  in  the 
ephemeris  for  12  m.  that  of  6  a.  m.  at  the  place  of  observa- 
tion. 

Beyond  the  meridian  of  Santa  F6,  the  allowance  would 
be  about  seven  hours ;  and  in  California,  Oregon  and  Wash- 
ington about  eight  hours. 

Having  thus  the  difference  in  time,  we  very  readily 
obtain  the  declination  for  a  certain  hour  in  the  morning, 
which  would  be  earlier  or  later  as  the  longitude  was 
greater  or  less,  and  the  same  as  that  of  apparent  noon  at 
Greenwich  on  the  given  day.  Thus,  suppose  the  observa- 
tion to  be  made  at  a  place  five  hours  later  than  Greenwich, 
then  the  declination  given  in  the  ephemeris  for  the  given 
day  at  noon,  affected  by  the  refraction,  would  be  the 
declination  at  the  place  of  observation  for  7  a.  m. ;  this 
gives  us  the  starting  point. 


MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING.  31 

To  obtain  the  declination  for  the  other  hours  of  the 
day,  take  from  the  ephemeris  the  declination  for  apparent 
noon  for  the  given  day,  and,  as  the  declination  is  increas- 
ing or  decreasing,  add  to,  or  subtract  from,  the  declina- 
tion of  the  first  hour  the  difference  for  one  hour  as  given 
in  the  ephemeris,  which  will  give,  when  affected  by  the 
refraction,  the  declination  for  the  succeeding  hour;  and 
proceed  thus  in  making  a  table  of  declination  for  every 
hour  of  the  day. 

The  table  of  refractions  is  calculated  for  latitudes  be- 
tween 15°  and  60°  at  intervals  of  2%°,  that  being  as  near 
as  is  required. 

The  declination  ranges  from  0°  to  20°  both  north  and 
south,  the  +  declinations  being  north  and  the  —  south, 
and  is  given  for  every  5°,  that  being  sufficiently  near  for 
all  practical  purposes.  The  hour  angle  in  the.  first  column 
indicates  the  distance  of  the  sun  from  the  meridian  in  hours, 
the  refraction  given  for  0  hours  being  that  which  affects 
the  observed  declination  of  the  sun  when  on  the  meridian, 
commonly  known  as  the  meridianal  refraction;  the  refrac- 
tion for  the  hour  just  before  or  after  noon  is  so  nearly 
that  of  the  meridian  that  it  may  be  called  and  allowed  as 
the  same. 

When  the  table  is  used  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that 
when  the  declination  is  north,  or  +  in  the  table,  the  re- 
fraction is  to  be  added;  when  the  declination  is  south, 
or  —  the  refraction  must  be  subtracted.  It  will  be  noted 
that  the  refraction  in  south  declination  increases  very 
rapidly  as  the  sun  nears  the  horizon,  showing  that  ob- 
servations should  not  be  taken  with  sun  when  south  of  the 
equator,  less  than  one  hour  from  the  horizon. 

To  Compute  the  Declination. 

Suppose  it  was   required  to  obtain  the  declination  for 
the  different  hours  of  April  16,  1895,  at  Troy,  New  York. 
The  longitude  in  time  is  four  hours,  fifty-four  minutes 


32  MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 

and  forty  seconds,  or  practically  five  hours;   so  that  the 
declination  given  in  the  ephemeris  for  apparent  noon  of 
that  day  at  Greenwich  would  be  that  of  7  a.  m.  at  Troy. 
Declination  at  Greenwich  at  noon  of  April  16,  1895. 

N.  10°  7'  56".5 

Troy. 

N.  10°    7'  56".5+Refr.  5  hrs.  1'  58"=  10°    9'  54"=  Dec.    7  a.  m. 
addhr.dif.53".2 


10°    8'  49".7+Refr.  4  hrs.  1'  11"=  10°  10'  00"=  Dec.    8  a.  m. 
53".2 


10°    9'  42".9+Refr.  3  hrs.     52"=  10°  10'  34"=  Dec.    9  a.  m. 
53".2 


10°  10'  36".l+Refr.  2  hrs.      39"=  10°  11'  15"=  Dec.  10  a.  m. 
53".2 


10°  11'  29".3+Refr.  1  hr.        36"=  10°  12'  05"=  Dec.  11  a.  m. 
53".2 


10°  12'  22".5+Refr.  0  hrs.      36"=  10°  12'  58"=  Dec.  12      m. 
53".2 


10°  13'  15".7+Refr.  1  hr.       36"=  10°  13'  51"=  Dec.    1  p.  m. 
53".2 


10°  14'  08".9+Refr.  2  hrs.      39"=  10°  14'  47"=  Dec.    2  p.  m. 
53".2 

10°  15'  02".l+Refr.  3  hrs.     52"=  10°  15'  54"=  Dec.    3  p.  m. 
53".2 


10°  15'  55".3-fRefr.  4  hrs.  1'  11"=  10°  17'  06"=  Dec.    4  p.  m. 
53".2 


10°  16'  48".5+Refr.  5  hrs.  1'  58"=  10°  18'  46"=  Dec.    5  p.  m. 

Again,  suppose  it  was  desired  to  obtain  the  corrected 
declination  for  the  different  hours  of  October  16,  1895,  at 
Troy,  New  York. 

The  difference  in  time  being  nearly  five  hours,  and  the 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  33 

declination  at  Greenwich,  noon,  8°  53'  53". 6,  that  declination 
affected  by  the  refraction  would  give  the  true  declination 
for  7  a.m.  at  Troy;  the  latitude  being  nearly  42°  30'.  The 
declination  being  now  south,  the  refraction  is  to  be  sub- 
tracted, but  the  hourly  difference  is  to  be  added  because 
the  declination  is  increasing,  as  in  the  first  example; 
thus: 

Troy. 

S.  8°  53'  53".6— Refr.  5  hrs.  9'  24"==  8°  44'  30"=  Dec.  7  a.  m. 
addhr.dif.55".3 


8°  54'  48".9— Refr.  4  hrs.  2'  49"-  8°  52'  00"=  Dec.    8  a.  m. 
55".3 

8°  55'  44".2— Refr.  3  hrs.  1'  49"=  8°  53'  55"=  Dec.    9  a.  m. 
55".3 


8°  56'  39".5— Refr.  2  hrs.  1'  26"=  8°  55'  13"=  Dec.  10  a.  m. 
55".3 


8°  57'  34".8— Refr.  1  hr.   1'  14"=  8°  56'  21"=  Dec.  11  a.  m. 
55".3 


58'  30".l— Refr.  0  hrs.  1'  14"=  8°  57'  16"=  Dec.  12      m. 
55".3 


8°  59'  25" A— Refr.  1  hr.    1'  14"=  8°  58'  11"=  Dec.    1  p.  m. 
55".3 


9°  00'  20".7— Refr.  2  hrs.  1'  26"=  8°  58'  55"=  Dec.    2  p.  m. 
55".3 


9°  01'  16".0— Refr.  3  hre.  1'  49"=  8°  58'  27"=  Dec.    3  p.  m. 
56".3 

9°  02'  11".3— Refr.  4  hrs.  2'  49"=  8°  59'  22"=  Dec.    4  p.  m. 
55".3 


9°  63'  06".6— Refr.  5  hrs.  9'  24"=  8°  53'  43"=  Dec.    5  p.  m. 

These  calculations  should  of  course  be  made  before  the 
surveyor  begins  work  in  the  field. 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


A  Table  of  Mean   Refractions  in   Declination  to   Be  Used 

With  the  Shattuck  and  Burt  Solar  Attachments. 
Apply  to  the  Declination  as  Found  in  the  Ephemeris. 

n 

o   


DECLINATIONS. 


For  Latitude  15°. 


B       +20' 


|     -5° 


-10°  |   -15°  |   -20° 


0  h. 

2  h. 

3  h. 

4  h. 

5  h. 


-05")  0" 

-03"  +02" 

+01"  05" 

08"  12" 

29"  34" 


+05' 
07" 
11" 
19" 
41" 


16" 
24"| 
49"| 


15")  21' 

18"  23' 

22"  28' 

30"  37' 

59"  I'lO' 


27")  33"!  40" 

29"  36"  43" 

34"  41"  49" 

44"  53"  1'04" 

1'24"  1'43"  2'08" 


For  Latitude  17°  30'. 


0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
5  h. 

-02" 
0" 
+02" 
13" 
34" 

+02" 
05" 
10" 
18" 
41" 

08" 
10" 
15" 
23" 
49" 

13" 
15" 
21" 

29" 
58" 

18" 
21" 
27" 
35" 
I'lO" 

24" 
27" 
33" 
43" 
1'23" 

30" 
33" 
40" 
51" 
1'41" 

36" 
40" 
48" 
I'Ol" 
2'06" 

44" 
48" 
57" 
1'13" 
2'42" 

For  Latitude  20°. 


0  h. 
2  h. 
3   h. 
4  h. 
5   h. 

0"|       05" 
03"        07" 
06"!       13" 
17"]       22" 
39"        47" 

10"|       15"|       21" 
13"!       18"!       24" 
18"|       24"|       30" 
28"|       35"|       42" 
57"    1'07"|   1'20" 

27" 
30" 
36" 
50" 
1'37" 

33"|       40" 
36"!       44" 
44"|       52" 
1'00"|   I'll" 
2'00"|   2'32" 

r8'/, 

1'02" 
1'26" 
3'25" 

For  Latitude  22°  30'. 


0  h. 

?,  IT. 

06" 

11" 

15" 

21" 

27" 

33" 

40" 

48" 

52" 
57" 

3  h. 

11" 

15" 

21" 

27" 

33" 

40" 

48" 

57" 

1'08" 

4  h. 

20" 

26" 

32" 

39" 

46" 

56" 

1'07" 

1'19" 

1'37" 

5  h. 

45" 

53" 

1'03" 

1'16" 

1'31" 

1'52" 

2'21" 

3'07" 

4'28" 

For  Latitude  25°. 


0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
5  h. 

05" 
08" 
12" 
23" 
49" 

10" 
14" 
18" 
29" 
59" 

15" 
19" 
24" 
35" 
I'lO" 

21" 
25" 
30" 
45" 
1'24" 

27" 
31" 
37" 

53" 

1'52" 

33" 
38" 
44" 
1'03" 
2'07" 

40" 
46" 
53" 
1'16" 
2'44" 

48" 
54" 
1'04" 
1'31" 
3'46" 

57" 
1'05" 
1'18" 
1'52" 
5'43" 

For  Latitude  27°  30'. 


0  h. 
2  h. 

08"!       13"!       18" 
11"        16"        22" 

24"!       30" 
28"        34" 

36" 
41" 

44" 

49" 

I'OO" 

1'02" 
I'lO" 

3  h. 

17"        22" 

28" 

35"!       42" 

50" 

I'OO" 

I'll" 

1'26" 

4   h. 

28"        35" 

42" 

50"    I'OO" 

I'll" 

1'26" 

1'43" 

2'09" 

5   h. 

54"    1'05" 

1'18" 

1'34"|   1'54" 

2'24" 

3'11" 

4'38" 

8'15" 

MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.                      35 
DECLINATIONS. 

£                                      For  Latitude  30°. 

£       +20' 

+15'      +10° 

+5°         0"          -5°       -10' 

-15*      -20' 

0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
5  h. 

10" 
14" 
20" 
32" 
I'OO" 

15" 
19" 
26" 
39" 
I'lO" 

21" 
25" 
32" 
46" 
1'24" 

27" 
31" 
39" 
52" 
1'52" 

33" 

38" 
47" 
1'06" 
2'07" 

40" 
46" 
55" 
1'19" 
2'44" 

48" 
54" 
1'06" 
1'35" 
3'46" 

57" 
1'05" 
1'19" 
1'57" 
5'43" 

1'08" 
1'18" 
1'36" 
2'29" 
13'06" 

For  Latitude  32°  30'. 

0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
5  h. 

13" 
17" 

23" 
35" 
1'03" 

18" 
22" 
29" 
43" 
1'15" 

24" 
28" 
35" 
51" 
1'31" 

30" 
35" 
43" 
I'Ol" 
1'53" 

36" 
42" 
51" 
1'13" 
2'20" 

44" 
50" 
I'Ol" 
1'27" 
3'05" 

52" 
I'OO" 
1'13" 
1'46" 
4'25" 

1'02" 
I'll" 
1'28" 
2'13" 
7'36" 

1'14" 
1'26" 
1'47" 
2'54" 

For  Latitude  35°. 

0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4   h. 
5  h. 

16" 
20" 
26" 
39" 
1'07" 

21" 
25" 
33" 
47" 
1'20" 

27" 
32" 
39" 
56" 
1'38" 

33" 
38" 
47" 
1'07" 
2'00" 

40" 
46" 
56" 
1'20" 
2'34" 

48" 
55" 
1'07" 
1'36" 
3'29" 

57" 
1'05" 
1'21" 
1'59" 
5'14" 

1'08" 
1'18" 
1'38" 
2'32" 
10'16" 

1'21" 
1'35" 
2'00" 
3'25" 

For  Latitude  37°  30'. 

0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
6   h. 

18" 
22" 
29" 
43" 
I'll" 

24" 
28" 
36" 
51" 
1'26" 

30" 
35" 
43" 
I'Ol" 
1'54" 

36" 
42" 
52" 
1'13" 
2'10" 

44" 
50" 
1'02" 
I'  27" 
2'49" 

52" 
I'OO" 
1'14" 
1'49" 
3'55" 

1'02" 
1'12" 
1'29" 
2'14" 
6'15" 

1'14" 
1'26" 
1'49" 
2'54" 
14'58" 

1'29" 
1'45" 
2'16" 
4'05" 

For  Latitude  40°. 

0  h. 
1  h. 
>  h. 
4  h. 
5   h. 

21" 
25" 
33" 
47" 
1'15" 

27" 
32" 
40" 
55" 
1'31" 

33" 
39" 
48" 
1'06" 
1'51" 

40" 
46" 
57" 
1'19" 
2'20" 

48" 
52" 
1'08" 
1'36" 
3'05" 

57" 
1'06" 
1'21" 
1'58" 
4'25" 

1'08" 
1'19" 
1'38" 
2'30" 
7'34" 

1'21" 
1'35" 
2'02" 
3'21" 
25'18" 

1'39" 

1'57" 
2'36" 
4'59" 

For  Latitude  42°  30'. 


0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
5   h. 

24" 
28" 
36" 
50" 
1'16" 

30" 
35" 
43" 
I'OO" 
1'36" 

36" 
39" 
52" 
I'll" 
1'58" 

44" 
50" 
1'02" 
1'26" 
2'30" 

52" 
I'OO" 
1'13" 
1'44" 
3'22" 

1'02" 
1'12" 
1'29" 
2'  10" 
5'00" 

1'14" 
1'26" 
1'49" 
2'49" 
9'24" 

1'29" 
1'45" 
2'17" 
3'55" 

1*49" 
2'11" 
2'59" 
6'16" 

For  Latitude  45' 


0  h. 

2  h. 

3  h. 

4  h. 

5  h. 


27")  33 
32"  39 
40")  47 

54"  1'04 

1'23"|  1'41"|   2'05" 


48"|  57")  1'08" 
52"  1'06"  1'19" 
'07"j  1'21"  1'38" 
'33"|  1'54"  2'24" 


1'35"    1'57" 
2'00"l   2'34" 
4'38" 


3'29 
8'  15 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


DECLINATIONS. 

fO 

>•                                  For  Latitude  47*  30'. 
2 

O 
F        +20"  |  +15*      +10"       +5'         0'     |    -5"       -10»      -15°      -20' 

0  h. 
2  h. 
t  h. 
4  h. 
5  h. 

30" 
35" 
43" 
56" 
1'27" 

36" 
42" 
51" 
1'09" 
1'46" 

44" 
50" 
I'Ol" 
1'23" 
2'12" 

52" 
I'OO" 
1'13" 
1'40" 
2'52" 

1'02" 
1'12" 
1'28" 
S'05" 
4'01" 

1'14" 
1'26" 
1'47" 
2'40" 
6'  30" 

1'29" 
1'45" 
2'15" 
3'39" 
16'19" 

1'49" 
2'01" 
2'56" 
5'37" 

2'18" 
2'51" 
4'08" 
11'18" 

For  Latitude  50°. 

0  h. 
2  h. 

3  h. 
4  h. 
5   h. 

33" 
38" 
47" 
1'02" 
1'30" 

40" 
46" 
56" 
1'14" 
1'51" 

48" 

55" 
1'06" 
1'29" 
2'19" 

57" 
1'06" 
1'19" 
1'48" 
3'04" 

1'08" 
1'18" 
1'36" 
2'16" 
4'22" 

1'21" 
1'35" 
2'29" 
2'58" 

7'28" 

1'39" 
1'57" 
2'31" 
4'18" 
24'10" 

2'02" 
2'28" 
3'23" 
6'59" 

2'36" 
3'19" 
5'02" 
19'47" 

For  Latitude  52°  30'. 

0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
5   h. 

36" 
43" 
50" 
1'05" 
1'34" 

44" 
50" 
I'OO" 
1'18" 
1'56" 

52" 
59" 
I'll" 
1'35" 

2'27" 

I'll" 
1'26" 
2'10" 
3'16" 

1'26" 
1'45" 
2'28" 
4'47" 

1'42" 
2'11" 
3'19" 
8'52" 

2'23" 
2'51" 
4'53" 

2'18" 
2'49" 
2'58" 
8'42" 

3'05" 
3'55" 
6'22" 

For  Latitude  55°. 

0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
5  h. 

40" 
46" 
55" 
I'lO" 
1'37" 

48" 
55" 
1'06" 
1'23" 
2'01" 

57" 
1'05" 
1'19" 
1'42" 
2'34" 

1'08" 
1'18" 
1'35" 
2'06" 
3'28" 

1'21" 
1'34" 
1'58" 
2'43" 
5'15" 

1'39" 
1'56" 
2'30" 
3'44" 
10'18" 

2'02" 
2'30" 
3'21" 
5'49" 

2'36" 
3'15" 
4'58" 
12'41" 

3'33" 
4'47" 
9'19" 

For  Latitude  57°  30'. 

0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 

4  h. 
5  h. 

44" 

50" 
58" 
I'll" 
1'41" 

52" 
59" 
I'lO" 
1'25" 
2'06" 

1'02" 
I'll" 
1'24" 
1'43" 
2'42" 

1'14" 
1'25" 
1'42" 
2'10" 
3'42" 

1'29" 
1'43" 
2'07" 
2'50" 
5'46" 

1'49" 
2'09" 
2'43" 
3'55" 
12'26" 

2'18" 
2'47" 
3'45" 
6'14" 

3'05" 
3'51" 
5'50" 
14'49" 

4'37" 
6'04" 
12'47" 

For  Latitude  60°. 

0  h. 
2  h. 
3  h. 
4  h. 
5  h. 

48"!       57" 
54"    1'04" 
1'03"    1'15" 
1'18"    1'34" 
1'45"    2'11" 

1'08" 
1'17" 
1'30" 
1'56" 
2'50" 

I'  21" 
1'33" 
1'51" 
2'28" 
3'57" 

1'39" 
1'54" 
2'20" 
3'18" 
6'21" 

2'02"l   2'36"|   3'33"|   5'23" 
2'24"    3'12"    4'38"    8'15" 
3'04"    4'24"    7'31"  24'44" 
4'50"|   8'53" 
15'32"              1             1 

MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  37 

To   Find   the    Latitude   With   the    Burt   Solar   Attachment. 

First,  level  the  instrument  very  carefully,  using,  as 
before,  the  level  of  the  telescope  until  the  bubble  will 
remain  in  the  middle  during  a  complete  revolution  of  the 
instrument,  the  tangent  movement  of  the  telescope  being 
used  in  connection  with  the  leveling-screws  of  the  parallel 
plates,  and  the  axis  of  the  telescope  being  firmly  clamped. 

Next,  clamp  the  vertical  arc,  so  that  its  zero  and  the 
zero  of  its  vernier  coincide  as  near  as  may  be,  and  then 
bring  them  into  exact  line  by  the  tangent  screw  of  the 
vernier. 

Then,  having  the  declination  of  the  sun  for  12  o'clock 
of  the  given  day  as  affected  by  the  meridional  refraction 
carefully  eet  off  upon  the  declination  arc,  note  also  the 
equation  of  time;  and  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  before 
noon,  the  telescope  being  directed  to  the  north  and  the 
object-glass  end  lowered  until,  by  moving  the  instrument 
upon  its  spindle  and  the  declination  arc  from  side  to  side, 
the  sun's  image  is  brought  nearly  into  position  between 
the  equatorial  lines.  Now  bring  the  declination  arc  di- 
rectly in  line  with  the  telescope,  clamp  the  axis,  and  with 
the  tangent  screw  of  the  telescope  axis  bring  the  image 
precisely  between  the  lines  and  keep  it  there  with  the 
tangent  ecrew,  raising  it  as  long  as  it  runs  below  the  lower 
equatorial  line,  or,  in  other  words,  as  long  as  the  sun  con- 
tinues to  rise  in  the  heavens. 

When  the  sun  reaches  the  meridian  the  image  will 
remain  stationary  in  altitude  for  an  instant,  and  will  then 
begin  to  rise  on  the  plate. 

The  moment  the  image  ceases  to  run  below  is,  of 
course,  apparent  noon,  when  the  index  of  the  hour  arc 
should  indicate  XII.,  and  the  latitude  be  determined  by  the 
reading  of  the  vertical  arc. 

The  angle  through  which  the  polar  axis  has  moved  in 
the  operation  just  described  is  measured  from  the  zenith 
instead  of  from  the  horizon  so  that  the  angle  read  on  the 


38  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

vertical   limb   is  the   complement   of  the   latitude  or  co- 
latitude. 

To  Adjust  the   Burt  Solar  Attachment. 

The  declination  arm  is  first  detached  by  removing  the 
clamp  and  tangent  screws  and  the  center  with  its  small 
screws,  by  which  the  arm  is  attached  to  the  arc. 

The  adjuster,  which  is  a  short  bar  furnished  with  every 
instrument,  is  then  substituted  for  the  declination  arm,  the 
center  screwed  into  its  place  at  one  end,  and  the  clamp- 
screw  into  the  other,  being  inserted  through  the  hole  left 
by  the  removal  of  the  tangent  screw,  thus  securing  the 
adjuster  firmly  to  the  arc. 

The  declination  arm  is  then  placed  on  the  adjuster,  one 
end  is  turned  to  the  sun,  and  brought  into  such  a  position 
that  the  image  of  the  sun  is  brought  precisely  between  the 
equatorial  lines  on  the  opposite  plate. 

Carefully  turn  the  arm  over,  until  it  rests  upon  the  ad- 
juster by  the  opposite  faces  of  the  rectangular  blocks,  and 
again  observe  the  sun's  image.  If  it  remains  between  the 
lines  as  before,  the  arm  is  in  adjustment.  If  not,  loosen 
the  three  small  screws  which  hold  it  to  the  arm,  and  move 
the  silver  plate  under  their  heads  until  one-half  the  error 
in  the  position  of  the  sun's  image  is  removed. 

Bring  the  image  again  between  the  lines,  and  repeat 
the  operation  as  above  on  both  ends  of  the  arm,  until  the 
image  will  remain  between  the  lines  of  the  plate  in  both 
positions  of  the  arm,  when  it  will  be  in  proper  adjustment, 
and  the  arm  may  be  replaced  in  its  former  position  on  the 
attachment.  This  adjustment  is  very  rarely  needed  in  these 
instruments,  the  lenses  being  cemented  in  their  cells  and 
the  plates  securely  fastened. 

To  adjust  the  Vernier  of  the  Declination  Arc:  Set  the 
vernier  at  zero,  and  then  raise  or  lower  the  telescope  until 
the  sun's  image  appears  exactly  between  the  equatorial 
lines  . 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  39 

Having  the  telescope  axis  clamped,  carefully  revolve, 
the  arm  until  the  image  appears  on  the  other  plate.  If 
precisely  between  the  lines,  the  adjustment  is  complete; 
if  not,  move  the  declination  arm  by  its  tangent  screw  un- 
til the  image  will  come  precisely  between  the  lines  on  the 
two  opposite  plates;  clamp  the  arm  and  remove  the  index 
error  by  loosening  two  screws  that  fasten  the  vernier; 
place  the  zeros  of  the  vernier  and  limb  in  exact  coinci- 
dence, tighten  the  screws,  and  the  adjustment  is  complete. 

To  Adjust  the  Polar  Axis:  First,  level  the  instrument 
carefully  by  the  long  level  of  the  telescope,  using  in  the 
operation  the  tangent  movement  of  the  telescope  axis  in 
connection  with  the  leveling-screws  of  the  parallel  plates, 
until  the  bubble  will  appear  in  the  middle  during  a  com- 
plete revolution  of  the  instrument  upon  its  axis. 

Place  the  solar  apparatus  upon  the  axis  and  see  that 
it  moves  easily  around  it;  bring  the  declination  arm  in  the 
same  vertical  plane  with  the  telescope;  place  the  adjusting 
level  upon  the  top  of  the  rectangular  blocks,  and  bring  the 
bubble  into  the  middle  by  the  tangent  screw  of  the  decli- 
nation arc. 

Then  turn  the  arc  half  way  around,  bringing  it  again 
parallel  with  telescope,  and  note  the  position  of  the  level. 
If  in  the  middle,  the  polar  axis  is  vertical  in  that  direction; 
if  not  in  the  middle,  correct  one-half  of  the  error  by  the 
capstan-head  adjusting  screws  under  the  base  of  the  polar 
axis,  moving  each  screw  of  the  pair  the  same  amount, 
but  in  an  opposite  direction.  Bring  the  level  to  the  mid- 
dle again  by  the  tangent  screw  of  the  declination  arc,  and 
repeat  the  operation  as  before,  until  the  bubble  will  re- 
main in  the  middle  when  the  adjusting-level  is  reversed. 

Pursue  the  same  course  in  adjusting  the  arc  in  the  sec- 
ond position,  or  over  the  telescope  axis,  and  when  com- 
pleted the  level  will  remain  in  the  middle  during  an  entire 
revolution  of  the  arc,  showing  that  the  polar  axis  is  at  right 
angles  with  the  level  under  the  telescope,  or  truly  vertical. 


40  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

Care  should  be  taken  that  the  level  under  the  telescope 
is  kept  in  the  middle,  and  the  capstan-screws  brought  to 
a  firm  bearing. 

The  adjusting-level  in  the  operation  just  described  is 
supposed  to  be  itself  in  adjustment;  but  if  not,  it  can  be 
easily  corrected  by  the  screw  shown  at  one  end,  when  re- 
versed upon  a  plane  surface,  exactly  as  a  mason's  level  is 
adjusted. 

As  this  is  by  far  the  moet  delicate  and  important  ad- 
justment of  the  solar  attachment,  it  should  be  made  with 
the  greatest  care,  the  bubble  kept  perfectly  in  the  middle 
and  frequently  inspected  in  the  course  of  the  adjustment. 

To  Adjust  the  Hour- Arc:  Whenever  the  instrument 
is  set  in  the  meridian,  as  will  be  hereafter  described,  the 
index  of  the  hour-arc  should  read  apparent  time.  If  not, 
loosen  the  two  flat  head  screws  on  the  top  of  the  hour- 
circle,  and  with  the  hand  turn  the  circle  around  until  it 
does,  fasten  the  screws  again,  and  the  adjustment  will  be 
complete. 

To  obtain  mean  time,  the  correction  of  the  equation 
for  the  given  day,  as  found  in  the  Nautical  Almanac, 
should  always  be  applied. 

Berger  and  Saegmuller  Solars. 

The  principle  of  these  two  solar  attachments  is  the 
same.  (Fig.  15  A  and  B.).  The  declination  of  the  sun  for 
the  place  and  hour  required  is  figured  as  previously  shown. 
This  declination  is  regarded  as  plus  or  minus  as  it  is  north 
or  south  and  added  algebraically  to  the  refraction  which 
is  always  plus.  The  refraction  is  found  from  the  table 
previously  given  for  the  Burt  and  Shattuck  solars  or  for 
each  day  and  hour  in  the  ephemeris  issued  for  the  Saeg- 
muller solar.  The  declination  corrected  for  refraction  be- 
ing determined,  the  instrument  provided  with  the  solar 
(see  Fig.  15  A  and  B)  is  carefully  levelled  and  the  line  of 
collimation  of  the  solar  and  main  telescope  made  parallel 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  41 

by  sighting  at  some  distant  object.  The  declination  is  now 
set  off  on  the  vertical  arc  or  circle  of  the  transit  by  de- 
pressing the  telescope  when  the  declination  is  north,  and 
raising  the  telescope  when  the  declination  is  south.  The 
solar  telescope  is  then  levelled  by  means  of  its  attached 
bubble  with  the  main  telescope  still  clamped.  The  co-lati- 
tude is  then  set  off  on  the  vertical  circle  of  the  transit, 
and  the  solar  telescope  directed  towards  the  sun,  which  is 
bisected  exactly  as  in  the  case  of  the  direct  observation. 


Fig.  15  A.  Fig.  15  B. 

This  is  done  by  turning  the  solar  on  its  vertical  axis  and 
by  means  of  the  lower  motion  of  the  transit.  If  the  hori- 
zontal plates  have  been  previously  clamped  at  0°,  with  the 
lower  motion  undamped,  as  soon  as  the  sun  is  bisected  by 
the  solar  telescope,  the  main  telescope  is  necessarily 
pointing  due  south.  If  now  the  lower  motion  is  clamped 
and  the  upper  motion  free,  the  direction  of  the  main  tele- 
scope as  read  on  the  horizontal  plates  will  give  the  correct 
bearing. 

By  an  ingenious  attachment  called  an  equatorial  adap- 
tor, the  auxiliary  telescope  made  by  C.  L.  Berger  and  used 
in  sighting  down  steep  shafts  may  be  used  exactly  as  the 
Saegmuller  solar. 


CHAPTER  III. 


Traversing. 

The  bearing  of  the  initial  line  of  the  survey  being 
known,  there  are  two  ways  of  carrying  it  forward  in  the 
course  of  the  work.  When  it  is  necessary  that  the  correct 
bearing  should  be  known  at  all  times  during  the  field  work, 
as  for  example  in  retracing  old  lines,  it  is  best  to  retain 
the  bearing  always  on  the  upper  plate  of  the  transit,  back- 
sighting  with  the  upper  plate,  giving  the  last  forward 
course  and  then  turning  the  upper  plate  in  any  new  direc- 
tion required.  This  method  may  be  used  at  all  times  and 
simplifies  the  note  taking  somewhat,  and  adds  to  subse- 
quent clearness.  The  disadvantages  are  that  the  upper 
plate  may  move  somewhat  in  transportation  between  sta- 
tions, and  the  vernier  must  be  carefully  examined  each 
time  a  back-sight  ie  made.  Then,  too,  it  may  be  incon- 
venient and  is  usually  unnecessary  to  figure  out  the  direct 
solar  observation  in  the  field,  in  which  case  the  entire 
survey  may  be  completed  with  either  an  assumed  bearing 
to  commence  with,  or  else  by  angles,  without  the  use  of 
any  bearing  whatever.  When  angles  alone  are  used  the  an- 
gle of  the  initial  line  surveyed  with  the  line  whose  bearing 
is  determined  by  direct  solar  observation  is  read  and  when 
these  are  identical,  as  is  usually  the  case,  the  first  line  is 
simply  measured  to  the  second  station.  At  the  second  sta- 
tion the  upper  plate  is  set  at  0°,  the  first  station  bisected  by 
the  use  of  the  lower  plate  and  the  angle  to  the  next  sta- 
tion read  as  from  left  to  right  or  the  hands  of  a  watch, 
and  noted.  When  side  shots  are  made,  it  is  well  to  make 
horizontal  parallel  lines  above  and  below  the  notes  taken, 
so  that  the  line  or  lines  of  notes  will  not  be  confused  with 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  43 

the  notes  of  the  main  continuous  traverse.  By  this  method 
of  carrying  forward  a  survey  all  errors  of  instrumental 
adjustment  are  eliminated  except  those  entering  in  the 
height  of  standards.  Another  method  of  traversing  com- 
monly used  is  to  back-sight  with  the  upper  plate  of  the 
transit  at  0°,  then  invert  the  telescope  and  turn  to  the 
right  or  left  and  read  the  angle  turned.  While  this  is 
probably  the  method  usually  employed,  it  involves  a 
doubling  of  any  errors  in  adjustment  of  the  transit  and  a 
possible  error  in  setting  down  each  time  the  fact  that  the 
instrument  was  turned  right  or  left.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  results  are  more  easily  reduced  to  courses  than  in  the 
method  given  before,  which  is  always  used  by  the  writer. 
It  is  well  to  read  the  compass  at  each  station  as  a  pre- 
caution against  large  errors. 

Measuring. 

At  the  same  time  that  the  bearings  are  being  carried 
forward  with  the  instrument,  measurements  are  being 
taken.  These  measurements  as  a  rule  are  to  determine 
the  distance  traversed,  but  are  also  at  times  for  the  purpose 
of  laying  out  a  certain  necessary  distance.  Practically  all 
measurements  now  made  in  mineral  land  surveying  are 
made  with  long  steel  tapes,  300  to  700  feet  in  length,  grad- 
uated every  five  feet,  with  each  end  of  the  tape  graduated 
to  five  feet.  The  method  of  using  long  tapes  is  as  follows: 
The  chainman  holds  the  zero  of  the  tape  at  the  station  to 
which  the  measurement  is  to  be  made,  and  the  transit  man 
pulls  the  tape,  preferably  holding  it  taut  by  a  pair  of  par- 
allel  pliers,  provided  with  a  clamp,  just  opposite  the  trun- 
nion of  the  telescope.  The  distance  is  then  measured  to 
the  nearest  five-foot  mark  with  a  pocket  tape  from  the 
point  marked  by  the  clamped  parallel  pliers.  When  the? 
nearest  five-foot  mark  is  beyond  the  transit  man,  it  saves 
subtracting  the  tenths,  to  which  measurements  are  usually 
taken,  to  place  the  five-foot  mark  on  the  pocket  tape  over 


44  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

the  five-foot  mark  on  the  long  tape,  and  then  read  as  from 
the  five-foot  point  ahead  of  the  instrument.  Another 
method  for  reading  the  tape  is  for  the  transit  man  to  hold 
the  five-foot  mark  just  beyond  the  distance  measured 
to  the  transit,  the  chainman  then  holds  the  tape  tightly 
wherever  it  happens  to  come  at  the  forward  point.  He 
then  reads  on  the  finer  graduations  the  distance  from  the 
zero  point  back  to  the  station  and  this  is  subtracted  from 
the  distance  read  opposite  the  transit.  This  method  is, 
however,  rarely  used,  as  it  requires  a  reliable  chainman, 
and  involves  possible  mistakes  is  subtracting.  It  also  re- 
quires finer  graduations  on  the  zero  end  of  the  tape. 

In  traversing,  the  tape  may  be  wound  up  after  each 
measurement  or  may  be  dragged  over  the  ground.  The 
writer  prefers  the  second  method,  as  it  saves  time.  There 
is,  however,  greater  danger  of  breaking  the  tape.  Should 
the  tape  break  it  may  be  temporarily  mended  by  using 
Alexander's  Little  Giant  Tape  Splices,  or  the  surveyor  may 
even  carry  a  piece  of  solder  with  a  few  braes  or  copper 
sleeves  which  he  solders  on  with  a  candle.  As  a  rule,  how- 
ever, he  proceeds  with  the  longest  portion  of  the  broken 
tape.  As  the  tape  breaks  most  frequently  near  the  zero 
end,  and  the  chainman  has  then  no  handle,  it  is  well  to 
carry  an  extra  pair  of  parallel  pliers  for  such  an  emerg- 
ency. 

There  are  many  cases  where  stadia  measurements  in  min- 
eral land  surveying  could  be  used  with  advantage,  but  they 
are  rarely  employed.  In  the  first  place,  they  are  strictly 
forbidden  by  the  land  office  regulations  in  all  government 
work.  In  preliminary  work,  such  as  in  laying  out  location 
surveys,  there  is  great  difficulty  in  persuading  the  claimant 
that  he  is  getting  anything  at  all  accurate,  when  the  sur- 
veyor is  compelled  to  admit  that  it  can  not  be  used  in  sur- 
veying for  patent. 

The  choosing  of  proper  stations  is  a  very  important 
part  of  the  chainman's  duty.  A  careful  chainman  can,  by 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  45 

good  judgment,  save  much  valuable  time  in  selecting  sta- 
tions which  in  the  first  place  offer  good  fore-sights,  and 
in  the  second  place  are  suitable  for  set-ups.  In  the  moun- 
tains of  the  West  there  is  frequently  little  or  no  choice  in 
the  placing  of  stations,  and  the  best  are  often  none  too 
good.  Stations  are  usually  marked  by  stakes  picked  up 
near  the  spot.  In  case  it  is  desired  to  preserve  the  traverse 
stakes,  they  had  best  be  made  of  hard  wood  and  carried 
in  sufficient  quantity  by  the  party.  Opinions  differ  as  to 
the  height  of  stations.  Many,  among  others  the  writer, 
prefer  a  short  stake,  not  showing  as  a  rule  over  a  foot 
above  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Others  prefer  a  long 
stake.  With  the  short  stake  a  plumb  line  will  as  a  rule 
have  to  be  used  for  both  the  fore  and  back-sights,  but 
the  station  is  more  stable,  and  is  likely  to  remain  in  place. 
With  the  long  stake  the  use  of  the  plumb  may  be  avoided, 
as  the  stake  may  be  seen  from  the  instrument,  and  this 
will  often  save  time,  but  the  stakes  are  very  liable  to  de- 
rangement after  the  lapse  of  a  few  days.  In  many  cases 
large  nails  may  be  used  for  stations,  in  which  case  they 
are  simply  driven  in  the  ground.  They  are  especially  use- 
ful in  winter  when  the  ground  is  frozen. 

The  exact  station  point  on  the  stake  is  marked  by  a 
nail  or  tack  and,  when  possible,  the  measurement  is  made 
directly  to  the  point,  and  both  cross  wires  of  the  telescope, 
their  intersection,  placed  on  the  nail  head.  In  case  the 
nail  can  not  be  seen,  the  instrument  is  sighted  to  a  plumb 
line,  the  height  to  which  the  zero  of  the  tape  is  held  being 
taken  by  the  horizontal  cross  wire.  In  windy  weather 
long  plumb  bobs  filled  with  mercury  give  the  best  results. 

When  the  surveyor  has  a  clear  fore-sight  for  a  longer 
distance  than  the  tape  will  reach,  and  the  country  is  not 
too  rough,  he  may  set  his  fore-sight  stakes  ahead  at  a  dis- 
tance apart  approximately  equal  to  the  stretch  of  his 
tape.  He  may  then  set  up  at  every  other  stake,  omitting 


46  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

those  in  between,  and  make  a  measurement  each  way  fore 
and  back  from  each  set-up.  This  will  often  save  consid- 
erable time. 

The  vertical  angles  for  most  work  need  to  be  read 
only  to  the  nearest  fifteen  minutes;  that  is,  they  should  be 
within  7%  minutes  of  the  correct,  and  may  be  read  with- 
out the  use  of  the  verniers  on  most  transits.  As  a  rule  in 
western  mineral  surveying  the  horizontal  distances  must 
be  figured  in  the  field.  The  best  method  of  figuring  is 
probably  by  the  use  of  the  pocket  traverse  table,  and  the 
Roe  traverse  table  is  the  only  suitable  one  known  to  the 
writer. 

The  method  of  using  is  as  follows: 

Vertical  angle.  Distance.  Horizontal  dis.  (Lat.) 

23°  261.5  =  260.  239.3 

1.5  1.3 

261.5  240.6 

Many  times  a  certain  definite  distance  must  be  laid  out 
with  the  tape  on  a  hill  side,  as  for  example  the  end  of  a 
lode  claim  and  also  in  setting  corners  from  the  center 
line.  We  will  take  the  example  where  we  have  to  find  that 
to  complete  the  1,500  feet  of  a  lode  claim  we  have  294.5 
feet  yet  to  go.  We  find  the  angle  of  slope  is  15°  and  this 
apparently  continues  for  the  distance  required.  From  the 
traverse  table  we  find  that  the  nearest  horizontal  (lati- 
tude) to  294.5  given  in  the  column  for  15°  is  289.8,  which 
equate  300  feet  on  the  slope.  This  leaves  a  horizontal  dis- 
tance over  of  4.7  which  in  turn  equals  4.9  on  the  slope. 
The  distance  to  be  laid  off  is  therefore  304.9  feet  on  the 
slope. 

Example:  Ver.  Angle.         Horizontal.    Slope. 

15°  289.8  =  300 

4.7  =      4.9 


294.5  =  304.9 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  47 

In  case  of  end  lines  75,  150  and  300  feet  respectively, 
from  the  center  line,  natural  secants  may  be  used  for  lay- 
ing off  distances.  For  the  distance  300  the  multiplication 
may  be  easily  made,  but  for  75  and  150  feet  the  surveyor 
had  best  prepare  a  table  for  each  fifteen  minutes  and 
paste  in  his  note  book.  A  complete  table  of  natural  secants 
prepared  as  a  traverse  table  would  save  much  time  to  the 
mineral  surveyor.* 

To  return  to  laying  out  distances,  it  will  often  be  found, 
especially  by  one  who  is  not  good  at  estimating  distances, 
that  the  trial  angle  of  slope  ifi  too  small  or  too  great,  as 
the  case  may  be,  and  the  horizontal  wire  of  the  instru- 
ment either  hits  the  ground  or  comes  too  high  above  the 
station.  In  that  case  the  only  thing  to  do  is  to  try  a  new 
angle  until  everything  corresponds. 

The  final  distance  to  be  measured  is  marked  on  the 
tape  by  the  parallel  pliers  and  the  instrument  sighted  to 
the  zero  of  the  tape  held  at  the  proper  height  on  a  stake 
or  by  plumb  bob. 

The  surveyor  will  frequently  meet  obstacles  which  re- 
quire offsete,  which  subject  is,  AS  a  rule,  well  handled  in 
the  standard  books  on  surveying.  The  usual  offset  is  at 
right  angles  far  enough  to  avoid  the  obstacle.  A  conven- 
ient offset  is  to  turn  off  say  60°  to  the  right,  measure  any 
suitable  distance,  then  run  the  same  distance  with  60° 
turned  to  the  left.  In  this  way  the  distance  required  is 
exactly  equal  to  the  distance  measured  on  the  offset,  as 
we  are  dealing  with  an  equilateral  triangle.  (See  Fig.  16.) 

Sometimes  a  long  traverse  has  to  be  made  to  get  around 
an  obstacle,  and  sometimes  the  measurement  has  to  be 
made  by  triangulation  either  to  the  point  which  it  is  de- 
sired to  reach  or  to  some  point  near.  Triangulation  meth- 
ods are  of  course  simple,  and  are  exhaustively  treated  in 


*An  incomplete  table  of  natural  secants  is  to  be  found 
in  Hodgman's  Surveyors'  Tables. 


48  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

text  books.  Traverses,  that  is.,  measured  traverses  to  find 
a  missing  course,  are  not,  as  a  rule,  so  well  handled  in 
the  text  books,  and  it  is  sometimes  necessary  to  do  all  the 
figuring  in  the  field.  In  figuring  a  traverse,  the  first  thing 
necessary  to  do  is  to  get  the  traverse  into  a  record  of 
courses  and  distances.  When  the  true  bearing  is  carried, 
throughout  the  survey  nothing  has  to  be  done  but  to  put 


Fig.  16. 

down  the  bearings  and  the  horizontal  measurements,  and 
figure  the  latitudes  and  departures.    When  assumed  bear- 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  49 

ings  have  been  used,  they  must  be  corrected.  In  case  the 
inverting  right  or  left  method  hae  been  used  from  the 
initial  bearing,  the  succeeding  courses  may  be  easily  fig- 
ured. In  case  the  instrument  is  read  as  though  turned 
from  left  to  right,  that  is,  with  the  hands  of  a  watch,  the 
following  rule  simplifies  the  calculation  of  bearings. 

Rule:  Take  angle  right  from  back-sight.  If  less  than 
180°,  add  180°;  if  greater  than  180°,  subtract  180°  from  it. 
Add  results  to  former  course  from  north,  or  azimuth.  If 
required,  subtract  360°.  The  result  is  the  azimuth  from 
north. 


Example:    (Fig.  17.) 


Fig.  17. 

S.  57° 
180" 


9'  W. 


Azimuth  =  237'     9' 
69°  39' 


249°  39' 
180' 

69°  39' 


Azimuth  first  course  =  306°  48'  =  N.  53°  12'  W. 

174°  31' 
180° 


354°  31' 


354°  31' 


Azimuth  second  course  =  301°  19'  =  N.  58°  41'  W. 


50  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

The  courses  and  horizontal  distances  at  hand,  the  lati- 
tudes and  departures  are  figured,  preferably  with  a  tra- 
verse table.  Among  the  many  traverse  tables,  Gurden's  is 
the  most  rapid.  In  using  the  Gurden's  tables  to  facilitate 
picking  out  the  figures,  a  triangle  preferably  a  transparent 
one,  or  even  a  card  may  be  marked  and  so  spaced  that  one 
mark  being  placed  under  the  latitude  figure,  the  other 
mark  falls  of  itself  under  the  figure  for  the  departure. 

An  example  of  a  short  traverse  is  given  below,  with  the 
missing  course  calculated  and  many  similar  cases  will  be 
given  later.  There  are  also  given  examples  of  latitudes 
and  departures  figured  with  the  Gurden's  table. 

Neat  and  systematic  work  may  be  done  by  the  use  of 
printed  blanks,  each  of  which  is  afterwards  filed  away, 
as  will  be  described  later. 

Cos.  Latitude.  Sin.  Departure. 
57°    9' 

300  162.73  252.03 

4.5  2.44  3.78 


165.17  255.81 
53'  12' 

230          137.77  184.16 

5.6          3.35  4.48 


141.12        188.64 
68°  41' 

230 
2.1 


Sta-  Dis- 

tion.  Course.  tance. 

3.57°    9'W.  304.5 

N.  63'12'W.  235.6 

N.  58*41'  W.  232.1 


119.54 
1.09 

196.49 
1.79 

120.63 

N.      S. 
Lat.    Lat. 
165.17 
141.12   

198.28 

E.      W. 
Dep.    Dep. 
255.81 
188.64 

120.63   

198.28 

261.75 
165.17 

642.73 

96.58 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  51 

log    96.58  =  1.984887 
log  642.73  =  2.808028 

9.176859  =  log  cot  81°  27' 

log  642.73  =2.808028 

log  sin  81"  27' =  9.995146 


2.812882  =  log  649.95 
Missing  course  =  S.  81°  27'  E.  649.95 
Note: — It  is  well  to  remember  to  take  the  log  of  the 
larger  number,  whether  latitude  or  departure,  and  divide 
it  by  the  larger  log.  whether  sine  or  cosine  of  the  angle 
found. 


CHAPTER  IV. 


Lode  Location. 

About  the  simplest  survey  that  the  western  surveyor  is 
called  on  to  make  is  that  of  a  lode  location.  It  is,  how- 
ever, somewhat  complicated  by  the  fact  that  as  a  rule  he 
is  assisted  by  the  claimant  himself  in  the  work  and  thus 
often  lacks  an  efficient  assistant,  with  the  result  that  the 
character  of  the  results  suffers. 

Usually  the  survey  is  begun  at  the  discovery  point, 
which  may  be  a  shaft,  cut,  adit,  or  even  a  point  in  the 
tunnel  or  other  underground  workings.  We  will  begin 
with  the  survey  of  a  straight  claim  ae  in  Fig.  18.  (See 
also  page  of  note  book)  The  first  set-up  is  just 


„  „  tor N.BI'SZ'E.  ISOOff  -youth  Ctftter 

Jute  Stake 

Fig.  18. 

thirty  feet  from  the  center  of  the  discovery  shaft.  After 
the  direction  of  the  center  line  has  been  determined,  and 
this  may  often  be  done  in  unimportant  work  with  the  mag- 
netic needle,  a  measurement  is  made  as  before  explained 
under  measurements,  to  station  No.  2.  It  will  save  the 
transit  man  a  set-up  if  a  measurement  is  taken  at  the  same 
time  to  No.  5.  This  will,  however  in  a  rough  country,  give 
the  chainman  more  work.  From  station  No.  2  the  line 
is  extended  through  No.  3  to  No.  4,  at  which  point  the 
claimant  having  desired  to  end  his  claim,  a  right  angle  is 
turned  off,  and  the  stakes  set,  we  will  say,  seventy-five  feet 
on  each  side  of  the  center  line.  These  stakes,  the  best  ob- 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


mill  if 

K;i  i  :i    i« 

I'      B    u"          !§S 


HUH 


55 


*$* 


|«t      coui          2ZZ 


I! 


J5|3 


i;!i 


II     li 
i    g; 


54  MINERAL    LAND     SURVEYING. 

tainable,  are  marked  Cor.  No.  1,  N.  W.  Cor. ;  and  Cor.  No.  2, 
S.  W.  Cor.,  Good  Samaritan  Lode,  respectively.*  From  No.  I 
a  tie  is  made  to  Cor.  No.  1,  Sur.  No.  14950  Columbus  Lode,  as 
shown  in  the  notes.  As  we  have  now  measured  935.6  feet, 
we  know  that  we  have  passed  the  point  for  setting  center 
side  stakes,  so  we  return  to  No.  1  and  measure  back  185.6 
feet  to  No.  la,  whence  the  center  side  stakes  are  set  at 
right  angles  to  the  center  line.  They  are  marked  North 
and  South  Center  Side  Stakes,  Good  Samaritan  Lode,  re- 
spectively. Of  course  it  frequently  happens  that  the  po- 
sition of  the  center  side  stakes  is  known  in  advance  and 
in  this  case  a  measurement  would  have  been  made  in  the 
beginning  to  No.  la.  In  this  caee  No.  la  would  have  been 
called  No.  2  and  the  next  sight  might  have  been  made  to 
No.  3,  etc.,  but  in  the  case  of  the  Good  Samaritan  Lode 
the  center  side  stakes  could  not  be  placed  till  the  claimant 
had  decided  where  the  claim  was  to  end  in  its  westerly 
course.  We  now  extend  the  line  through  No.  5  and  No.  6 
and  here  knowing  that  the  survey  can  be  completed  with 
another  sight,  the  previous  measurements  are  reduced  to 
horizontals,  the  total  subtracted  from  1,500  and  the  result 
laid  out.  Corners  No.  3  and  No.  4  are  then  set  as  for  the 
westerly  end.  If  a  tie  has  not  been  made  to  a  patent  cor- 
ner, or  some  other  proper  monument,  as  above,  the  instru- 
ment is  set  up  at  some  corner  of  the  claim,  preferably 
Cor.  No.  1,  and  bearings  to  two  or  more  mountain  peaks  or 
other  permanent  points  taken  and  recorded.  The  surveyor 
then  makes  sure  that  he  has  the  name  of  the  lode,  a  de- 
scription of  the  discovery,  whether  shaft,  cut,  etc.,  the 
correct  name  of  the  locators,  the  name  of  the  mining  dis- 
trict and  the  date.  At  his  office  the  surveyor  figures  the 

*While  the  law  requires  that  the  corners  shall  be 
marked  by  substantial  stakes  or  other  monuments,  it 
does  not  require  any  inscription  on  them,  and  this  may 
be  omitted  and  the  location  yet  be  perfectly  legal. 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  56 

tie  to  the  patented  claim  as  given  below,  writes  out  the 
certificate,  usually  signs  it  for  the  claimant,  and  sends  it 
for  record  to  the  county  recorder.  There  are  several 
styles  of  blank  forms  for  location  certificates  sold  by  differ- 
ent publishers,  but  they  are  all  essentially  the  same.  The 
location  certificate  of  above  is  as  follows: 

STATE  OF  COLORADO, ) 
County  of  Gilpin.         }  ss. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents:  That  Rudolf  Gale, 
the  undersigned,  has  this  29th  day  of  May,  1905,  located 
and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents  does  locate  and  claim 
by  right  of  discovery  and  location,  in  compliance  with 
the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved  May  10,  1872,  and 
all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  local  customs,  laws  and  reg- 
ulations, 1,500  linear  feet  and  horizontal  measurement  on 
the  Good  Samaritan  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  along  the 
vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles  and  variations  as 
allowed  by  law,  together  with  75  feet  on  each  side  of  the 
middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so  far  as  can  be  deter- 
mined from  present  developments;  and  all  veins,  lodes, 
ledges,  or  deposits  and  surface  ground  within  the  lines  of 
said  claim  594.4  feet  running  N.  81*  32'  E.  from  center  of 
discovery  shaft  and  905.6  feet  running  S.  81°  32'  W.  from 
center  of  discovery  shaft,  said  discovery  shaft  being  situ- 
ate upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  and  within  the 
lines  of  said  claim  in  Russell  Mining  District,  County  of 
Gilpin,  and  State  of  Colorado,  described  by  metes  and 
bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  1,  whence  Cor.  No.  1,  Sur.  No. 
14950,  Columbus  lode,  bears  N.  84°  57'  E.  510.56  feet,  thence 
S.  8°  28'  E.  150  feet  to  Cor.  No.  2,  thence  N  81°  32'  E.  750 
feet  to  south  center  side  stake,  thence  N.  81°  32'  E.  750 
feet  to  Cor.  No.  3,  thence  N.  8°  28'  W.  150  feet  to  Cor  No. 
4,  thence  S.  81°  32'  W.  750  feet  to  north  center  side  stake. 


56  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

thence  S.  81°  32'  W.  750  feet  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of 
beginning. 

Said  lode  was  discovered  on  the  16th  day  of  March, 
A.  D.  1905. 

Date  of  location,  May  29,  A.  D.  1905. 

Date  of  certificate,  May  29,  A.  D.  1905. 

RUDOLF  GALE   (Seal). 

It  is  not  necessary  to  mention  the  center  side  stakes 
in  the  description.  Should  several  claimants  desire  to  be 
recorded  as  possessing  unequal  shares,  the  names  may 
be  arranged  as  follows,  at  the  bottom: 

J.  P.  Smith,      %  interest. 

L.  S.  Weaver,  %  interest. 

L.  J.  Walter,    &  interest. 

For  a  company,  the  name  may  simply  be  placed  at  the 
bottom  with  or  without  the  addition  of  the  name  of  an 
agent  or  attorney  in  fact. 

Other  examples  of  location  certificates  will  be  given 
under  field  notes  of  patent  eurvey. 

The  above  simple  straight  location  may  be  varied  in 
many  ways.  The  end  lines  may  not  be  at  right  angles  to 
the  center,  but  made  to  fit  some  other  claim;  in  this  case 
the  end  line  is  longer  than  the  width  of  the  claim,  and  is 
figured  in  the  same  way  as  the  end  line  of  an  angular 
claim  given  later.  In  order  to  avoid  conflicts,  the  claim 
is  frequently  made  narrower  than  the  legal  width,  some- 
times on  one  side  of  the  center,  sometimes  on  both  eides, 
and  the  side  lines  may  even  be  broken  lines.  In  this 
latter  case  they  are  figured  as  examples  of  mill  sites  or 
intersections  of  patents,  etc.,  which  will  be  given  later. 
There  is  probably  no  legal  objection  to  having  the  end 
line  even  longer  than  the  side  line  as  is  the  case  in  Fig. 
19.  In  this  example,  were  a  mistake  made  and  the  vein 


MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING.  57 

placed  as  shown  In  the  figure,  the  claimant  would  get  over 
3,000  feet  of  vein  in  one  location,  provided  the  vein  was 
perpendicular,  so  as  not  to  require  extralateral  rights.  At 


Fig.  19. 


the  time  of  issuance  of  patent  of  course  this  could  not  be 
known,  as  the  vein  is  required,  as  far  as  known,  to  be  not 
more  than  75,  150  or  300  feet  from  either  side  line,  accord- 
ing to  the  district. 

Angular  Claims. 

In  the  case  of  angular  claims  the  conditions  given  above 
are  more  or  less  complicated.  The  simplest  angular  claim 
is  one  whose  one  angle  is  at  or  near  the  discovery  and 
therefore  known  in  advance,  or  at  least  before  either  end 
line  is  laid  out.  This  is  easily  surveyed,  as  follows:  See 
Fig.  20,  the  angle  a  being  determined  as  40°.  The  angle  b 
ifi  equal  to  140°.  In  placing  the  angle  stakes  the  angle  b 
is  bisected,  that  is,  70°  is  turned  from  either  the  fore- 
sight or  the  back-sight  on  the  southerly  side,  or  110° 
turned  from  either  the  fore-sight  or  back-sight  on  the 
northerly  side.  The  bisecting  line  is  therefore  20°  in  each 
case  from  a  line  at  right  angles  to  the  lines  1 — 2  and  1 — 3. 
The  direction  of  this  line  is  seen  at  once  to  be  in  the 
figure  above  S.  30°  E.  (90°— 800=10°+20°=S.  30°  E. 
90° — 40°=50°— 20°=S.  30°  E.).  As  one-half  of  this  line 
is  the  hypothenuse  of  a  right  triangle  whose  base  is  150 


58 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


feet  (or,  as  the  case  may  be,  75  or  300  feet),  and  whose 
angle  A  is  20°,  its  length  is  found  from  a  traverse  table 
or  table  of  natural  secants  to  be: 


20' 


lat. 

141.0 

9.0 

150.0 


distance  or  nat.  secant. 

150.  20°  =  1.0641 

9.6  300 


159.i 


2)319.23  end  line 


159.61 


which  is  the  true  distance  from  No.  1  to  the  angle  corner 
S.  30°  E.  and  also  of  course  in  the  other  direction  N.  30°  W. 
These  lines  in  turn  must  be  corrected  for  slope  of  hill.  The 
end  lines  are  then  placed  parallel  to  the  line  of  the  angle 
stakes,  and  the  same  length.  The  stakes  are  marked  as 


Fig.  20. 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


59 


given  under  straight  lode  locations,  except  the  angle  stakes 
are  marked  Cor.  No.  2  and  Cor.  No.  5  North  and  South 
angle  stakes  respectively.  As  the  end  lines  and  angle  stake 
line  are  all  parallel,  the  opposite  side  lines  are  the  same 
length,  therefore  no  figuring  or  checking  up  is  required  in 
the  office  and  the  location  certificate  may  be  written  out 
at  once.  This  certificate  is  exactly  the  same  as  in  the 
case  of  a  straight  claim,  except  that  in  the  best  work,  when 
the  discovery  shaft  is  not  exactly  at  the  angle,  additional 
description  is  required;  for  example,  in  Fig.  20  it  would  be 
described  "  "  "  "  claims  400  feet  running  S.  40°  W.  from 
centre  of  discovery  shaft  and  300  feet  running  N.  40°  E. 
thence  800  feet  running  N.  80°  E.,  etc. 


Fig.  21. 

In  surveying  an  angular  claim  where  the  angle  is  not 
known  when  the  first  end  line  is  reached,  or  when  there 
are  two  or  more  angles  in  the  claim,  this  first  end  line  is 
usually  put  in  at  right  angles  to  the  centre  line.  In  the 


eo 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


case  of  a  claim  having  only  one  angle,  the  setting  of  the 
end  line  may  often  be  postponed  till  the  angle  of  the  centre 
line  is  determined.  When  the  end  line  is  set  at  right  angles 
one  or  more  sets  of  angle  stakes  are  placed  on  lines  bisect- 
ing the  angles  as  given  above  but  these  lines  are  not  par- 
allel to  the  end  lines,  nor  are  they  necessarily  parallel  to 
each  other.  As  the  end  lines  of  the  claim  must  be  parallel 
to  each  other,  this  requires  that  the  end  line  for  No.  4  be 
turned  from  a  line  at  right  angles  to  its  centre  line  over 
an  angle  equal  to  the  algebraic  sum  of  all  the  angles  enter- 
ing into  the  broken  centre  line  of  the  claim,  or  from  the 
back-sight  on  the  centre  line  over  the  complement  of  this 


Fig.  22. 

algebraic  sum.  This  is  shown  in  the  two  figures  above, 
Fig.  21  and  Fig.  22,  to  be  20°  and  50°  respectively  as  the 
deviation  from  a  straight  centre  line  is  always  to  the  right 


MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING.  61 

or  first  to  the  right  and  then  to  the  left;  right  figure  as 
plus  and  left  as  minus. 

The  end  line  angle  is  thus  the  angle  caused  by  the  total 
change  of  direction  of  the  centre  line  of  the  claims  from  its 
course  No.  1-No.  2  to  its  course  No.  3-No.  4. 

The  length  of  the  end  line  is  figured  as  the  hypothenuse 
of  a  right  triangle  whose  base  is  300  feet  (or  150  or  600  as 
the  case  may  be)  and  whose  angle  A  is  the  angle  turned 
from  a  line  at  right  angles  to  the  centre  line  at  that  point. 
This  in  turn  is  corrected  for  the  slope  of  the  hill.  While 
it  is  no  more  difficult  to  stake  out  this  kind  of  an  angular 
claim  in  the  field  than  in  the  case  of  the  angular  claim 
first  cited,  the  office  work  is  more  involved.  The  side  lines 
opposite  to  each  other  are  not  of  equal  length,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  angular  claim  first  cited.  The  length  in  each 
case  is  found  by  adding  and  subtracting  on  opposite  sides 
the  perpendiculars  or  departures,  of  the  various  triangles 
used  and  figured  in  setting  the  stakes,  to  the  lengths  actu- 
ally measured  on  the  centre  line  of  the  claim.  For  the 
angular  claim  given  in  Fig.  21  the  most  easterly  angle  is 
first  figured,  150  feet  multiplied  by  the  tangent  of  20°  gives 
54.59,  which  is  added  for  the  northerly  side  lines  and  sub- 
tracted for  the  southerly  lines,  that  is,  added  to  exterior 
angles  and  subtracted  from  interior  ones,  to  and  from  the 
distances  measured  on  1-2  and  2-3  on  tne  centre  line.  For 
the  next  angle  west  26.44,  the  tangent  of  10°  multiplied  by 
150  feet,  is  subtracted  for  the  northerly  side  lines,  and 
added  for  the  southerly  side  lines,  from  and  to  2-3  and  3-4 
on  the  centre  line,  remembering  that  54.59  feet  have  al- 
ready been  subtracted  or  added  to  2-3.  Finally  54.59,  tan- 
gent 20°  multiplied  by  150  is  subtracted  for  the  northerly 
Bide  line  and  added  for  the  southerly  side  line  to  and  from 
3-4  to  which  26.44  feet  have  already  been  subtracted  and 
added.  In  Fig.  22  the  same  method  is  pursued.  On  the 
northerly  side  line  the  tangents  are  added  until  the  end  line 
Is  reached,  then  subtracted  from  the  centre  line  distances 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 


while  for  the  southerly  side  line  the  tangents  are  subtracted 
until  the  end  line  is  reached  and  then  added.  To  be  sure 
that  the  work  has  been  done  correctly  and  that  the  bound- 
ary lines  close,  a  traverse  is  made  as  in  the  following  ex- 
amples. While  the  traverse  may  be  made  in  the  usual  way, 
the  labor  is  greatly  decreased  by  subtracting  the  length  of 
the  side  lines  and  end  lines  from  each  other,  using  the  di- 
rection in  each  case  of  the  longer  line.  We  thus  find  lati- 
tudes and  departures  for  only  half  of  the  courses  and  for 
smaller  numbers.  The  closing  of  the  traverse  round  the 
claim  proves  the  correctness  of  the  previous  work. 

Example. 


Course. 
S  10°  B 

IDist'ce. 
19.23 

N.Lat. 

S.Lat. 
18.93 

E.  Dep. 
3.32 

W.Dep. 

Fig.  21.. 

N.  60°  B.  | 
S  40°  W. 

162.06 
56  30 

81.05 

'is.ii 

140.32 

seiis 

S  80°  W 

109  18 

18  95 

107  52 

****** 

Fig.'  22.'.' 

Course. 
N.  10°  W. 
S.  30°  W.  | 
N.  40"  E. 
N.  80°  E. 

Dist'ce. 
166.71 
331.26 
135.42 
109.18 

81.05 

N.Lat. 
164.16 

i63.'72 
18.95 

80.99 
S.Lat. 
286'.86 

143.64 
E.Dep. 

'87!64 
107.52 

143.70 

W.Dep. 
28.94 
165.63 

Course. 
N  15°  E 

Dist  ce. 
25  72 

286.83 

N.Lat. 
24  85 

286.86 
S.Lat. 

194.56 

E.Dep. 
6  65 

194.57 
W.Dep. 

Fig.  23.. 

S.  82°  W. 
S  73°  E 

60.82 
56  04 

8.46 
16  38 

'53  58 

60.22 



24.85 

24.84 

60.23 

60.22 

It  frequently  happens  that  in  case  of  angular  claims, 
the  end  lines  must  be  made  to  fit  prior  claims.  In  this 
case  the  calculations  for  the  amounts  to  be  added  to  the 
length  of  the  centre  line  must  be  made  at  each  end  of  the 
claim  as  well  as  at  the  angles,  and  the  amounts  to  be  added 
and  the  lengths  of  the  line  will  vary  according  to  the  angle 
at  which  the  latter  are  set.  See  Fig.  23.  Angular  claims 
may  also  be  narrowed  down  and  located  with  irregular 
side  lines,  but  the  figuring  of  these  variations  is  only  a 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


63 


form  of  the  figuring  done  In  such  work  as  patent  intersec- 
tions treated  later  on. 

In  the  case  of  all  lode  locations  the  setting  of  end  lines 
is  of  great  importance.  The  end  lines  should  be  placed  as 
a  rule  as  nearly  as  possible  at  right  angles  to  the  strike  of 
the  vein,  while  the  location  survey  covers  the  apex. 

The  dip  of  the  lode  and  the  extralateral  rights  desired 
should  always  be  kept  in  mind  by  the  surveyor.  Thus  in 
Fig.  23  the  arrangement  of  end  lines  there  placed  so  as  to 


Fig.  23. 


avoid  conflict  with  the  prior  location  may  not  be  the  best 
or  may  be  extremely  bad  when  the  question  of  extra  lat- 
eral rights  is  considered.  It  is  therefore  often  best  not  to 
survey  to  avoid  a  conflict  but  to  make  the  best  possible 
arrangement  of  end  lines  to  cover  the  ground  desired. 

Relocation  and  Amended  Certificates. 
"Distinction  Between  Relocation  and  Amended  Certift- 


64  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

cate. — In  strictness  there  is  a  relocation  only  when  some 
change  is  made  upon  the  ground,  as  by  changing  length, 
width  or  boundaries;  perhaps  also  when  overlapping  aban- 
doned ground  is  taken.  The  certificate  filed  to  show  such 
change  is  a  relocation  certificate.  But  if  the  error  is  in 
the  papers  only,  as  by  a  misleading  or  too  vague  descrip- 
tion, there  is  no  relocation,  but  only  the  filing  of  an 
amended  location  certificate.  But  the  terms  are  not  al- 
ways used  with  exactness  even  by  the  legal  profession,  all 
such  papers  as  well  as  acts  being  called  relocations  or 
relocation  certificates,  and  a  misuse  of  the  term  is  not 
generally  material. — Cheeseman  vs.  Shreeve,  40  Fed.  789." 
— Morrison's  Mining  Rights,  p.  109,  10th  ed. 

It  frequently  happens  especially  just  before  surveying 
for  patent,  that  the  descriptions  of  claims  are  found  to 
be  defective  in  some  respect,  and  in  this  case  an  amended 
description  is  filed,  and  no  change  is  made  upon  the  ground. 
More  often,  however,  the  stakes  on  the  ground  are  changed 
somewhat,  and  the  owner  takes  advantage  of  a  resurvey  to 
take  in  some  abandoned  ground,  or  to  alter  the  lines  of 
his  claim  slightly  one  way  or  the  other  from  the  original 
location.  He  may  even  make  radical  changes  in  direction 
of  lines  and  extent  of  territory  embraced.  In  this  event 
there  is  no  change  in  the  method  of  survey  from  the  pro- 
cedure in  the  case  of  the  original  location,  but  the  certifi- 
cates are  worded  to  suit  the  case.  Of  the  two  examples 
which  follow  of  amended  and  relocation  certificates,  the 
first  is  rarely  used,  as  the  second  covers  almost  every  possi- 
ble case.  In  some  cases  it  is  well  to  state  the  cause  for 
amending,  as  for  example,  to  state  that  it  is  to  correct  the 
spelling  of  the  name  of  the  claim  or  location.  This  assumes 
importance  when  it  is  desirable  to  impress  suspicious 
neighbors  with  the  fact  that  no  change  has  been  made  in 
the  boundaries  of  a  claim,  but  an  amendment  made  simply 
to  perfect  the  description. 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  66 

In  the  case  of  a  second  amendment  we  add  to  "This 
being  the  same  lode,  *  *  *"  "and  again  located  on  the  18th 
day  of  April,  1905,  and  recorded  on  the  21st  day  of  April, 
1905,  in  book  160,  page  352,  in  the  office  of  the  recorder  of 
Clear  Creek  county." 

Additional  and  Amended  Location  Certificate— Law  of  1889. 
STATE    OF    COLORADO,) 
County  of  Clear  Creek,     j  ss. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  ThatThe  Treasure 
Vault  Gold  Mining  Company  has,  this  18th  day  of  April, 
1905,  amended,  located  and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents 
does  amend,  locate  and  claim,  by  right  of  the  original  dis- 
covery and  this  additional  and  amended  location  certificate, 
in  compliance  with  the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved 
May  10,  1872,  and  all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  Section 
2409  of  the  Geneial  Statutes  of  Colorado,  and  with  local 
customs,  laws  and  regulations,  717.2  linear  feet  and  hori- 
zontal measurement  on  the  BOREAS  lode,  vein,  ledge 
or  deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles 
and  variations,  as  allowed  by  law,  together  with  75  feet 
on  each  side  of  the  middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so 
far  as  can  be  determined  from  present  developments, 
and  all  veins,  lodes,  ledges  or  deposits  and  surface  ground 
within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  10  feet  running  northeast- 
erly from  center  of  discovery  shaft  and  707.2  feet  running 
southwesterly  from  center  of  discovery  shaft,  said  discov- 
ery shaft  being  situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  de- 
posit, and  within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  in  Idaho  Mining 
District,  County  of  Clear  Creek  and  State  of  Colorado, 
described  by  metes  and  bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  thence  8.  14°  15'  E.  152.48 
ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2;  thence  8.  65°  24'  W.  377.33  ft.  to  Cor.  No. 
3;  thence  S.  89°  2'  W.  339.79  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4;  thence  N. 
14°  15'  W.  154.12  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  5;  thence  N.  89°  2'  E.  343.81 
ft.  to  Cor.  No.  6;  thence  N.  65°  24'  E.  373.47  ft.  to  Cor.  No. 
1,  the  place  of  beginning. 


66  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

From  Cor.  No.  1,  Cor.  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  12276,  Bessie  lode 
bears  N.  14°  15'  W.  7.66  ft. 

This  being  the  same  lode  originally  located  on  the  21st 
day  of  February,  1901,  and  recorded  on  the  2nd  day  of 
March,  1901,  in  book  147,  page  319,  in  the  office  of  the 
Recorder  of  Clear  Creek  County.  This  further  additional 
and  amended  certificate  of  location  is  made  without  a 
waiver  of  any  previously  acquired  rights,  but  for  the  pur- 
pose of  correcting  any  errors  in  the  original  location,  de- 
scription or  record,  and  making  more  specific  the  bound- 
aries and  description  of  said  lode  as  originally  located 
upon  the  ground. 

THE  TREASURE  VAULT  GOLD  MINING  CO. 
[Seal.]  By  J.  P.  Little,  Agent. 

Said  lode  was  discovered  the  15th  day  of  February, 
A.  D.  1901. 

Date  of  additional  and  amended  certificate,  April  18th, 
A.  D.  1905. 

Additional  and  Amended  Location  Certificate— Law  of  1889. 
STATE    OF    COLORADO,) 
County  of  Clear  Creek,     }  ss. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  That  The  Treasure 
Vault  Gold  Mining  Company  has,  this  18th  day  of  April, 
1905,  amended,  located  and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents 
does  amend,  locate  and  claim,  by  right  of  the  original  dis- 
covery and  this  additional  and  amended  location  certificate, 
in  compliance  with  the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved 
May  10,  1872,  and  all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  Section 
2409  of  the  General  Statutes  of  Colorado,  and  with  local 
customs,  laws  and  regulations,  1014.2  linear  feet  and  hori- 
zontal measurement  on  the  ARC  LIGHT  lode,  vein,  ledge 
or  deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles 
and  variations,  as  allowed  by  law,  together  with  75  feet 
on  each  side  of  the  middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so 
far  as  can  be  determined  from  present  developments,  and 


MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING.  67 

all  veins,  lodes,  ledges  or  deposits  and  surface  ground 
within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  21  feet  running  N.  61°  37'  E. 
from  face  of  discovery  cut  and  993.2  feet  running  3.  61° 
87'  W.  from  face  of  discovery  cut,  said  discovery  cut  being 
situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  and  within 
the  lines  of  said  claim,  in  Idaho  Mining  District,  County 
of  Clear  Creek  and  State  of  Colorado,  described  by  metes 
and  bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  thence  S.  28°  23'  E.  150  ft. 
to  Cor.  No.  2;  thence  S.  61°  37'  W.  1014.2  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3; 
thence  N.  28°  23'  W.  150  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4;  thence  N.  61° 
37'  E.  1014.2  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

From  Cor.  No.  1,  Chief  Mt.  bears  S.  5°  W.  and  a  promi- 
nent peak  bears  S.  30°  W. 

This  being  the  same  lode  originally  located  on  the  21st 
day  of  February,  1901,  and  recorded  on  the  2nd  day  of 
March,  1901,  in  book  147,  page  320,  in  the  office  of  the 
Recorder  of  Clear  Creek  County.  This  further  additional 
and  amended  certificate  of  location  is  made  without  a 
waiver  of  any  previously  acquired  rights,  but  for  the  pur- 
pose of  correcting  any  errors  in  the  original  location,  de- 
scription or  record,  and  of  taking  in  and  acquiring  all  for- 
feited or  abandoned,  overlapping  ground,  and  of  taking  in 
any  part  of  any  overlapping  claim  which  has  been  aban- 
doned, and  of  securing  all  the  benefits  of  said  Section  2409 
of  the  General  Statutes  of  Colorado. 

THE  TREASURE  VAULT  GOLD  MINING  CO. 
[Seal.]  By  J.  P.  Little,  Agent 

Said  lode  was  discovered  the  15th  day  of  February, 
A.  D.  1901. 

Date  of  additional  and  amended  certificate,  April  18th, 
A.  D.  1905. 


68 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 


Mill  Sites  and  Placers. 

Mill  Bites  and  placers  are  for  the  most  part  on  streams. 
Placers  are  required  by  the  General  Land  Office  to  be 
taken  up  by  legal  subdivisions  when  on  surveyed  lands. 
When  the  land  is  not  surveyed,  as  is  often  the  case  with 
mineral  lands,  placers  should  be  surveyed  as  regularly  as 
possible. 

As  a  rule  the  surveyor  will  lay  out  a  millsite  in  rect- 
angular form  for  simplicity,  and  the  following  table  taken 
from  Morrison  will  often  be  useful: 

"Area  in  Feet  or  Acres. — By  the  following  table  the 
number  of  feet  necessary  to  include  any  desired  number 
of  acres  when  in  the  shape  of  a  square  or  parallelogram 
may  be  ascertained: 


Claim  660 

x  330  feet  contains   5   acres. 

"   500 

x  500 

5.73 

"   660 

x  660 

10 

"  1320 

x  660 

20 

« 

"   800 

x  1089 

20 

"   933^ 

&x  933% 

20 

"  1320 

x  1320 

40 

"  2640 

x  2640 

160 

43,560  square  feet  =  1  acre.  A  square  208.71  feet  in 
length  and  width  =  1  acre." — Morrison's  Mining  Rights, 
p.  185,  10th  ed. 

It  may  happen  that  the  survey  must  follow  the  meander- 
ing of  a  stream,  and  in  this  case  the  rules  for  angular 
claims  may  often  apply.  Even  when  the  claim  must  be 
widened  or  narrowed  the  same  rules  hold,  each  portion  be- 


Flfl.  24. 


MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING. 


69 


ing  figured  separately  as  in  Fig.  24,  the  whole  forming  five 
acres  or  less  in  the  case  of  a  mill  site,  and  twenty  acres 
or  less  for  each  claimant  in  a  placer.  The  end  lines,  if 
they  may  be  so  called,  need  not,  of  course,  be  parallel  as 
in  the  case  of  lode  locations.  In  case  all  ground  possible 
is  desired  between  two  claims,  A  and  B,  Fig.  25,  the  centre 


Sur.Ho  ff?55 


Fig.  25. 


line  1-2  is  measured  and  the  width  of  claim  then  laid  out, 
which  will  give  217,800  square  feet  (five  acres)  when  multi- 
plied by  the  length  of  1-2.  The  end  lines  are  figured  as  in 
angular  claims.  In  case  1-2  is  not  the  centre  line,  more 
figuring  is  of  course  required. 

It  sometimes  happens  that  very  irregular  tracts  must 
be  laid  out  and  there  is  no  escape  from  more  or  less  exten- 


Fig.  26. 

sive  figuring  to  get  the  correct  boundaries  for  the  number 
of  acres  to  be  included.  It  will  then  be  necessary  to  divide 
the  area  under  consideration  into  rectangles  or  triangles, 


70 


MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING. 


£S 


ss 


U3 

II 

s 

s    s    s 

IS 

5 

£    S    9 

Ii 

1    llll 

i 

19 
1 

MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING.  71 

or  both,  or  calculate  the  area  by  double  meridian  distances. 
The  method  of  surveying  will  also  vary  according  to  cir- 
cumstances of  the  case.  It  may  be  possible  to  survey  from 
a  centre  line  as  in  Fig.  26,  or  in  the  case  of  large  tracts 
it  may  be  necessary  to  run  the  exterior  boundaries.  Ties 
should  be  made  as  for  all  lode  claims. 

In  any  case,  except  when  rectangular  tracts  are  sur- 
veyed, the  final  description  must  be  carefully  checked  by 
traverse  as  in  the  case  of  the  angular  claims,  to  make 
sure  of  a  closure,  and  the  area  figured  by  double  meridian 
distances. 

Double  Meridian  Distances. 

The  traverse  is  begun  with  the  most  easterly  or  west- 
erly station  (Fig.  27).  Double  Meridian  Distances  =  D.M.D., 
of  preceding  course  plus  the  departure  of  that  course,  plus 


the  departure  of  the  course  itself.  The  first  and  last 
D.  M.  D.  is  the  same  as  the  respective  departures.  The 
latitudes  are  arranged  plus  and  minus  North  and  South 
respectively,  multiplied  by  their  D.M.D.  as  above.  The 
plus  and  minus  areas  resulting  are  then  added  and  the 
lesser  subtracted  from  the  greater  and  the  result  divided 
by  2.  The  result  is  the  area  in  square  feet. 

Care  must  be  taken  in  the  case  of  a  mill  site  that  is 


72  MINERAL  LAND   SURVEYING. 

cut  into  tracts  by  other  claims  to  locate  the  mill  site  as 
one  unit  not  including  more  than  five  acres,  and  during  the 
patent  surveying  cut  into  tracts.  A  placer  may  be  done 
the  same  way  or  at  present  writing  may  exclude  other 
ground  exactly  as  a  lode  claim.  Examples  of  location  cer- 
tificates are  as  follows: 

Location  Certificate— Mill  Site. 

STATE    OP   COLORADO,) 
County  of  Clear  Creek,     j  ss. 

To  All  Whom  These  Presents  May  Concern: 

Know  ye  that  I,  John  T.  McDonald,  of  Idaho  Springs, 
Colorado,  do  hereby  declare  and  publish  as  legal  notice 
to  all  the  world  that  I  have  a  valid  right  to  the  occupation, 
possession  and  enjoyment  of  all  and  singular  that  tract  or 
parcel  of  land  not  exceeding  five  acres,  situate,  lying  and 
being  in  Montana  Mining  District,  in  the  County  of  Clear 
Creek,  in  the  State  of  Colorado,  bounded  and  described  as 
follows,  to-wit: 

The  CENTURY  Mill  Site,  beginning  at  Corner  No.  1, 
whence  Cor.  No.  6,  Sur.  No.  1465,  Cohos  Mill  Site,  bear* 
N.  16°  42'  W.  27.6  ft;  thence  S.  79°  5'  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No, 
2;  thence  N.  148  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3;  thence  S.  72°  13'  E. 
£10  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4;  thence  S.  80  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  5;  thence 
8.  72°  2'  E.  474.5  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  6;  thence  S.  88  ft.  to  Cor. 
No.  7;  thence  N.  88°  32'  W.  946.18  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  8;  thence 
N.  263  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

Containing  4.747  acres,  together  with  all  and  singular 
the  hereditaments  and  appurtenances  thereto  belonging  or 
in  any  wise  appertaining. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  three. 

[Seal.]  JOHN  T.  McDONALD. 

STATE    OP   COLORADO,) 
County  of  Clear  Creek,     ]  ss. 

Before  me,  the  subscriber,  a  Notary  Public  in  and  for 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  73 

said  County,  personally  appeared  John  T.  McDonald,  to  me 
personally  known  to  be  the  same  person  described  in  and 
who  executed  the  within  Declaration  of  Occupation,  and 
acknowledged  that  he  signed,  sealed  and  published  the 
same  as  his  free  and  voluntary  act  and  deed,  for  the  uses 
and  purposes  therein  set  forth. 

Witness  my  hand  and  notarial  seal,  this  twenty-sixth 
day  of  December,  A.  D.  1903. 

My  commission  expires  December  27,  1905. 

ROYAL  R.  GRAHAM,  Notary  Public. 

(Note. — The  certification  before  a  Notary  is  not  neces- 
sary.    Another  example  of  Mill  Site  Certificate  will  be 
given  under  Field  Notes  of  Patent  Surveying.) 
Placer  Location  Certificate. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  that  J.  M.  Cross, 
the  undersigned  citizen  of  the  United  States,  resident  of 
the  County  of  Clear  Creek,  State  of  Colorado,  having  com- 
plied with  the  provisions  of  Chapter  6,  Title  XXXII.,  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States,  and  with  the  local 
customs,  laws  and  regulations,  claims  by  right  of  discov- 
ery and  location  the  SNOW  STORM  Placer  Claim,  situate, 
lying  and  being  in  Gold  Dirt  Mining  District,  County  of 
Clear  Creek,  and  State  of  Colorado,  described  by  metes 
and  bounds  as  follows,  tow  it: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  thence  N.  81°  42'  E.  329.85 
ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2;  thence  S.  35°  3'  E.  227.6  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3; 
thence  S.  44°  46'  W.  213.6  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4;  thence  N.  68° 
34'  W.  422.30  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

From  Cor.  No.  1,  two  prominent  peaks  bear  N.  87°  Stf 
W.  and  S.  45°  W.  respectively. 

Containing  an  area  of  1.808  acres,  said  claim  was  located 
on  the  19th  day  of  November,  A.  D.  1902. 

Date  of  certificate,  December  1st,  A.  D.  1902. 

J.   M.   CROSS. 

(A  Placer  Location  Certificate  by  legal  subdivisions  will 
be  given  under  Field  Notes  of  Patent  Surveying.) 


74  MINERAL,  LAND   SURVEYING. 

Tunnel  Sites. 

There  is  considerable  difference  of  opinion  in  regard  to 
the  location  of  tunnel  sites,  but  the  best  method  seems  to 
be  the  surveying  of  the  proposed  line  of  the  tunnel  on  the 
surface,  and  the  marking  of  the  exterior  boundaries  of  the 
tunnel  site.  The  tunnel  line  is  easiest  marked  by  stakes 


r 

|  soojf. 


I  SOOff: 


j  soojt-. 
^ J, 

Fig.  28. 

at  the  various  points  of  set  up  but  rather  better  by  stakes 
set  at  regular  intervals  of  say  500  feet.  From  the  end 
points  stakes  are  set  1,500  feet  on  each  side  of  the  tunnel 
line  as  shown  in  Fig.  28.  Certain  ground  is  frequently 
located  or  staked  for  dumping  purposes. 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  75 

Location  Certificate — Tunnel. 
To  All  Whom  These  Presents  May  Concern: 

Know  ye  that  I,  George  E.  Plant,  of  Georgetown,  Colo- 
rado, on  the  20th  day  of  May,  1905,  located,  and  by  these 
presents  do  locate,  for  the  discovery  of  mines  and  the 
development  of  lodes  or  veins,  the  TIP  TOP  Tunnel  and 
Tunnel  Site,  and  claim  the  right  of  occupancy,  possession 
and  enjoyment  thereof,  together  with  the  right  of  posses- 
sion of  1,500  feet  in  length  on  all  veins  or  lodes  within 
3,000  feet  from  the  face  of  said  tunnel,  on  the  line  thereof, 
not  previously  known  to  exist,  discovered  in  said  tunnel, 
situate  in  Virginia  Mining  District,  Clear  Creek  County, 
State  of  Colorado. 

The  mouth  of  the  tunnel  (at  the  point  where  it  enters 
cover)  is  located  on  the  North  side  of  Cold  Creek,  whence 
Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  16521,  Colorado  lode,  bears  S.  27° 
16'  W.  351.5  ft. 

Size  of  tunnel,  6  feet  wide  by  8  feet  high  in  the  clear. 

Course  of  tunnel  from  its  mouth  is  North  3,000  feet. 

A  full  description  of  the  stakes  set  along  the  line  of 
tunnel  is  as  follows:  Six  stakes  set  at  intervals  of  500 
feet  for  3,000  feet  from  mouth. 

A  full  description  of  the  stakes  set  at  the  exterior 
boundaries  of  the  area  claimed,  3,000  feet  square  is  as 
follows:  From  mouth  of  tunnel  stakes  set  1,500  feet  west 
and  1,500  feet  east  respectively.  At  3,000  feet  from  mouth, 
stakes  set  1,500  feet  west  and  1,500  feet  east  respectively. 

I  also  claim  for  dumping  purposes  a  tract  of  land  de- 
scribed as  follows:  Beginning  at  the  mouth  of  said  tunnel, 
thence  E.  100  ft.;  thence  S.  200  ft.;  thence  W.  200  ft. 
thence  N.  200  ft.;  thence  E.  100  ft.  to  place  of  beginning, 
together  with  all  and  singular  the  hereditaments  and  ap- 
purtenances thereunto  belonging  or  in  any  wise  appertain- 
ing, and  all  rights  granted  to  the  locator  as  tunnel  rights 
under  the  terms  of  Section  2323  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
the  United  States. 


76  MINERAL,  LAND  SURVEYING. 

Witness  my  hand  and  seal  this  20th  day  of  May,  A.  D. 
1905.  [Seal.]  GEORGE  E.  PLANT. 

Legal  Subdivisions. 

Locating  placers  by  legal  subdivisions  of  sections  is 
closely  connected  with  the  procedure  for  restoring  lost 
corners  of  the  public  survey.  The  subject  is  exhaustively 
handled  in  "Circular  on  Restoration  of  Lost  or  Obliterated 
Corners  and  Subdivision  of  Sections:  General  Land  Office, 
March  14,  1901."  The  pamphlet  may  be  obtained  by  apply- 
ing to  the  General  Land  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  Follow- 
ing is  an  account  of  the  most  important  points  to  be  kept 
in  mind  and  principles  to  be  applied.  An  example  of  the 
Location  Certificate  required  will  be  given  with  the  Field 
Notes  of  a  Patent  Survey. 

General  Rules. 

1st.  That  the  boundaries  of  the  public  lands  established 
and  returned  by  the  duly  appointed  government  surveyors, 
when  approved  by  the  surveyors  general  and  accepted  by 
the  government,  are  unchangeable. 

2nd.  That  the  original  township,  section  and  quarter- 
section  corners  established  by  the  government  surveyors 
must  stand  as  the  true  corners  which  they  were  intended 
to  represent,  whether  the  corners  be  in  place  or  not. 

3rd.  That  quarter-quarter  corners  not  established  by  the 
government  surveyors  shall  be  placed  on  the  straight  lines 
joining  the  section  and  quarter-section  corners  and  mid- 
way between  them,  except  on  the  last  half-mile  of  section 
lines  closing  on  the  north  and  west  boundaries  of  the  town- 
ship, or  on  other  lines  between  fractional  sections. 

4th.  That  all  subdivisional  lines  of  a  section  running 
between  corners  established  in  the  original  survey  of  a 
township  must  be  straight  lines  running  from  the  proper 
corner  in  one  section  line  to  its  opposite  corresponding 
corner  in  the  opposite  section  line. 

5th.   That  In  a  fractional  section  where  no  opposite  cor- 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  77 

responding  corner  has  been  or  can  be  established,  any  re- 
quired subdivision  line  of  such  section  must  be  run  from 
the  proper  original  corner  in  the  boundary  line  due  east 
and  west,  or  north  and  south,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  the 
water  course,  Indian  reservation  or  other  boundary  of  such 
section,  with  due  parallelism  to  section  lines. 

From  the  foregoing  it  will  be  plain  that  extinct  corners 
of  government  surveys  must  be  restored  to  their  original 
locations  whenever  it  is  possible  to  do  so;  and  hence  resort 
should  always  be  first  had  to  the  marks  of  the  survey  in 
the  field.  The  locus  of  the  missing  corner  should  be  first 
identified  on  the  ground  by  the  aid  of  the  mound,  pits,  line 
trees,  bearing  trees,  etc.,  described  in  the  field  notes  of  the 
original  survey. 

The  identification  of  mounds,  pits,  witness  trees  or  other 
permanent  objects  noted  in  the  field  notes  of  survey,  affords 
the  best  means  of  relocating  the  missing  corner  in  its  orig- 
inal position.  If  this  can  not  be  done,  clear  and  convinc- 
ing testimony  of  citizens  as  to  the  locality  it  originally  oc- 
cupied should  be  taken  if  such  can  be  obtained.  In  any 
event,  whether  the  locus  of  the  corner  be  fixed  by  the  one 
means  or  the  other,  such  locus  should  always  be  tested 
and  confirmed  by  measurements  to  known  corners.  No 
definite  rule  can  be  laid  down  as  to  what  shall  be  sufficient 
evidence  in  such  cases,  and  much  must  be  left  to  the  skill, 
fidelity  and  good  judgment  of  the  surveyor  in  the  perform- 
ance of  his  work. 

Subdivision  of  Sections. 

1.  Subdivision  of  Sections  into  Quarter  Sections. — Un- 
der the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  Congress  approved  Febru- 
ary 11,  1905,  the  course  to  be  pursued  in  the  subdivision 
of  sections  into  quarter  sections  is  to  run  straight  lines 
from  the  established  quarter  section  corners,  United  States 
surveys,  to  the  opposite  corresponding  corners.  The  point 
of  intersection  of  the  lines  thus  run  will  be  the  corner 


78  MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING. 

common  to  the  several  quarter  sections,  or,  in  other  words, 
the  legal  center  of  the  section. 

(a)  Upon  the  lines  closing  on  the  north  and  west  bound- 
aries of  a  township,  the  quarter  section  corners  are  estab- 
lished by  the  United  States  deputy  surveyors  at  40  chains 
to  the  north  or  west  of  the  last  interior  section  corners, 
and  the  excess  or  deficiency  in  the  measurement  is  thrown 
into  the  half  mile  next  to  the  township  or  range  line,  as 
the  case  may  be. 

(b)  Where  there  are  double  sets  of  section  corners  on 
township  and  range  lines,  the  quarter  corners  for  the  sec- 
tions south  of  the  township  lines  and  east  of  the  range 
lines  are  not  established  in  the  field  by  the  United  States 
deputy  surveyors,   but  in  subdividing  such  sections   said 
quarter  corners  should  be  so  placed  as  to  suit  the  calcula- 
tions of  the  areas  of  the  quarter  sections  adjoining  the 
township  boundaries  as  expressed  upon  the  official  plat, 
adopting  proportionate  measurements  where  the  new  meas- 
urements of  the  north  or  west  boundaries  of  the  section 
differ  from  the  original  measurements. 

2.  Subdivision  of  Fractional  Sections. — Where  opposite 
corresponding  corners  have  not  been  or  cannot  be  fixed, 
the  subdivision  lines  should  be  ascertained  by  running 
from  the  established  corners  due  north,  south,  east  or  west 
lines,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  the  water  course,  Indian  bound- 
ary line  or  other  boundary  of  such  fractional  section. 

(a)  The  law  presumes  the  section  lines  surveyed  and 
marked  in  the  field  by  the  United  States  deputy  surveyors 
to  be  due  north  and  south  or  east  and  west  lines,  but  in 
actual  experience  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Hence,  in 
order  to  carry  out  the  spirit  of  the  law,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary in  running  the  subdivisional  lines  through  fractional 
sections  to  adopt  mean  courses  where  the  section  lines  are 
not  due  lines,  or  to  run  the  division  line  parallel  to  the 
east,  south,  west  or  north  boundary  of  the  section,  as  con- 


MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING.  79 

ditions  may  require,  where  there  is  no  opposite  section 
line. 

3.  Subdivision  of  Quarter  Sections  into  Quarter-Quar- 
ters.— Preliminary  to  the  subdivision  of  quarter  sections, 
the  quarter-quarter  corners  will  be  established  at  points 
midway  between  the  section  and  quarter  section  corners, 
and  between  quarter  corners  and  the  center  of  the  section, 
except  on  the  last  half-mile  of  the  lines  closing  on  the 
north  or  west  boundaries  of  a  township,  where  they  should 
be  placed  at  20  chains,  proportionate  measurement,  to  the 
north  or  west  of  the  quarter  section  corner. 

(a)  The  quarter-quarter  section  corners  having  been  es- 
tablished as  directed  above,  the  subdivision  lines  of  the 
quarter  section  will  be  run  straight  between  opposite  cor- 
responding quarter-quarter  section  corners  on  the  quarter 
section  boundaries.  The  intersection  of  the  lines  thus  run 
will  determine  the  place  for  the  corner  common  to  the  four 
quarter-quarter  sections. 

4.  Subdivision   of    Fractional    Quarter    Sections. — The 
subdivision  lines  of  fractional  quarter  sections  will  be  run 
from  properly  established  quarter-quarter  section  corners 
(paragraph  3)  due  north,  south,  east  or  west,  to  the  lake, 
water  course  or  reservation  which  renders  such  tracts  frac- 
tional, or  parallel  to  the  east,  south,  west  or  north  bound- 
ary of  the  quarter  section,  as  conditions  may  require.    (See 
paragraph  2-a.) 

5.  Proportionate    Measurement.  —  By    "  proportionate 
measurement,"    as    used    in    this    circular,    is    meant    a 
measurement  having  the  same  ratio  to  that  recorded  in 
the  original  field  notes  as  the  length  of  chain  used  in  the 
new  measurement  has  to  the  length  of  chain  used  in  the 
original  survey,  assuming  that  the  original  and  new  meas- 
urements have  been  correctly  made. 

For  example:  The  length  of  the  line  from  the  quarter 
section  corner  on  the  west  side  of  Sec.  2,  T.  24  N.,  R.  14  B., 
Wisconsin,  to  the  north  line  of  the  township,  by  the  United 


80 


MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING. 


States  deputy  surveyor's  chain,  was  reported  as  45.40 
chains,  and  by  the  county  surveyors  measure  is  reported 
KB  42.90  chains;  then  the  distance  which  the  quarter-quarter 
section  corner  should  be  located  north  of  the  quarter  sec- 
tion corner  would  be  determined  as  follows: 

As  45.40  chains,  the  government  measure  of  the  whole 
distance,  is  to  42.90  chains,  the  county  surveyor's  measure 
of  the  same  distance,  so  is  20.00  chains,  original  measure- 
ment, to  18.90  chains  by  the  county  surveyor's  measure, 


Fig.  29. 

showing  that  by  proportionate  measurement  in  this  case 
the  quarter-quarter  section  corner  should  be  set  at  18.90 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  81 

chains  north  of  the  quarter  section  corner,  instead  of  20.00 
chains  north  of  such  corner,  as  represented  on  the  official 
plat.  In  this  manner  the  discrepancies  between  original 
and  new  measurements  are  equitably  distributed. 

The  foregoing  will  be  clear  from  an  inspection  of  Fig.  29. 
We  will  assume  that  the  corners  actually  existing  on  the 
ground  are  represented  by  the  points  A  B  C  D  E  F  G, 
while  corner  H  is  missing.  This  corner  is  re-established 
by  placing  it  on  a  straight  line  half  way  between  A  and  G. 
When  the  character  of  the  country  permits,  this  had  best 
be  done  by  running  a  random  line,  (straight  trial  line), 
as  nearly  direct  from  A  to  G  as  possible.  This  line  will 
probably  fall  somewhat  to  the  east  or  west  of  G,  say  at  G'. 
From  G'  the  course  and  distance  is  measured  to  G.  At  a 
point  half  way  between  A  and  G'  on  the  line  AG'  run  a 
line  parallel  to  G'G  and  half  the  length  of  G'G,  to  H.  Thus 
H  is  on  line  AG  equidistant  from  A  and  G. 

In  rough  country  it  will  often  be  easier  or  even  neces- 
sary to  run  a  traverse  from  A  to  G,  figure  the  missing 
course,  and  thus  find  the  course  and  distance  directly  from 
A  to  G.  Half  of  this  distance  is  the  distance  from  G  to  H. 
This  may  either  be  run  directly  on  the  ground  from  G  or  A, 
or  better  still  the  position  for  H  may  be  found  by  figuring 
the  course  and  distance  from  the  nearest  station  used  on 
the  traverse  from  A  to  G,  for  which  all  the  latitudes  and 
departures  have  been  previously  figured  in  order  to  deter- 
mine  AG. 

In  a  similar  way  the  line  between  H  and  D  is  run  and 
its  interior  corner  I  is  established  at  the  point  of  its  inter- 
section with  the  line  BF.  Midway  between  B  and  I,  K  is 
established,  and  J  between  A  and  H.  Half  way  between 
A  and  B  establish  L  and  similarly  M  between  H  and  I.  This 
same  principle  will  determine  the  re-establishment  of  lost 
corners,  or  the  subdivision  of  the  whole  section. 

Should  the  section  be  on  the  western  tier  of  the  town- 
ship, it  must  be  remembered  that  the  eastern  portions  of 


82 


MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING. 


the  sections  are  subdivided  as  nearly  as  possible  according 
to  the  dimensions  of  a  perfect  section,  and  all  the  error 
thrown  into  the  western  portion. 

Tracing  Extensions  of  Veins  on  the  Surface. 
On  the  borderland  between  surface  and  underground 


5/6.7 


Plan 


30  A. 


SOB. 


surveying  one  of  the  operations  that  a  western  surveyor  is 
frequently  called  upon  to  perform  is  tracing  the  extension 
of  a  known  vein  or  finding  from  underground  workings  the 
probable  outcrop  of  a  vein.  This  may  be  done  with  various 
solars  with  great  ease  as  afterwards  described,  but  with 
an  ordinary  transit  it  requires  considerable  calculation. 

Let  Fig.  30  in  plan,  vertical  and  longitudinal  section, 
represent  the  simplest  possible  case,  a  vein  striking  due 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


north  and  running  up  a  regularly  sloping  hillside.  The 
problem  is  to  find  the  direction  of  the  apex  and  the  point 
on  the  surface  approximately  600  feet  away  where  the 
vein  outcrops.  From  the  tunnel  the  strike  of  the  vein  is 
found  to  be  north,  or  assumed  to  be  so  for  simplicity,  and 
the  dip  is  found  to  be  55°  30'.  Measuring  600  feet  up  the 
hill  north,  the  same  direction  as  the  tunnel  is  assumed, 
the  angle  of  elevation  is  found  to  be  30°  33',  which  gives 
us  a  perpendicular  height  of  304.9.  From  this,  with  the 
angle  of  dip  55°  30',  we  find  we  have  to  measure  209.5 


Crosssecfion  

ecf/'off  oj  Tunae, 
30  C.  30  D. 

feet  at  right  angles    to    the    strike    to    reach  the  apex. 
Should  the  course  only  of  the  apex  be  desired,  we  have  only 

516.7 

=  cot  course    log  516.7  =  2.713238 

log  209.5  =  2.321184 


209.5 


0.392054  =  log  cot  22°  4' 
or  N.  22°  4'  W. 

It  will  usually  happen,  however,  that  A  is  not  on  a  level 
with  B,  and  therefore  some  correction  must  be  added  or 
subtracted  to  209.5  feet  as  the  point  A  is  above  or  below 
B  as-  shown  in  Fig.  30  D.  This  correction,  of  course,  varies 


84  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

as  the  height  varies  abov6  or  below  B,  and  is  figured  from 
this  height  with  an  angle  of  55°  30'  as  the  209.5  feet  was 
figured  from  304.5  feet  in  Fig.  30  C. 

Vein  Tracing  with  the  Solar  Attachment. 

By  using  the  Shattuck  Solar  Attachment  this  becomes 
a  very  simple  operation  and  is  performed  as  follows: 

The  dip  and  strike  of  the  vein  are  first  determined  by 
any  convenient  means.  Then  set  the  transit  over  an  out- 
crop of  the  vein  and  attach  the  solar  with  the  mirror  set 
to  deflect  the  line  of  collimation  through  an  angle  of  90°. 

Point  the  telescope  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the 
plane  of  the  vein,  which  is  done  by  deflecting  an  angle  of 
90*  from  the  strike  of  the  vein,  and  setting  off  on  the 
vertical  limb  an  angle  of  90°  from  the  dip  of  the  vein. 

The  Solar  revolved  on  its  axis  will  then  cut  a  plane  of 
the  vein.  The  line  where  this  plane  cuts  the  surface  of 
the  ground  is  the  line  of  the  apex  of  the  vein,  which  may 
be  traced  by  simply  sighting  through  the  Solar.  Its  posi- 
tion may  be  marked  where  it  crosses  gulches  or  hillsides 
with  equal  facility. 

In  case  there  are  two  openings  at  different  elevations 
on  the  apex  of  a  slanting  vein,  the  strike  of  the  vein  may 
be  determined  in  a  similar  manner. 

Place  the  transit,  with  Solar  attached,  over  one  of  the 
croppings;  depress  the  telescope  to  an  angle  of  90°  plus 
the  dip  of  the  vein  and  direct  the  telescope  toward  the 
footwall  of  the  vein.  Sight  through  the  transit  and  solar 
at  the  other  outcrop,  when  the  vernier  reading  will  be  90* 
from  the  strike  of  the  vein. 

In  a  similar  way  the  same  results  may  be  obtained  by 
the  use  of  a  solar  provided  with  a  telescope,  as  for  ex- 
ample, the  Berger  or  Saegmuller  Solars.  For  vein  tracing 
the  auxiliary  telescope  of  the  solar  is  set  exactly  parallel 
to  the  main  telescope  of  the  transit  in  the  same  vertical 
plane.  The  auxiliary  telescope  is  then  pointed  in  the  di- 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  85 

rection  of  the  dip,  as  for  example,  down  a  shaft,  and  at  right 
angles  to  the  strike  of  the  vein.  If  the  auxiliary  tele- 
scope is  now  revolved  on  the  adaptor  or  whatever  device 
is  employed,  on  a  plane  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the  vein, 
it  will  always  point  to  the  same  spot  on  the  outcrop,  pro- 
vided, of  course,  the  dip  and  strike  are  regular.  In  this 
way  the  outcrop  may  be  staked  by  sighting  directly 
through  the  telescope,  a  process  somewhat  simpler  and 
clearer  than  the  reflections  of  the  Shattuck  Solar. 

The  telescope  alone  of  a  mining  transit  may  be  used, 
provided  it  will  turn  on  the  point  of  attachment  as  in  the 
Scott  model.  This  may  be  turned,  after  it  is  tightly  set, 
by  loosening  the  capstan  screw. 


CHAPTER  V. 


Surveying  for  Patent. 

We  now  come  to  that  portion  of  western  mineral  survey- 
ing where  the  assistance  of  a  deputy  mineral  surveyor 
is  required,  namely,  surveying  for  patent.  As  a  rule,  be- 
fore beginning  patent  proceedings,  the  correctness  of  the 
location  surveys  is  carefully  verified,  or  the  surveys  are 
corrected  and  modified  as  required.  In  the  case  of  groups 
it  is  especially  necessary  that  the  exact  status  of  things 
be  known  before  an  order  for  survey  is  requested  from 
the  Surveyor  General.  This  done,  the  claimant  or  his  at- 
torney deposits  the  fees  for  the  Surveyor's  General  Office 
at  the  nearest  United  States  depository,  with  the  name  of 
the  claimant  and  the  name  of  the  claim  to  which  the  fees 
are  to  apply. 

He  then,  on  the  proper  blanks  which  are  supplied  by 
the  Surveyor  General,  applies  to  the  Surveyor  General  to 
issue  an  order  for  survey.  This  form  is  given  later  under 
Specimen  Field  Notes.  With  this  application  are  forwarded 
certified  copies  of  the  location  certificates. 

At  the  present  writing  the  deputy  mineral  surveyor  is 
strictly  forbidden  either  to  send  the  money  to  the  United 
States  depository,  or  make  out  the  application  to  the  Sur- 
veyor General  for  survey,  and  is  strictly  forbidden  to  act 
as  attorney  in  any  way  for  the  claimant.  This  also  applies 
to  his  chainman. 

The  certified  copies  of  location  certificates  are  carefully 
examined  in  the  Surveyor's  General  Office,  and  if  any  mis- 
takes are  found,  are  returned  for  correction.  Here  it  may 
be  observed  that  the  commonest  mistakes  found  in  these 
certificates  are  in  angular  claims  which  fail  to  close.  If 
the  certificates  are  satisfactory  they  are  copied  in  the 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 


87 


Surveyor's  General  Office  and  the  copies,  with  the  order 
of  survey,  are  sent  to  the  United  States  deputy  mineral 
surveyor  designated  in  the  application. 

This  order  is  also  given  later  under  Specimen  Field 
Notes. 

The  deputy  surveyor  then  surveys  the  claim  exactly  as 
described  for  a  location  survey,  except  that  the  work  is 
done  much  more  carefully,  and  with  greater  safeguards. 
In  place  of  the  stakes  used  in  the  location  survey,  stones, 
rocks  in  place,  substantial  posts,  or  even  trees,  are  used 
for  corners.  If  the  ground  is  such  that  it  is  impossible  to 
set  a  corner,  or  if  it  is  seen  that  a  corner  can  not  possibly 
be  permanent  if  set,  a  witness  corner  is  placed  on  one 
of  the  lines  of  the  survey  but  not  except  when  absolutely, 
necessary,  off  of  these  lines.  Cor.  No.  1  is  placed  on  the 
end  of  the  claim  nearest  the  section  corner  or  monument 
of  the  public  survey,  but  it  is  not  necessarily  the  nearest 
corner.  Thus  in  Fig  31  one  section  tie  serves  for  both 


Sur  //o  77/30 


Sur  No.  17136 


,'\Scction 
' 


Corner 


Fig.  31. 

claims,  which  would  not  be  the  case  should  it  be  required 
to  tie  the  nearest  corner  of  the  claim  to  the  section  corner 
and  make  it  Cor.  No.  1. 

In  case  the  surveyor  has  not  carefully  verified  his  loca- 
tion certificates  in  advance,  he  may  find  that  the  condi- 


88  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

tions  on  the  ground  do  not  fit  the  descriptions  in  the  cer- 
tificates. Usually  a  slight  divergence  of  a  few  minutes  or 
a  few  feet  is  permitted  by  the  Surveyor  General.  In  case 
the  divergence  is  material,  it  is  then  necessary  to  amend 
the  locations  and  the  claimant  must  apply  for  a  new  order 
for  survey.  This  new  order  costs  $5  and  results  in  a  new 
number  being  issued  and  a  cancellation  of  the  old  number. 
Therefore  it  is  stated  again  that  too  much  care  can  not  be 
taken  to  verify  the  descriptions  in  the  location  certificates 
before  an  order  is  requested. 

Wherever  possible,  bearings  are  taken  from  the  cor- 
ners set  to  blazed  trees,  rocks  in  place,  boulders,  and, 
lastly,  to  mountain  peaks,  or  permanent  objects.  The 
blazed  trees  and  stakes  are  marked  with  a  timber  scribe, 
and  the  rocks  and  stone  corners  are  chiseled. 

The  tie  to  a  section  corner  may  often  be  made  directly 
from  some  convenient  point  during  the  process  of  the 
survey  and  the  missing  course  figured  from  Cor.  No.  1,  as 
given  above  under  location  surveys.  As  a  rule,  more  or 
less  of  a  traverse  must  be  made  to  the  section  corner  and 
afterwards  the  direct  course  from  Cor.  No.  1  is  figured. 
When  the  surveyor  has  a  claim  that  he  has  previously  sur- 
veyed for  patent  in  the  vicinity,  which  is  tied  to  a  section 
corner,  he  may  run  to  this  claim  and  figure  his  section  tie 
through  it.  Should  he  tie  through  any  other  claim  not 
his  own  survey,  the  work  must  be  thoroughly  checked. 
This  practically  means  that  he  can  use  another's  survey 
only  as  a  help  to  find  the  section  corner.  The  traverse  to 
the  section  corner  in  any  case  is  filed  on  a  special  blank 
with  the  field  notes  in  the  Surveyor's  General  Oflftce.  Ties 
made  to  a  United  States  locating  monument  are  in  every 
way  the  same  as  to  section  corners. 

A  general  description  of  the  corner  or  monument  tied 
to  must  be  given  in  the  notes,  examples  of  which  will  be 
given  later  on. 

In  many  districts,  such  as,  for  example,     the     Clear 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  89 

Creek  and  Gilpin  districts,  the  work  of  connecting  the  cor- 
ners of  the  public  survey  is  greatly  facilitated  by  a  number 
of  triangulation  systems  in  which  each  station  of  the  sys- 
tem is  tied  to  some  corner  of  the  public  survey.  In  some 
cases  these  triangulation  systems  are  official,  and  figure 
on  the  maps  in  the  Surveyor's  General  Office,  but  in  most 
cases  they  are  simply  private  aids.  With  these  systems 
the  deputy  surveyor  has  simply  to  tie  to  some  triangula- 
tion station,  and  at  his  office  has  the  bearing  and  distance 
from  this  station  (with  its  latitude  and  departure)  all 
figured  out  to  the  section  corner.  He  has  only  to  add  this 
latitude  and  departure  to  this  traverse  to  the  triangulation 
station  in  order  to  figure  his  section  tie.  The  triangulation 
systems  are  also  useful  for  deflecting  lines. 

Thus,  one  may  set  up  on  a  triangulation  station,  sight 
to  some  other  triangulation  station,  the  course  of  which  is 
known,  and  thence  run  to  the  claim  to  be  surveyed,  carry- 
ing the  course  with  him.  In  this  way  the  figuring  of  a 
direct  observation  is  avoided.  (Plate  I.) 

Ties  to  other  claims  are  also  made  from  the  most  con- 
venient points  on  the  survey,  only  as  a  rule  they  are  much 
shorter  than  the  section  tie.  In  order  to  know  exactly  the 
position  of  each  conflicting  claim,  ties  must  be  made  to 
every  corner  terminating  a  line  in  conflict  with  the  claim 
being  surveyed.  In  case  some  of  the  required  corners  on 
a  conflicting  claim  are  missing,  the  lines  are  treated  in  a 
manner  to  be  described  later  on.  In  case  no  corners  at  all 
are  to  be  found,  and  no  bearing  trees,  bearing  rocka,  etc., 
it  is  necessary  to  tie  to  the  discovery  shaft  of  the  conflict- 
ing claim.  If  the  discovery  shaft  can  not  be  identified, 
the  claim  must  be  treated  descriptively,  and  this  case  will 
be  taken  up  under  examples  of  figuring.  As  with  the  cor- 
ner of  a  public  survey,  the  corners  of  all  claims  tied  to 
must  be  described  in  a  general  way  as  stone,  post,  etc., 
and  the  markings  noted. 

All  workings  and  improvements,  such  as  shafts,  tun- 


90  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

nels,  adits,  buildings,  etc.,  are  tied  in  from  convenient 
points  on  the  survey,  and  the  courses  and  dimensions 
taken.  They  are  eventually  figured  to  some  corner  of  the 
claim. 

Roads,  gulches,  creeks,  hill  crests,  county  lines,  etc., 
are  picked  up  in  the  course  of  the  survey  and  enough  of 
them  run  out  so  that  they  can  be  indicated  on  the  map 
and  the  general  direction  and  intersection  with  the  bound- 
aries of  the  claim  known. 

Up  to  this  time  the  survey  has  been  treated  as  though 
one  location  at  a  time  were  being  surveyed,  or  in  the  case 
of  many  locations  as  if  each  one  were  being  surveyed  as 
a  unit.  In  the  case  of  groups  of  claims,  the  surveying  may 
be  often  greatly  simplified  by  a  little  forethought.  This  is 
evident  in  the  case  of  those  locations  which  he  side  by 
side  when  one  surveyed  center  line  may  serve  for  the 
whole  group,  the  end  lines  being  run  from  its  two  ends. 

In  the  case  of  a  whole  group  where  the  claims  are  irreg- 
ularly arranged,  it  is  well  to  make  a  closed  traverse  in- 
cluding all  the  discovery  shafts  before  an  application  for 
an  order  of  survey  is  made.  This  traverse  is  then  platted 
and  the  claims  arranged  in  the  manner  best  suited  to 
cover  the  veins  and  ground  desired.  The  surveyor  then 
figures  out  the  fewest  lines  that  can  possibly  be  run  which 
will  take  in  all  the  corners  and  improvements.  In  this 
way  the  running  of  the  center  line  of  each  claim  is 
avoided.  If  the  original  traverse  stakes  have  remained  in 
place,  it  is  often  possible  to  put  in  many  of  the  corners 
from  them  without  further  surveying.  The  surveyor  must 
also  make  sure  that  he  really  has  a  group  before  the 
claimant  applies  for  an  order  for  survey,  that  is,  that  the 
claims  actually  conflict  continuously  or  are  contiguous,  i.  e., 
baring  boundary  lines  in  common,  and  not  just  corner  in 
certain  cases. 

After  the  survey  is  completed  it  is  carefully  platted, 
usually  on  a  scale  of  200  feet  to  the  inch.  The  use  of 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


91 


drawing  paper  on  which  is  engraved  a  protractor  greatly 
facilitates  the  platting.  The  lines  are  carried  from  the 
protractor  by  a  parallel  rule.  The  plat  made,  the  figuring 
of  intersections  and  areas  is  begun. 

Angles  from  Courses. 

Before  taking  up  patent  figuring  it  will  be  well  to  show 
how  the  angles  of  the  various  triangles  are  found. 

To  determine  the  value  of  the  various  angles  of  trian- 
gles, the  directions  of  whose  sides  are  designated  by 
courses,  is  somewhat  confusing  to  the  beginner,  especially 
if  he  is  not  thoroughly  familiar  with  field  methods.  Pig. 
32,  A,  B,  C  and  D,  shows  the  four  possible  cases,  the  angles 
in  question  being  the  interior  angles  between  solid  lines. 
A  shows  the  simplest  possible  case.  Each  course  being 
S.  W.,  we  simply  subtract  20°  from  60°  and  get  the  ?ngle 


Fig.  32  A. 


40*.  In  B  we  have  a  case,  on  each  side  of  the  north  and 
south  line,  and  the  amounts  of  the  two  courses  have  sim- 
ply to  be  added  to  obtain  the  required  angle.  Thus  70*+ 
34°=104V  In  C  the  amounts  of  the  two  courses  are  added 
and  the  sum  subtracted  from  180°.  Thus,  40°+550=95°, 


92 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


180*— 95°=85°,  or  90° — 40°=50°,  and  90°— 55°=35', 
35°+50°=85e,  the  angle  required.  For  D  the  included  angle 
may  be  obtained  in  three  different  ways.  The  difference  in 
course  may  be  obtained  and  then  subtracted  from  180°, 
aa  608— 20°=40°,  180°— 40»=140',  or  180°— iO°=120°+ 
20*=140°,  or  90°— 600=30°+90e+20e=1400,  the  angle  re- 


Fig.  32  C. 


quired.     The  reverse  of  these  methods  may  of  course  be 
used  in  deriving  courses  from  angles. 

Patent  Figuring  of  Survey  No.  17846. 
Taking  Sur.  No.  17846  in  Plate  II.  as  the  claim  to  be 
patented,  the  section  tie  from  Cor.  No.  1  of  the  claim  is 
figured  by  means  of  the  missing  course  of  the  traverse 
actually  measured  from  the  end  center.  Thus,  beginning 
at  Cor.  No.  1,  thence  to  No.  1,  thence  to  No.  2,  thence  to 
No.  3,  or  the  section  corner,  thence  by  missing  course  to 
Cor.  No.  1. 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


O       oo  to  oo      -a  *.  o>  9>  *.  en  en  *.       M       to  M 

5     ^ 


^-ocnoio       o       «O  to 


en       en 

H*          CO 
O         »J 


enow       o» 


MO         CO  00  tO         b         COOT  Pi*.-*          S-"S     O 

enboM  ^ito  o  en  b>       'Irl 


boto->]bocoi^  eoeocn 

oo0*.oc«M<i  wto     o 

^i  M  o  w  3  -3  4*  toot     o 

*-'tobooeniobo  CT'CO     b 


b  w  M 


?Ii 


'oo  -a  *.  t  O 


Q    *.  M  tO  *^  tO  I-1  CO  4k         tO  M 

m^uu  u 


SMOSOOCD-     cowoooa        aa 

ilR  § 

< 


°       f: 
S        I 


94 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


Station. 
Cor    1  —  No    1  

Bourse 

N.  81° 
N.50" 

SO 
54 

W. 
W. 

Dist. 
150.00 
396.2 
329.5 

N.Lat 

'  '6L98 
211.79 

S.Lat.  B.  1 
144.88     3! 

D'p  W.D'p 

No    1  —  No    2 

..    391.31 
...    252.41 

No.  2  —  3,  Sec.  Cor  

log  128.89     =  2.1102J 
log  604.90     =  2.7816* 

273.77 
144.88 

128.89 

144.881    38,82|  64J.7J 

|  604.90 

9.328536  =  cot  77°   58' 


log  604.90     =  2.781684 
sin  77°  58'  =  9.990351 


2.791333  =  log  618.49 
Missing  course  =  S  77°  58'  E  618.49 
Sec.  tie  N  77*  58'  W  618.49  feet 

For  the  conflicting  claim,  Sur.  No.  16591,  the  missing 
courses  (the  side  and  end  lines)  of  the  line  actually 
traversed  show  us  that  the  claim  is  surveyed  and  described 
correctly,  with  an  error  of  not  more  than  1  foot  in  2,000. 


Station. 
1—16591  —  No.  5  
No.   5  —  No.   4  
No.   4—  No.   6  
No.    6  —  4  —  16591    
Cor.   4  —  1    

S. 
S. 
S. 

s. 

N. 

Course. 
29°  39'  E. 
14°  46'  W. 
48    2'W. 
58°  19'  W. 
10°  15'  E. 

Dist. 
217.9 
474.8 
703.3 
240 
1500 

N.Lat 

iiieioe 

S.Lat. 
189.35 
459.11 
70L55 
126.05 

E.  D'p 

107.78 
'26O2 

W.D'p 

49.46 
204.23 

1476.06|1476.06|  374.701  374.70 

2_16591S-LaN1oin5  
No.  5  —  No.   4  
No.   4—  No.   6  
No.    6  —  Cor.    3  

S. 

s. 

s. 

N. 

14°  46'  WJ  474!  8 
4°    2'  W.    703.3 
26°  53'  E.     201.17 
10°  15'  E.  11500 

N.Lat 
i476.'06 

S.Lat. 
135.91 
459.11 
701.55 
179.42 

E.  D'p 

'  '96!  95 

2«6.92 

W.D'p 
187.40 
121.01 
49.46 

3—2   

1476.06|1475.99|  357.87|  357.87 

Station. 
1-16591  —  No    5    

a 

N. 

N. 

54°  33'  1; 

79°  45'  W. 

23L54 
300.00 

N.Lat 
53i38 

"ifcfc 

TO 

187.42 

W.D'p 

No.    5—2-16591    
2-16591—1-16591   

|  189.29|  189.351  295.201  295.21 

MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


No.   6 — 4-16591 
4-16591—3-16591 


N.  26°  53'  W. 
S.  58°  19'  W. 
S.  79°  45'  E. 


S.Lat.|E.D'p|W 
53.'38[ 


204.23 


I  179.451  179.431  295.211  295.20 


Conflict  With  Sur.  No.  16591. 
We  are  now  in  a  position  to  figure  the  tie  from  Cor. 


missing  course  as 

follows  : 

Stat 
1-178464  —  No 
No.    1—  No. 
No.    4  —  No. 
No.    5—  1-16E 

on. 
1    .... 
4  
5  
.91    

1      Course. 
...3.15°        E. 
...IN.  75°        E. 
...IN.  14°  46'  E. 
...|N.  29°39'W. 

Dist. 
150.00 
335.6 
474.8 
217.9 

N.Lat 

S.Lat. 
144.88 

E.  D'p 
38.82 
324.15 
121.01 

W.D'p 

86.86 
459.11 
189.35 

'ioZTS 

735.321  144.881  483.981  107.78 
144.88|            1  107.78! 

I  590.441            |  376.201 

log  590.44       =  2.771176  log  590.44  =  2.771176 

log  376.20       =  2.575419  log  cos  32°  31'  =  9.926029 


cot    32°   31'  =  0.195757 


log  700.08 


2.845147 


Tie  N  32°  30'  E  700.08  feet. 
32°  30'  700.  590.37 


To  check 


590.43 


376.11 
.04 


376.15 


We  now  figure  the  triangle  a  b  c  in  which  we  have 
the  course  and  length  of  ab  given,  namely,  N  32°  30'  E 
700.08  feet.  Subtracting  courses  to  find  angles,  we  get: 


a=32°  30' 
10°  15' 


22°  15' 


b=75°  00' 
32°  30' 


42°  30' 


c=  10*  15'  a=  22°  15' 

90'  00'  b=  42°  30' 

15°  00'  =  (90°-V76°)     c=115"  15' 


115°  15' 

sin  115°  15'  :  700.08  =  sin  22°  15'  :   ? 
Bin  115°  15'  :  700.08  =  sin  42*  30'  :   ? 


180'  00' 


96  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

log  700.08  =  2.845147  log   700.08  =  2.845147 

log  sin  22°  15'         =  9.578236  log   sin   42°    30'   =  9.829683 
colog  sin  115°  15'  =  0.043613  colog  sin  15°  15'  =  0.043613 

log  293.08  =  2.466996  log  522.90  =  2.718443 

The  angle  e  of  the  right  triangle  dec  is  known 
(79°  45'  +  75°  =  154°  45'  .  180°  —  154°  45'  =  25*  15') 
to  be  25*  15'.  We  know  d  e  is  300  feet,  the  width  of  the 
claim,  therefore  300  is  multiplied  by  the  tan  e  to  get  cd. 
The  length  of  the  line  ce  may  be  found  by  multiplying 
300  by  the  nat  secant  of  e,  or  300  may  be  divided  by  the 
cos  of  25°  15'. 

nat   tan  25°   15'=     .47163     nat  secant  25°  15'  =    1.105638 
300  300 


141.489  331.6914 


log  300  =  2.477121 

log  cos  25°  15'  =  9.956387 

log  331.69          =  2.520734 

Here  natural  functions  may  be  used  with  great  advan- 
tage, as  d  e  is,  with  rare  exceptions,  150,  300  or  600  feet, 
the  width  of  the  claim.  The  natural  tangent  of  e  may 
then  be  rapidly  multiplied  by  300  or  600  and  in  case  of 
150,  quickly  halved,  and  the  half  added  to  the  tangent  and 
multiplied  by  100.  The  secant  is  treated  in  the  same  way. 

The  triangle  1  n  c  is,  of  course,  equal  to  the  triangle 
dec. 

By  subtracting  141.49  from  522.90  we  get  381.41,  the 
length  of  the  line  from  Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  16591,  to  the 
intersection  of  line  1-4,  Sur.  No.  17846.  All  the  sides  of 
the  parallelogram  c  e  h  n  are,  of  course,  of  equal  length 
and  331.69  feet.  We  therefore  have  n  and  h  854.59  and 
713.10  feet,  respectively,  distant  from  Cors.  Nos.  1  and  2, 
Sur.  No.  16591.  By  subtracting  these  distances  from  1500, 
we  get  the  respective  distances  from  Cors.  Nos.  4  and  3. 


MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING.  97 

The  distances  of  e  and  h  from  Cors.  Nos.  1  and  2  ot 
Sur.  No.  17846  are  found  in  the  same  way. 

293.08         293.08 
141.49         331.69 


151.59         624.77  =  distance  to  e 
331.69 


483.28  =  distance  to  h 

The  area  of  the  parallelogram  c  e  h  n  is  found  by  mul- 
tiplying 331.69  by  300,  the  width  of  the  claim,  and  dividing 
by  43560,  the  number  of  square  feet  in  an  acre. 


log  331.69 
log  300 
colog  43560 

log  2.284  acres 

=      2.520734 
=       2.477121 
c  «>f!ftni  o 

log  331.69 
log  300 

log   43560 

=  2.520734 
=  2.477121 

4.997855 
=  4.639088 

=       0.358767 

log  2.2S4  acres  =  0.35S767 

The  process  is  somewhat  simplified  by  adding  the  colog 
as  given  above. 

Conflict  With  Sur.  No.  17541. 

In  the  case  of  Sur.  No.  17541  we  find  Cors.  Nos.  1  and  2, 
but  not  Cors.  Nos.  3  and  4.  The  line  1-2  is  found  by  our 
survey  to  be  correct  and  Cors.  Nos.  3  and  4  are  then  placed 
S  26°  E  1,500  feet  away  as  given  in  the  notes  of  the  survey 
for  patent  of  Sur.  No.  17541.  We  then  figure  the  tie  from 
Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to  Cor.  No.  1,  Sur.  No.  17541. 


Stati 
2-17846  —  No. 
No.    1—  No. 
No.    4—1-175 

on. 
1     

Course 
N.  15° 
N.  75° 
S.  50°  16' 

W, 

K. 
K. 

Dist. 
150.00 
335.6 
87.4 

N.Latl 
144.88 

..8':86! 

3-Lat. 

E.D-p|V 

f.D'p 

38.82 

'55!  86 

324.i5  . 
67.21|. 

11     

231.741 
55.8S| 

55.86 

391.361 
38.82 

38.  £2 

175.88! 

352.541 

98  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

log  175.88          =  2.245242        log  352.54          =  2.547208 
log  352.54          =  2.547208        log  sin  63°  29'  =  9.951728 

log   cot   63°    29'— 9.698034        log  393.98  =  2.595480 

Tie  N  63°  29'  E  393.98  feet. 
63°  29' 

300.       ==  133.94  268.44 

93.       =     41.52  83.22 

.98  =        .44  .88 


To  check  175.90  352.54 

We  now  figure  the  triangle  j  ik: 
j=63°  29'  i=75°  k=  26*     180°  j—  89°  29' 

26°  63°  29'  75°     101°  i=  11°  31' 

r-  k=  79° 

89°  29'  11°  31'  101°       79° 

180°  00' 

sin  79°  00'  :  393.98  =  sin  11°  31'  :   ? 
sin  79°  00'  :  393.98  =  sin  89°  29'  :  ? 

log  393.98  =  2.595480    log  393.98  =  2.595480 

log  sin  11°  31'      =  9.300276    log  sin  89°  29'      =  9.999982 
colog  sin  79°  00'  =  0.008053    colog  sin  79°  00'  =  0.008053 

log  80.13  =  1.903809    log   401.34  =  2.603515 

Then  for  the  triangle  pko'  we  have  the  angle  k=ll° 
(75°  _  64°  =  11°)  and  as  it  is  a  right  triangle,  we  work 
it  as  in  the  case  of  the  triangle  dec  given  above. 

nat  tan  11°  =  .19438  nat  sec  11*  =      1.0187 

300  300 


58.314  305.6100 


log  300  ==  2.477121 

log  cos  11°      =  9.991947 


log   305.61        =  2.485174 

With    80.13    from   above   and    138.44    (58.31+80.13)    we 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  99 

have  the  two  parallel  sides  of  the  trapezoid  j  k  p  o,  and 
the  area  is  found  as  follows: 

138.44         log  109.28      =       2.038541 
80.13         log  300.          =       2.477121 
colog  43560  =  —5.360912 


2  )  218.57 

,        log  .7526       =  —1.876574 

109.28 

log  109.28  =  2.038541 
log  300.       =  2.477121 

4.515662 
log  43560    =  4.639088 


log  .7526     =  1.876574 

To  get  the  net  area  of  the  conflict  between  Sur.  No. 
17846  and  Sur.  No.  17541,  that  is,  exclusive  of  the  conflict 
between  Sur.  No.  17846  and  Sur.  No.  16591,  we  must  figure 
the  quadrilateral  j  k  h  r.  From  previous  figuring  we  have 
the  distance  from  Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to  k  and  h, 
respectively,  and  by  subtracting,  we  thus  get  kh  to  be 
81.94  feet  (483.28 — 401.34).  From  this  we  may  figure  the 
quadrilateral  in  two  ways,  either  as  two  triangles  or  by 
prolonging  it  to  k',  and  figuring  the  triangle  j  k'  r. 

The  easiest  way  to  figure  j  h  is  by  missing  course  as 
follows : 


Station. 
J  —  k    

Course. 
S.  26°        E. 
N.  75°        E. 

Dist. 
80.13 
81.94 

N.Lat 
"21.21 

iS.L,at.|E.D'p|W.D'p 
72.02     35.13  
1  mel  

k-h    

1    21.21 

72.021  114.291 
21.21 

50.811 

log     50.81  =  1.705949        log  114.29  =  2.058007 

log  114.29          =  2.058007        log  sin  66°  2'   =  9.960843 


log  cot  66°  2'  =  9.647942        log  125.07          =  2.097164 


100 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


Course  N  66°  2'  W  125.07  feet. 
66°  2'  100.      =  40.62 

25.      =  10.15 
.07  =      .03 


To  check 


50.80 


91.38 

22.84 

.06 

114.28 


We  find  the  area  of  j  k  h  as  follows : 
j=66°  2'  k=  26°        h-  66°  2'    180° 


26° 

40°  2' 


75' 

101C 


75C 


141'    2' 


141°  2'      38°  58' 


j=  40°  2' 
h=  38°  58' 
k=101*  00' 

130°  00' 


Area  =  K  =  %  (125.07  X  80.13  X  sin  40°  2'). 


log  125.07 
log    80.13 
log  sin  40°  2' 
colog  87120 

log  .0739 

=      2.097164 
=      1.903795 
=      9.808368 
c  fir;QQQ9 

log  125.07 
log    80.13 
log  sin  40°  2' 

log  43560 

log  .1479 
2  )  .1479 

=  2.097164 
=  1.903795 
=  9.808368 

3.809327 
=  4.639088 

=  —1.170239 

=  —2.869209 

.0739  acres 

Here  it  is  more  convenient  to  add  the  colog  of  S7120 
(43560  X  2)  in  place  of  dividing  by  43560  and  afterwards 
by  2. 

In  the  triangle  j  h  r  the  area  is  found  to  be : 


j=  64°         180< 
66°  2'     130' 


130< 


49°  58' 


10°  15' 
66'    2' 


76°  17' 


r=64° 
10°  15' 


53°  45' 


j=  49°  58' 
h=  76°  17' 
p=  53°  45' 


180°  00' 


Arcsi ===  K.  — 


(125.07)J  X  sin  76°  17'  X  sin  49°  58 
sin  53°  45' 


:) 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  101 

log  125.07  =      2.0971641og  125.07  =      2.097164 

log  to  square  =  2.0971641og  to  square  =  2.097164 
log  sin  76*  17'  =  9.9874341og  sin  76°  17'  =  9.987434 
log  sin  49°  58'  =  9.8840421og  sin  49°  58'  =  9.884042 
colog  sin  53°  45'  =  0.093425 
colog  87120  =  —5.059882 

log  sin      53°  45' 

log  .1656  =  —1.219111 

log  43560 


log   .3313  =  —1.52014 

2  )  .3313 

.1656  acres 
.0739  acres 

Total  area  j  k  h  r  =      .2395  acres 

Another  way  of  calculating  the  quadrilateral  J  k  h  r 
is  as  follows :  We  first  figure  the  triangle  k  k'  h  in  which, 
as  we  have  seen  above,  we  have  kh  =  81.94. 

k=  75°    180°          k'=10°15'  h-75°  k=  79° 

26°    101°  26°  10°  15'  k'=  36°  15' 

h=  64°  45' 

101'      79°  36°  15'  64°  45'  

180°  00' 

sin  36°  15'  :  81.94  =  sin  64°  45'  :   ? 

((81.94)"  x  sin  79°  x  sin  64°  45'\ 
1 
sin  36°  15'  / 

log  81.94  =       1.913496 

log  to  square  =  1.913496 
log  sin  79°  =  9.991947 
log  sin  64°  45'  =  9.956387 
colog  sin  36°  15'  =  0.228185 
colog  87120  =  —5.059882 


log  .115  =  —1.063393 

.115  =  area  k  k'  h 


102 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


log  81.94  = 

log  sin      64°  45'  = 
colog  sin  36°  15'  = 

log  125.35  = 


2.098068 

jk   =    80.13 
kk'  =  125.35 


jk'  =  205.48 

For  the  triangle    j  k'  r    we  thus  have  the    base    from 
which  we  figure  the  area. 


log  205.48  =  2.312769 
log  tan  36°  15'  =  9.865240 
log  205.48  =  2.312769 

colog  87120       =  —5.059882 


area  jk'r  =  .355  acres 
area  kk'h  =  .115  acres 

area  jkhr  =  .240  acres 


log  .355 


—1.550660 


This  result  checks  the  first  method  and  gives  another 
method  which  frequently  has  to  be  used. 

Conflict  With  Sur.  No.  12716. 

Taking  next  our  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  12716,  we  figure 
the  missing  course  from  Cor.  No.  4,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to 
Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  12716,  using  our  tie  made  on  the 
ground  from  No.  8.  We  assume  that  we  have  found  the 
boundaries  of  Sur.  No.  12716  to  be  correct. 


Station. 
4-17846—  -No.    9    
No.   9—  No.   8  
No.   8—2-12716    

Course. 
S.  15°        B. 
S.  75°        W. 
N.  40°  32'  W. 

Dist.  IN.Lat 
150.001  
458.00  
62.3  |    47.35 

S.Lat. 
144.88 
118.54 

E.D'p|W.D'p 

....'...  1442.39 
1    40.48 

log  216.07 
log   444.05 


log   444.05  =  2.647432 

log  sin  64°  03'      =  9.953845 


log  cot   64°    03'   =  9.687163       log  493.84  =  2.693587 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  103 


Course  S  64°  03'  W  493.84  feet. 
64°  03' 

400       =  175.04         359.67 

93       =    40.69          83.62 

.84  =        .36  .75 


To  check  216.09        444.04 

The  triangles  w  x  z  and  w  x  y  may  be  worked  at  the 
same  time  and  the  triangle  y  z  x  afterwards  calculated 
as  a  check  and  for  area. 


w=75° 
64*  03' 

x=64°  03' 
51° 

y=  51° 
90° 

w=  10°  57' 
x=  13°  03' 

10°  57' 

13°  03' 

z=  75°  180° 
39°  114° 

156° 
x=  64°  03' 
39° 

—75°)  y  —  156° 

180°  00' 
w=  10°  57' 
z=  66° 
•••  iny°  riQ' 

114°      66°  103°  03' 

180°  00' 


sin  156°  :  493.84  =  sin  10°  57'  :  ? 

sin  156*  :  493.84  =  sin  13°  03'  :  ? 

ein    66°  :  493.84  =  sin  10°  57'  :  ? 

sin    66°  :  493.84  =  sin  103°  03'  :  ? 


log  493.84  =  2.693587       log  493.84  =  2.693587 

log  sin  10°  57'     =  9.278644       log  sin  13*  03'     =  9.353726 
colog  sin  156°       =  0.390687       colog  sin  156°       =  0  390687 


log  230.63  =  2.362918  log  274.16  =  2.438000 

log  493.84  «  2.693587  log  493.84  =  2.693587 

log  sin  10°  57'  =  9.278644  log  sin  103°  03'     =  9.988636 

colog  sin  66°  =  0.039270  colog  sin  66°       =  0.039270 

log  102.68  =  2.011501  log  526.61  =  2.721493 

the  right  triangle  yzx  we  have  from  above  zx  = 


104 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


log  102.68  = 

log  tan  66°  = 

log  230.63  = 

log  102.68  = 

log  230.63  = 

colog  87120  = 


log  .2718 
.2718 


2.011501 
10.351417 


2.362918 


=  —1.434301 
rea  y  z  x 


log  102.68 
log  cos  66° 

log   252.47 

274.16 
252.47 


2.402188 


526.63  To  check 


Conflict  With   Sur.   No.   1462. 

In  the  case  of  the  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  1462,  no  cor- 
ners, bearing  trees,  or  bearing  rocks  could  be  found,  neither 
could  the  discovery  shaft  be  identified.  The  conflict,  there- 
fore, must  be  figured  according  to  its  patented  or  descrip- 
tive position  and  from  its  section  tie.  This  patented  posi- 
tion of  Sur.  No.  1462  may  or  may  not  be  its  true  position, 
depending  on  the  accuracy  of  the  section  tie.  In  this  case 
a  traverse  is  made  from  Cor.  No.  1,  Sur.  No.  1462,  to  section 
corner  (by  means  of  its  section  tie),  thence  by  section  tie 
to  Cor.  No.  1,  Sur.  No.  17846,  thence  along  lines  1-4  and  4-3, 
Sur.  No.  17846,  thence  by  missing  course  to  Cor.  No.  1, 
Sur.  No.  1462. 


Station. 
1-1462  —  Sec.    Cor  
Sec.   Cor.—  1-17846    
1—2-17846    
2—3-17846    

Course.       |  Dist. 
N.  87°  14'  W.  12006.  4 
S.  77°  58'  E.     618.49 
N.  75"       B.  1500.00 
S.  15°       E.  1  300.00 

|N.Lat 
96.85 

'388!23 

S.Lat. 
'i28.89 
'289"  78 

E.D'plW.D'p 
2004.06 
604.90  
1448.85  
77.64|  

485.08 
418.67 

66.41 

418.67 

2131.39 
2004.06 

127.33 

2004.06 

log  66.41  =  1.822233 

log  127.33  =  2.104928 

log  cot  62°  27'=  9.717305 


log  127.33  =  2.104928 

log  sin  62°  27'  =  9.947731 


log  143.61 


=  2.157197 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


1C5 


Course  S.  62°  27'  W.  143.61  feet. 
•«2°  27' 

100.       =  46.25  88.66 

43.      =  19.89          38.12 

.61  =      .28  .54 


To  check  66.42        127.32 

From  this  the  triangles  u  s  t  and  v  s  t  are  figured. 


v=32< 
15" 


47C 


u=75° 
32° 


43C 


s=62°  27' 
32°  00' 


t=15° 
62°  27' 


180° 
77°  27' 


30°  27' 


180° 
43° 


137  = 


77°  27'        102C 


t=75° 
62°  27' 


sin  137°  :  143.61  =  sin    30°  27' 
sin  137e  :  143.61  =  sin    12°  33' 


12°  33' 


sin    47°  :  143.61  =  sin  102°  33'  :  ? 
Bin    47°  :  143.61  =  sin    30°  27'  :  ? 


v=  47° 
s=  30'  27' 


180°  00' 


t=  12°  33' 
s=  30*  27' 


180°  00' 


log  143.61 
log  Bin  30°  27' 
colog  sin  137° 

log  106.74 

log  143.61 
log  sin  102°  33' 
colog  sin  47° 

- 

2.157197 
9.704825 
0.166217 

log  143.61 
log  sin  12°  33' 
colog  sin  137° 

log  45.76 

log  143.61 
log  sin  30°  27' 
colog  sin  47° 

=  2.157197 
=  9.337043 
=  0.166217 

2.028239 

2.157197 
9.989497 
0.135873 

=  1.660457 

=  2.157197 
=  9.704825 
=  0.135873 

log  191.67 


=  2.282567       log  99.52 


1.997895 


In  triangle  utv  we  have: 


log   106.74      = 
log  tan  43°   = 


2.028239 
9.969656 


log  99.52         =      1.997895 


log    106.74      =      2.028239 
log  cos  43°   =       9.864127 


log  145.92       =       2.1G4112 


106 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


log  106.74  =  2.028239 
log  99.52  =  1.997895 
colog  87120  =  —5.059882 


To  check  145.92  =  uv 
45.76  =  su 


191.68: 


log  .1219         =  —1.086016 

.1219  acres  =  area  triangle  u  t  v 

Conflict  With  Sur.  No.  17560. 

For  Sur.  No.  17560  we  first  find  the  course  and  dis- 
tance from  Cor.  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  17846,  to  Cor.  No.  4,  Sur. 
No.  17560,  as  follows: 


4-17 
No. 
No. 

Station. 
560  —  No.   8    ... 

Course. 
N.  45°  10'  W. 
N.  75°        E. 
S.  15°       E. 

Dial. 
149.5 
458.0 
150.00 

N.Lat  S.Ls 
105.40  
118.55  
144. 

t.  E.D'p 

.'.'  '442.'39 
88     38.82 

W.D'p 
106.02 

8  —  No    9 

9—3-17560    ... 



223.951  144. 
144.  88J 

88   481.211  106.02 
106.02J 

1 

79.071 

375.19 

log 
log 

log 

79.07 
375.19 

cot   78°    06' 

=  1.898012 
=  2.574251 

log  375.19 
log  sin  78°  06' 

log  383.43 

=  2.574251 
=  9.990565 

=  9.323761 

=  2.583686 

S  78°  6'  W  383.43  =  course 
78°  6' 
300.      =  61.86 
83.      =  17.11 
.43  =       .08 

293.55 
81.21 
.42 

79.05 

375.18 

For  the  triangle 

ABt 

A=75°  00' 
34°  08' 

B=180»  00' 
78°  06' 

t=78{ 
75C 

06' 
00' 

A=  4 
B=13 

0°  52' 
6°  02' 
3°  06' 

0°0<r 

40°  52' 

101°  54'                3' 
34'    8' 

06' 

18 

136°  02' 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


107 


sin  40°  52'  :  383.43  =  sin  136°  02'  :  ? 
sin  40°  52'  :  383.43  =  sin      3°  06'  :  ? 

log  383.43  =  2,583686       log  383.43  =  2.583686 

log   sin      136°  02' =  9. 841509       log  sin          3°  06'  =  8.733027 
colog   sin    40°  52' =  0.184222       colog    sin    40°  52'  =  0.184222 


log                 406.83  =  2.609417 

log                   31.69  =  1.500935 

For  the  triangle  DAE: 

D=  75°  00'               180°  00' 

A=75°  00'             E=34°  08' 

75°  45'                150°  45' 

34°  08'                   75°  45' 

150%  45'                 29°  15' 

40°  52'                 109°  53' 

318.98=E  B 

D=  29°  15' 

31.69=B  A 

A=  40°  52' 

,  — 

E=109°  53' 

287.29=E   A 

180*  00' 

sin  29°  15'  :   287.29  =  sin  109° 

53'  :    ? 

sin  29°  15'   :   287.29  =  sin  40* 

52'   :    ? 

log                   287.29=2.458320 

log                   287.29=2.458320 

log  sin        109*  53'=9.973307 

log  sin          40°  52'=9.815778 

colog  sin      29°  15'=0.311028 

colog   sin     29°  15'=0.311028 

log 


552.91=2.742655       log 


384.70=2.585126 


In  order  to  ascertain  the  intersection  of  line  6-1-Sur  No. 
17560  and  line  4-1-Sur  No.  17846,  prolong  line  6-1-Sur  No. 
17560  with  dotted  lines  until  it  touches  line  2-3-Sur  No. 
17846.  Thus  we  have  the  triangle  G  D  F  of  which  we  have 
the  side  G  D  as  follows: 

500.00=5-6-17560. 

384.70=D  E 


75°  45' 
36°  00' 


39°  45' 


115.30=G  D 
D=  75°  45'     180°  00' 
75*  00'     150°  45' 

150°  45'       29°  15' 


*=  75'  00'     G=  39°  45' 
36°  00'     D=  29°  15' 

F=lll°  00' 

HI"  00'  

180'  00' 


108  MINERAL    LAND     SURVEYING. 

sin  111°  :  115.30  =  sin  39°  45'  :  ? 

sin  111°  :  115.30  =  sin  29"  15'  :  ? 

log  115.30=2.061829       log                  115.30=2.061829 

log  sin  39°  45'=9.805799       log  sin          29°  15'=9.688972 

colog  sin  111°=0.029848       colog   sin          111°=0.029848 


log  78.97-1.897476       log  60.35=1.780649 

In  the  right  triangle  J  F  H  36°— 15°=21°,  J  H=300  ft., 

nat.  tan.  21°=0.38386  nat.    secant   219=1.071145 

300  300 


115.158  321.3435 


321.34=J  F 
60.35=G  F 


260.99=J  G=cor.  No.  6-17560  to  line  4-1-17846. 

In  figuring  the  triangle  A  B  t  we  find  cor.  No.  2-17846 
to  A=1500 

406.84=At 


1093.17=2-17648— A 
From  cor.  No.  2-17846  to  D  we  have: 


1093.17=2-17648-A 
552.91=D  A 


540.26=2-17648-D 

In  the  triangle  G  D  F  we  find  F  D,  and  in  the  triangle 
J  H  F  we  find  H  F 

FD=  78.97  cor.  No.  2-17846  to  D-540.26 

HF=115.15  HD=194.12 


HD=194.12  cor.  No.  2-17846-H=346.14= 

cor.  No.  1-17846  to  line  6-1-17560. 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  109 

In  the  triangle  J  K  L  line  J  K  is  drawn  parallel  to  line 
1-2-17560. 

L=  36°  00'  180°       J=  40°  52' 

75°  00'  111°       K=  70°  08' 

,       L=69°  00' 

40°  52'  70°  08'  111°  00'  69° 

180°  00' 

sin  69°   :  318.98  =  sin  40*  52'  :   ? 
sin  69°   :  318.98  =  sin  70°  08'  :    ? 

log  318.98=2.503764       log  318.98-2.503764 

log  sin         40°   52'=9.815778       log  sin          70°  08'=9.973352 
colog  sin  69°=0.029848       colog  sin  69°=0.029848 


log  223.55=2.349390       log  321.34=2.506964 

1000.00=6-l-Sur.  No.  17560 
260.99=J  G 


739.01=l-Sur.  No.  17560  to  1-4-Sur.  No.  17846. 
223.55=K  L 

962.56=2-Sur.  No.  17560  to  1-4-Sur.  No.  17846. 

346.14=l-Sur.  No.  17846  to  line  6-1-Sur  No.  17560. 
321.34=J  L 


667.48=l-Sur.  No.  17846  to  line  2-3  Sur.  No.  17560. 

1000 
962.56 


37.44=3-Sur.  No.  17560-line  4-1-  Sur.  No.  17846. 

Areas  of  Sur.  No.  17560. 

We  first  figure  the  area  of  the  trapezoid  J  L  3  6  and  the 
parallelogram  represented  by  cors.  Nos.  3,  4,  5  and  6  of 
Sur.  No.  17560. 

260.99=J  6  log       149.21=     2.173798 

37.44=L  3  log  300=     2.477121 

colog    43560=— 5.360912 

2  )  298.43  

log         1.027=    0.011831 
149.21 


110 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


500 
300 


150000  =     5.176091 

colog    43560=— 5.360912 


log         3.443=    0.537003 

Area  for  the  triangle  DAE 
log  552.91=     2.742655 

log  287.29=     2.458320 

log  sin  40°  52'=    9.815778 
colog        87120=— 5.059882 


log 


1.193=     0.076635 


1.027 
3.443 

4.470 
1.193 

3.277=Total  area  in  con- 
flict between  Surs.  Nos 
17846  and  17560. 

To  find  the  area  in  conflict  between  Sur.  No.  16591  and 
Sur.  No.  17560  within  Sur.  No.  17846,  we  figure  the  area  of 
the  triangle  J  e  N. 


75°  180e 
36°  lllc 


111°     69C 


e=75°  00'      N=36°  00' 
10°  15'  10°  15' 


64°  45' 


46°  15' 


J=69° 
e=64°  45' 
N=46*  15' 


624.77=l-Sur.  No.  17846—2-3-16591 
346.14=l-Sur.  No.  17846—6-1-17560. 


278.63=J  e 
sin  46*  15' 


278.63  =  sin  64°  45' 


log  278.63=2.445028 

log   sin     64°  45'=9.956387 
colog  sin  46°  15'=0.141244 


log 


348.87=2.542659 


In  the  triangle  G  N  M 
348.87=J  N  G=75°  45' 

260.99=J  G  36°  00' 


log 

log  sin 
log 
colog 

log 

N=36°  00' 
10°  15' 


180°  00' 


278.63=2.445028 

69°=9.970151 

348.87=2.542659 

87120=5.059882 


87.88=G  N 


39°  45' 


46°  15' 


1.041=0.017720 


M=75*  45' 
10°  15' 


86°  00' 


MINERAL  LAND     SURVEYING.                    Ill 

•G=  39*  45' 

N=  46°  15'  180° 

M=  94°  00'  86° 


180°  00'  94° 

((87.88)'xsin  39°  45'xsin  46°  15'\ 
1 
sin  94°  / 

log  87.88=-     1.943890 

log  to  square      ==    1.943890  1.041— area  J  e  N. 

log  sin      39°  45'=     9.805799  .041=area  G  M  N. 

log  sin       46°  15'=     9.858756 

colog  sin        94°=    0.001059  1.000=net  area  in  conflict 

colog           87120=— 5.059882  of  Stirs.    Nos.  17560    and 

,  16591     within     Sur.     No. 

log                 .0410=— 2.613276  17846. 

We  now  figure  the  area  in  conflict  of  Sur.  No.  17560  and 
sur.  No.  17541  within  Sur.  No.  17846  which  is  Q  o  p  D  G. 

By  previous  work  we  have  found  the  total  conflict  of 
Sur.  No.  17541  and  Sur.  No.  17846  to  be  .752  acres.  We 
have  also  found  the  area  of  the  quadrilateral  j  r  h  k  to  be 
.240  acres.  We  must  now  find  the  area  of  Q  r  M  G.  In 
order  to  figure  the  area  of  the  triangle  Q  r  N  it  is  necessary 
to  find  the  length  of  one  side,  which  we  will  take  r  N.  In 
previous  figuring  the  area  of  the  triangle  j  r  h  was  obtained 
and  from  the  data  used  in  that  work  we  find  the  side  r  h 
as  follows: 

h=10°  15' 
66°  02' 


j=  64°  00' 
66°  02' 

180°  00'               r=64'  00' 
130°  02'                    10°  15' 

130°  02' 

49C  58'                      53°  45' 

sin  53°  45' 

:  125.07  =  sin  49*  58'  :   ? 

log 
log  sin 
colog  sin 

125.07=2.097164 
49°  5S'=9.884042 
53°  45'=0.093425 

76°  17' 


j=49°  58' 
r=53°  45' 
h=76°  17' 

log  118.75=2.074631  ISO9  00' 


112 


MINERAL    LAND     SURVEYING. 


In  the  small  triangle  F  h  N  we  must  obtain  the  side  h  N. 
We  have  the  side  F  h  as  follows: 

483.29=2-Sur.  No.  17846  to  line  2-3  Sur.  No.  16591. 
461.29=2  Sur.  No.  17846  to  F. 


22.00=F 

F=  75° 

36° 

111° 
Sin  46°  1! 

log 
log   sin 
colog  sin 

log 

r=64°  00' 
10°  15' 

h. 

180°          h=75°  00' 
111°                10°  15' 

N=36°  00' 
10°  15' 

F=69°  00' 
h=64*  45' 
N=46°  15' 

69e                64°  45' 

>'  :   22.00  =  Sin  69°   :    ? 

22.00=1.342423 
69°=9.970152 

46°  15' 

180° 

100° 

180°  00' 

Nh=  28.44 
h  r=118.75 

r  N     1  47  1Q 

28.44=1.453819 

N=10°  15'          Q=  64 
36°  00'                  36 

r=  53°  45 
N=  46*  15' 

r\        OAO  nn» 

53°  45' 
Area  tria' 

46°  15'                100°            80° 
180°  00' 
/  (147.19)2xsin  53°  45'xsin  46°  15'X 
nele  O  r  N—  Ul  1 

Sin  80°  00' 


log  147.19=     2.167878 

leg  to  square  =  2.167878 
log  sin  53°  45'=  9.906575 
log  sin  46°  15'=  9.858756 
colog  sin  80°= — 0.006649 
colog  87120=— 5.059882 


log 


.1471=— 1.167618 


Subtracting  from  this  the  area  of  triangle  G  M  N  found 
in  previous  work  to  be  .0410  acres,  we  have: 
.1471 
.0410 

.1061  acres=Q  r  M  G 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


113 


In  the  small  triangle  h  M  D  we  have  h  D= 
540.26=2-17846  to  D 
483.29=2-17846  to  h 


h=75°  00' 
10°  15' 

64°  45' 
h=64°  45' 
M=86°  00' 
D=29'  15' 


56.97=h  D 

M=75°  45' 
10°  15' 


86*  00' 


150"  45' 


180°  00' 
150°  45' 


29°  15' 


180°  00' 
Area=% 


(56.97)2xsin  64°  45'xsin  29°  15 


Sin  86° 


log  56.97= 

log  to   square    = 
sin  64°  45'  = 

sin  29°  15= 

colog  sin 
colog 


86C 


1.755646 
1.755646 
9.956387 
9.688972 
0.001059 


87120=— 5.059882 


log 


.0165=— 2.217592 


.752=area  j  k  o  p 
.240=area  j  r  h  k 

.512=area  r  h  o  p 
.016=area  h  M  D 

.496=area  r  o  p  D  M 
.106=area  Q  r  M  G 

.602=area  Q  o  p  D  G 

We  therefore  have  found  the  total  area  in  conflict  of 
Sur.  No.  17846  and  Sur.  No.  17560  to  be  3.277  acres. 

The  net  area  in  conflict  of  Surs.  Nos.  17560  and  16591 
within  Sur.  No.  17648  to  be  1.000  acres. 

The  total  conflict  of  Surs.  Nos.  17560  and  17541  within 
Sur.  No.  17846  to  be  .602  acres,  and  the  net  conflict  of  Surs. 
Nos.  17560  and  17541,  within  Sur.  No.  17846,  (that  is,  ex- 
clusive of  Q  r  M  G,  .106  acres)  to  be  .496  acres. 

Therefore  the    net  conflict    of  Surs.    Nos.     17560  and 
17846  is: 
1.000  acres=J  e  M  G  3.277  acres 

.496  acres=r  o  p  D  M  1.496  acres 


1.496  acres 


1.781  acres,  net  conflict. 


MINERAL,  LAND   SURVEYING. 


1  §  H  :  I   •   :  1  1 
"Ijl    :    ill 

M 

i 

^             r 

3    :  !5  ij*  :   i 

£        *  Mi  ill;; 

5             <5    :   :  S   :  H  •*   :   : 

II  1  i 

§                  Q 

••      II 

Is 

g              -g^SSoSoSS 

1.1 

§ 

f  ^  S  §  5  S   ;   !   I   : 
5         1     5S-5  :  :  :  i 

il 

1               S3 

g         I      ...  ..-0- 

|     f  -  M  :  ii§i| 

1 

i-5!;S::ll 

I   I 

3    .    '    :  r    :  S  §.       : 

1 

I           ^    :    ^    ':|~       ! 

1 

o            2S25SS^*1 

|              a~S2SS-«g 

s        i  i  ;  •   :   i 

&           :  :  :  •:    i    i 

MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  115 

The  area  statement  for  Sur.  No.  17846  would  be  as  fol- 
lows: 

Total  area  Sur.  No.  17846 10.330  acres 

Area  in  conflict  with 

Sur.  No.  1462    122     ' 

Sur.  No.  12716   272     ' 

Sur.  No.  16591   2.284     ' 

Sur.   No.  17541    752     ' 

Sur.  No.  17541    (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with 

Sur.  No.  16591)    513     ' 

Sur.  No.  17560    3.277     ' 

Sur.  No.   17560   (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with 

Sur.  No.  16591)    2.277     " 

Sur.  No.  17560    (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with 

Sur.  No.  17541)    2.675     ' 

Sur.  No.  17560    (exclusive  of  its  conflict  with 

Surs.  Nos.  16591  and  17541)     1.781     " 

Total  area  Sur.  No.  17846 10.330     ' 

Less  area  in  conflict  with 

Sur.   No.   1462    122  acres 

Sur.  No.  12716 272     " 

Sur.  No.  16591  2.284     ' 

Sur.  No.  17541    513     " 

Sur.  No.  17560    1.781     "    =4.972     " 


Net  area  lode  claim  5.358     ' 

In  case  of  an  irregular  mill  site  or  placer  the  calcula- 
tions of  the  area  by  double  meridian  distances  must  be 
handed  in  with  the  field  notes.  The  calculations  have  been 
taken  up  under  mill  sites  and  placers. 

It  is  well  to  be  systematic  in  making  and  filing  the  above 
calculations.  Many  prefer  books  of  uniform  size,  but  here 
it  is  very  difficult  for  more  than  one  person  to  work  on  the 
same  case  at  the  same  time  and  keep  the  calculations  to- 
gether in  the  same  book.  It  is  also  difficult  to  copy  from 
one  page  to  another  as  is  often  necessary.  The  writer  pre- 
fers to  use  traverse  blanks  printed  and  blocked.  On  these 
the  traverse  is  first  worked  and  the  triangles  and  areas 
figured  underneath  on  the  same  sheet.  These  sheets  are 
then  filed  in  Congress  manilla  envelopes  in  document  files. 


116 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 


In  this  way  any  number  of  people  may  work  on  the  same 
case  without  getting  into  each  other's  way.  The  papers  of 
each  survey  are  kept  together  in  order,  and  all  useless 
figuring  and  any  calculations  found  to  be  in  error  are  de- 
stroyed and  do  not  encumber  the  record. 

Miscellaneous  on  Patents. 

Various  points  may  arise  in  figuring  or  writing  up  the 
notes  that  need  attention.  For  example,  it  frequently  hap- 
pens that  by  excluding  areas  in  the  usual  way  a  discovery 
shaft  is  excluded.  To  avoid  this,  a  tract  is  made  around 
the  discovery  shaft,  and  one  corner  of  the  tract  is  tied  to 
a  corner  of  the  claim,  and  the  tract  described  by  metes  and 
bounds.  In  Fig.  33,  if  either  A  or  B  excludes  the  other  then 


Fig.  33. 


they  respectively  exclude  their  discovery  shafts.    To  avoid 
this  the  conflict  is  described  as  follows: 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  117 

Total  area  A  lode 5.165  acres 

Area  in  conflict  with — 

Trace  C  (hereinafter  described) 310      " 

B  lode  of  this  survey 840 

B  lode  of  this  survey   (exclusive  of  its  conflict, 

with    tract    C) 530       " 

Total  area  A  lode 5.165 

Less  area  in  conflict  with  Tract  C . . .  .310 


Net  area  A  lode 4.855  acres 

This  tracting  of  the  discovery  is  useful  sometimes  in 
conflict  with  a  location  survey.  If  A  above  is  a  location  sur- 
vey, a  small  tract,  just  large  enough,  may  be  made  round 
the  discovery  shaft  of  B  and  not  excluded  with  the  re- 
remainder  of  the  conflict  of  A  with  B.  This  small  reserva- 
tion, which  may  not  be  over  ten  feet  square  is  usually  not 
objected  to  by  the  owner  of  the  location,  and  might  even 
be  deeded  back  to  him  after  the  patent  is  issued. 

During  the  period  that  conflicts  were  figured  in  the  de- 
scriptive positions  by  their  section  ties  as  stated  before, 
tracts  were  frequently  employed  to  exclude  the  conflicting 
claim  or  claims  in  their  true  positions.  Thus  when  figuring 
the  position  from  the  section  ties  showed  no  conflict,  but 
the  corners  on  the  ground  clearly  showed  a  conflict,  this 
was  excluded  as  a  tract.  Tracts  are  frequently  employed 
to  exclude  any  desired  area  other  than  that  embraced  in  an 
officially  surveyed  claim. 

In  case  the  discovery  is  unavoidably  excluded  the  claim 
may  still  be  patented  according  to  the  present  rulings  of 
the  general  land  office  by  producing  proofs  that  there  is  a 
valid  discovery  of  mineral  at  some  other  point  on  the  center 
line  not  excluded. 

Here  it  may  be  observed  that  for  about  five  years  be- 
tween June,  1899,  and  August,  1904,  the  general  land  office 
required  all  claims  to  be  figured  according  to  their  patented 
positions,  as  we  have  figured  Sur.  No.  1462,  regardless  of 
the  existence  or  position  of  the  monuments  on  the  ground. 


118  MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING. 

As  the  section  ties  of  many  claims  varied  from  a  few  feet 
to  many  thousand  feet  from  the  correct  distance,  the  official 
plats  issued  during  the  period  mentioned  above,  often  give 
a  very  erroneous  idea  of  the  conditions  actually  existing  on 
the  ground.  The  surveyor  dealing  with  claims  surveyed 
within  the  time  mentioned  must  bear  clearly  in  mind  the 
conditions  under  which  the  surveys  were  made. 

In  case  errors  are  found  in  the  surveying  and  descrip- 
tion of  conflicts,  the  conflicting  claim  must  be  platted  and 
figured  as  actually  found  on  the  ground,  and  a  note  added 
to  the  field  notes  filed  with  the  surveyor's  general  office 
about  as  follows: 

I  find  the  following  errors  in  the  lines  of  former  ap- 
proved surveys: 

Sur.  No.   16162,  Alice  Lode: 

Line  1-2,  S16°  10'W  147.8  ft.  instead  of  S16°  50'W  150  ft., 
as  approved. 

Line  2-3,  S73°  50'W  1506  ft.  instead  of  S73°  10'W  1500 
ft.,  as  approved,  etc. 

The  deputy  who  made  the  conflicting  survey  which  is 
found  to  be  in  error  then  files  amended  notes  covering  the 
errors  in  question.  In  case  he  does  not  admit  that  there  is 
an  error,  a  joint  survey  is  called  for  at  the  expense  of  the 
one  who  is  found  to  be  wrong. 

Deputy  surveyors,  however,  rarely  require  an  official 
joint  survey  to  settle  their  differences,  and  disagreements 
are  as  a  rule  arranged  privately  and  the  reports  made  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  facts.  Here  it  must  be  remembered  that 
an  error  of  one  in  two  thousand  or  about  two  minutes  in 
course  is  allowed  by  the  surveyor  general.  Thus  it  is  evi- 
dent that  two  surveyors  may  differ  from  each  other  one  in 
one  thousand  or  three  minutes  in  course  and  yet  be  within 
the  limit  of  allowable  error. 

All  the  intersections  and  areas  having  been  figured  for 
the  claim,  a  plat  is  made  on  tracing  cloth,  the  dull  side,  and 
the  notes  are  written  up  as  in  the  example  of  field  notes 
given  later. 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  119 

In  case  the  claim  has  been  narrowed  on  one  side  and 
the  vein  and  therefore  the  discovery  is  not  in  the  center 
of  the  claim,  a  tie  must  be  given  to  it  from  some  corner  of 
the  survey. 

Claims  are  frequently  cut  short  when  on  account  of  con- 
flicts no  acreage  is  obtained  by  patenting  the  full  length. 
This  of  course  often  reduces  the  amount  of  figuring  neces- 
sary, but  it  is  sometimes  objected  to  by  the  claimant  as  he 
frequently  thinks  it  desirable  to  be  able  to  state  that  he  has 
a  claim  1500  feet  long  even  if  it  gives  him  no  more  acreage 
than  if  the  claim  were  only  800  feet  in  length  and  on  clear 
ground.  It  must  here  be  remembered  that  Curing  many 
years  the  general  land  office  required  all  claims  either 
to  cross  a  conflicting  claim  completely  with  the  center 
line,  or  else  cut  off  the  claim  at  the  point  where  the  center 
line  intersected  the  boundary  lines  of  the  conflicting  claim. 
In  fact  for  a  brief  period  no  crossings  at  all  were  allowed 
by  the  general  land  office. 

In  case  the  claim  has  been  cut  off  for  any  reason,  a  tie 
must  be  given  in  every  case  from  the  corner  set  to  the 
original  corner  of  the  location. 

It  is  sometimes  advisable  in  very  complicated  cases  to 
write  up  the  notes  in  advance  of  the  actual  figuring,  leaving 
blank  spaces  which  are  filled  systematically  as  the  calcula- 
tions proceed.  In  this  way  repetitions  and  omissions  are 
avoided. 

In  the  matter  of  improvements,  the  so-called  "$500 
worth  of  work,"  the  land  office  is  constantly  changing  its 
opinion.  For  many  years  $500  worth  of  work  sufficed  for  a 
whole  group  of  locations,  no  matter  how  many,  provided 
that  the  work  was  done  for  their  common  benefit.  This 
was  in  accordance  with  a  decision  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  United  States,  which  regarded  a  group  of  locations 
as  one  claim.  At  present  $500  worth  of  work  is  required 
for  each  claim,  though  it  need  not  necessarily  be  on  each 


120  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

claim.  A  tunnel  can  thus  be  used  to  patent  a  whole  group, 
provided  there  is  $500  worth  of  work  which  can  be  shown  to 
be  for  the  benefit  of  each  location,  or  a  total  of  as  many  dol- 
lars as  there  are  locations  in  the  group  multiplied  by  $500. 
In  case  this  mutual  benefit  cannot  be  shown  for  certain 
locations,  other  work  must  be  in  evidence.  It  cannot  be  too 
strongly  stated  that  the  utmost  care  must  be  taken  by  the 
deputy  surveyor  in  preparing  his  mutual  benefit  statement 
to  bring  out  strongly  the  fact  of  the  mutual  benefit  of  the 
improvements  in  the  event  that  there  is  not  actually  $500 
worth  of  work  on  each  claim.  Neglect  of  this  has  caused 
a  great  deal  of  trouble  in  the  subsequent  dealings  with  the 
general  land  office.  When  the  claim  being  patented  is  con- 
tiguous to  a  patented  claim  belonging  to  the  same  claimant, 
work  done  on  the  patented  claim  may  apply  towards  the 
$500  worth  of  improvements,  provided  the  work  has  never 
been  used  in  patenting  any  other  claim,  and  also  provided 
that  it  can  be  shown  to  be  of  benefit  for  the  claim  in  ques- 
tion, and  both  these  facts  must  be  stated  in  the  field  notes. 
This  can  be  done  only  when  the  claims  are  contiguous,  and 
under  the  same  ownership,  or,  when  not  contiguous,  in  the 
case  of  a  tunnel,. when  the  work  is  actually  under  the  claims 
being  patented. 

All  of  the  improvements  need  not  be  used  in  patenting 
if  there  is  a  possibility  of  their  being  used  later  on  for 
other  claims  as  five  hundred  dollars  expenditure.  Where 
there  is  a  chance  of  this  in  the  future  it  is  well  to  claim 
only  enough  improvements  necessary  to  patent  the  claim 
in  question. 

At  the  time  the  survey  is  approved  the  required  $500 
for  each  location  may  not  have  been  completed,  or  it  may 
happen  that  more  improvements  are  required  at  a  later 
date  by  the  General  Land  Office.  In  this  case  the  surveyor 
makes  a  supplementary  affidavit  of  labor.  This  is  made  on 
a  form  furnished  by  the  Surveyor's  General  Office,  and  the 
surveyor  repeats  or  revises  all  the  data  given  in  the  ap- 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  121 

proved  field  notes,  and  then  adds  the  description  of  the 
new  work.  He  also  states,  as  is  required,  that  the  work 
was  completed  before  the  period  of  advertising  expired. 

Should  it  be  desired  to  take  the  whole  or  any  portion 
of  a  piece  of  ground  that  has  been  surveyed  and  advertised 
for  patent,  though  no  patent  has  actually  issued,  it  is  usu- 
ally necessary  to  have  the  application  for  this  claim  can- 
celled before  the  ground  or  any  portion  of  it  can  be  included 
in  a  later  application. 

The  surveyor  must  be  careful  in  the  case  of  mill  sites 
to  see  that  it  is  clearly  shown  that  they  are  used  for  min- 
ing purposes  and  not  just  to  take  up  land  or  water.  They 
may  legitimately  contain  mills  and  reduction  works, 
dumps,  necessary  roads,  cabins,  storehouses,  etc.,  actually 
used  in  connection  with  mining  operations,  and  the  fact 
must  in  each  case  be  clearly  shown. 

Mill  sites  will  not  be  allowed  at  the  present  writing  to 
touch  the  side  line  of  any  location  in  the  same  group  in 
which  they  are  being  patented,  nor  can  they  be  placed  on 
the  end  of  any  claim.  A  slight  space  between  in  each  of 
the  above  cases  will  probably  avoid  difficulty. 

Adverses  and  Protests. 

In  surveys  for  adverse  the  claim  adversing  is  tied  to 
the  official  survey  adversed  exactly  as  described  in  pre- 
vious sections,  and  the  area  in  conflict  figured  in  the  same 
way.  Improvements  should  be  also  noted  as  in  patent 
surveys.  The  net  area  in  conflict  is  then  described  by 
metes  and  bounds  and  this  description  had  best  be  trav- 
ersed carefully  to  make  sure  of  a  closure.  An  adverse  plat 
is  finally  prepared  usually  on  a  scale  of  200  feet  to  the  inch 
on  tracing  cloth  and  the  area  in  conflict  colored.  The  dep- 
uty surveyor  signs  a  statement  as  follows: 

I  hereby  certify  that  the  above  diagram  correctly  rep- 
resents the  conflict  claimed  to  exist  between  the  Little 
Annie  lode  and  the  Belle  lode  as  actually  surveyed  by  me. 


122  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

And  I  further  certify  that  the  value  of  the  labor  and  im- 
provements on  the  Little  Annie  lode  made  by  the  adverse 
claimant  (and  his  grantors)  is  not  less  than  one  hundred 
dollars.  JOHN  SMITH, 

United  States  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor. 

When  time  is  lacking  to  figure  the  conflict  completely, 
the  adverse  plat  with  simply  the  ties  and  boundaries  of 
the  conflicting  claims,  and  the  improvements  of  the  claim 
adversing  may  be  filed  and  the  complete  description  sent 
in  later.  In  case  it  is  impossible  to  make  the  adverse  sur- 
vey, as,  for  example,  on  account  of  deep  snow,  the  best 
statement  possible  of  the  facts  should  be  made  at  once  and 
a  proper  survey  made  later.  The  attorney  for  the  claimant 
prepares  all  the  papers  in  an  adverse  suit,  as  well  as  in 
a  protest  suit,  which  latter,  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
surveyor,  is  practically  the  same  as  an  adverse  suit,  and 
the  surveyor  simply  supplies  him  with  the  plat  and  the 
description  of  the  conflict. 

The  deputy  surveyor  who  is  surveying  claims  for  pat- 
ent should  avoid  all  possible  cause  for  adverse  or  protest 
proceedings  by  leaving  out  all  ground  clearly  belonging 
to  others.  In  spite  of  his  best  efforts  his  claims  will  occa- 
sionally be  adversed  and  his  advice  may  be  called  for  in 
connection  with  the  settlement  of  the  case,  or  he  may  be 
cited  as  a  witness.  Should  the  case  be  fought  to  a  finish 
in  the  courts,  he  has  no  influence.  In  case  of  a  compro- 
mise, by  which  the  claimant  patenting  loses  the  area  in 
conflict  or  any  portion  of  it,  the  simplest  solution  is  usually 
to  deed  this  area  to  the  contestant  after  the  receiver's  re- 
ceipt is  issued.  In  case  the  area  is  simply  left  out  in  the 
final  application  to  purchase,  the  land  office  will  call  for  an 
amended  plat  at  some  later  date,  with  attendant  delay  and 
expense.  This  amended  plat  will  be  called  for  in  any  case 
where  any  area  is  excluded  in  the  final  application  to  pur- 
chase, and  which  is  not  shown  in  the  field  notes  approved 


MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING.  123 

by  the  Surveyor  General.  While  this  is  all  part  of  the 
attorney's  work,  and  has  really  nothing  to  do  with  the 
actual  surveying,  it  is  well  for  the  surveyor  to  keep  in 
mind  the  probable  subsequent  actions  of  the  General  Land 
Office  in  order  to  provide  for  the  best  interests  of  his 
clients. 


CHAPTER  VI 


Patent  Field  Notes. 

The  following  is  a  set  of  field  notes  according  to  the 
present  requirements  of  the  General  Land  Office.  (See 
plate  III.) 


(Application  for  Survey.) 

Notice. 

Applicants  are  requested  to  mention  in  one  application 
the  name  or  names  of  the  locations  constituting  the  entire 
claim  of  which  they  desire  an  official  survey,  and  are  ad- 
vised that  several  locations  can  be  embraced  in  a  single 
survey  only  when  the  same  are  contiguous — i.  e.,  such  as 
conflict  or  adjoin.  Therefore,  to  obviate  confusion  and  de- 
lay, strictly  observe  the  foregoing  in  filling  applications  for 
orders  for  surveys. 

January  25th,  1893. 
To  the  U.  S.  Surveyor-General, 

District  of  Colorado,  Denver. 
Sir: 

You  are  requested  to  issue  an  order  for  an  official  sur- 
vey of  the  mining  claim  of  T.  E.  Jenkins  et  al  upon  the 
Cumro  Placer,  and  Poorman,  Hawley,  Aetna,  and  Podunk 
lodes,  and  the  Poorman  mill  site,  located  in  Pike's  Peak 
Mining  District,  E.I  Paso  County,  Pueblo  Land  District, 
Colorado. 

I  herewith  transmit  CERTIFIED  copies  of  the  Location 
Certificates  of  said  claim,  and  have  deposited  for  office 
fees  on  same,  $160.00  to  the  credit  of  the  Treasurer  of  the 
United  States  at  the  First  National  Bank  (U.  S.  Deposi- 
tory), with  request  that  duplicate  certificate  be  forwarded 
to  you. 


MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING.  125 

Send  order  to  A.  l_  Hawley,  U.  S.  Dep.  Min.  Sur.,  at 
Denver,  Colorado. 

Yours,  respectfully, 

T.  E.  JENKINS,  et  al., 

Claimants. 
By  JOHN  SMITH, 

Attorney. 
P.  O.  Address,  Denver,  Colo. 


(Order  for   Survey.) 

DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR, 
Office  of  U.  S.  Surveyor  General. 

Denver,  Colo.,  February  6,  1893. 
To  A.  L.  Hawley,  Esq., 

U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  District  of  Colorado. 
Denver,  Colo., 

Sir: 

You  are  hereby  directed  to  survey  the  claim  of  T.  E. 
Jenkins,  et  al.,  upon  the  Cumro  Placer,  and  Poorman,  Haw- 
ley, Aetna,  and  Podunk  lodes,  and  Poorman  mill  site,  in 
Pike's  Peak  Mining  District,  El  Paso  County,  Colorado. 
This  survey  will  be  designated  "Survey  No.  8000  A  and  B, 
Pueblo  Land  District,"  and  must  be  made  in  strict  con- 
formity with  the  locations. 


U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado. 


126  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

(Specimen  Field  Notes.) 
(4—683.) 


Mineral  Survey  No.  8000  A  and  B. 
Lot  No... 


Pueblo  Land  District. 


FIELD   NOTES. 

of  the  survey  of  the  mining  claim  of 
T.  E.  Jenkins  et  al., 

Cumro  Placer  and  Poorman,  Hawley,  Aetna,  and  Podunk 
Lodes,  and  Poorman  Mill  Site,  Pike's  Peak  Mining  District, 
El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  Sections  17,  19,  and  20,  Township 
14  S,  Range  69  W.  of  the  6th  P.  M. 

Surveyed  under  instructions  dated  February  6th,  1893. 

By  A.  L.  HAWLEY, 
U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor. 

Claim  located ,  1 

Survey  commenced  February  9th,  1893. 
Survey  completed  February  12th,  1893. 
Address  of  claimants: 

Denver,  Colorado. 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 


127 


Survey  No.  8000  A. 


Cumro  Placer. 

Tract  A. 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  1. 

Identical  with  the  S.  W.  Cor.  of  the  location  and 
with  the  S.  W.  Cor.  of  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W. 
of  the  6th  P.  M. 

A  pine  post,  4%  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  2 
ft.  in  the  ground,  with  mound  of  stone,  alongside 
the  section  corner,  scribed  1-8000  A,  whence 

A  spruce,  17  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  8°  41'  W.  7  ft., 
and  a  spruce,  14  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  68°   14'  B. 
18.5  ft.,  each  blazed  and  scribed  B.  T.  1-8000  A. 
James  Peak  bears  N.  52°  21'  W. 
Hahns  Peak  bears  N.  29°  28'  W. 
Thence  North  (a). 
Va.  14°   22'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  2. 

Identical  with  a  corner  of  the  location. 
A  pine  post,  4%  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  18 
ins.  in  the  ground,  with  mound  of  earth  and  stone, 
scribed  2-8000  A,  whence 

A  spruce  18  ins.  diam.,  blazed  and  scribed  B.  T. 
2-8000  A,  bears  S.  14°  47'  E.  17.3  ft. 
Thence  N.  89°  50'  E.  (a) 
Va.  14°  28'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  3. 

On  line  1-2  Hawley  lode  of  this  survey. 

A  cedar  post,  5  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  2 
ft.  in  the  ground,  with  mound  of  earth,  scribed 
3-8000  A,  whence 

A  corner  of  the  location  bears  N.  89°  50'  E. 
1126.7  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  3°  48'  E. 
Va.  14°  28'  E. 


(a).— Lines  1-2,  2-3,  and  11-1,  Tract  A,  14-15  and  15-16 
Tract  B,  and  19-20  and  20-17,  Tract  C,  follow  the  subdi- 
visional  lines  of  the  public  survey,  according  to  the  official 
and  approved  field  notes  thereof. 


128 


MINERAL.   LAND    SURVEYING. 


Feet. 


84.5 


67.2 


243.4 


350.48 


542.38 


To  Cor.  No.  4. 

A  pine  post,  4^  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  2 
ft.  in  the  ground,  with  mound  of  stone,  scribed 
4-1-8000  A,  whence 

A  pine,  14  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  21°  47'  E.  14.3 
ft.,  and  a  spruce,  11  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  14°  52'  E. 
6  ft.,  each  blazed  and  scribed  B.  T.  4-1-8000  A. 
Thence  N.  86°  12'  E. 
Va.  14°  28'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  5. 

At  intersection  of  lines  4-1  and  1-2,  Hawley  and 
Poorman  lodes,  respectively,  both  of  this  survey. 
A  cotton  wood  post,  5  ft.  long,  4  ins.   square, 
set  2   ft.    in   the   ground,    with   mound   of   stone, 
scribed  5-8000  A,  whence 
No  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  17°  38'  W. 
Va.  14°  36'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  6. 

A  pine  post,  4^  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  2  ft. 
in  the  ground,  with  mound  of  earth,  scribed 
6-1-8000  A,  whence 

A  high  Mt.  bears  N.  51°  14'  E. 
Thence  S.  41°  14'  E. 
Va.  14°  30'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  7. 

A  granite  bowlder,  27x12x9  ins.,  set  16  ins.  in 
the  ground,  chiseled  7-6-8000  A,  whence 
No  bearings  available. 
Thence  N.  17°  38'  E. 
Va.  14°  30'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  8. 

At  intersection  of  lines  4-1  and  5-6,  Hawley  and 
Poorman  lodes,  respectively,  both  of  this  survey. 
A  pine  post,  4*&  ft.  long,  5  ins.  square,  set  2 
ft.  in  the  ground,  scribed  8-8000  A,  whence 
No  bearings  available. 
Thence  N.  86°  12'  E. 
Va.  14°  28'  E. 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


129 


Feet. 
416.8 


555.44 


210. 


1329.42 


To  Cor.  No.  9. 

At  intersection  of  lines  4-1  and  3-4,  Hawley  and 
Podunk  lodes,  respectively,  both  of  this  survey. 

A  granite  stone,  26x16x6  ins.,  set  18  ins.  in  the 
ground,  with  mound  of  stone,  chiseled  9-8000  A, 
whence 

No  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  41°  14'  E. 
Va.  14°  28'  E. 

To  Cor.   No.   10. 

At  intersection  of  lines  3-4  Podunk  lode  of  this 
survey,  and  line  4-1,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode, 
claimant  unknown. 

A  pine  post,  4%  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  18 
ins.  in  the  ground,  with  mound  of  earth,  scribed 
10-8000  A,  whence 

No  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  7°  45'  W. 
Va.  14°  25'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  11. 

On  line  4-1  Sur.  No.  7000  Ajax  lode,  at  N.  7°  45' 
E.  10.73  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  4. 

A  pine  post,  5  ft.  long  4  ins.  square,  set  2  ft. 
in  the  ground,  with  mound  of  earth  and  stone, 
scribed  11-8000  A,  whence 

A   cottonwood   post,   8   ins.   diam.,   blazed    and 
scribed  B.  T.  11-8000  A,  bears  N.  33°  27'  W.  5  ft. 
Thence  S.  89°   50'  W. 
Va.  14°  25'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning,  (a) 


Tract  B. 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  12. 

At  intersection  of  lines  3-4,  Aetna  lode  of  this 
survey,  and  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  John  Doe, 
claimant. 

A  spruce  post,  4%  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  18 
ins.  in  the  ground,  scribed  12-8000  A,  whence 


130 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 


Feet. 


397.33 


300. 


=30.7 


769.6 


265. 
758.1 


A  pine  stump,  18  ins.  diam.,  3  ft.  high,  blazed 
and  scribed  B.  S.  12-8000  A,  bears  N.  89°  11'  E. 
9.4  ft. 

Thence  S.  41°   14'  E. 

Va.  14°  30'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  13. 

A  sandstone,  36x30x4  ins.,  set  16  ins.  in  the 
ground,  with  mound  of  stone,  chiseled  13-3-8000  A, 
whence 

No  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.   48°   46'  W. 
Va.  14°  30'  E. 

Cor.  Nos.  2,  Aetna  and  Podunk  lodes  of  this  sur- 
vey, a  point  in  Cumro  Creek,  4  ft.  wide,  flows  west. 

To  Cor.  No.  14. 

On  line  2-3  Podunk  lode  of  this  survey. 

A  rock  in  place  6x4x2  ft.  above  the  general  sur- 
face, chiseled  cross  (X)  at  corner  point  and 
14-W.  C.  2-2-8000  A,  whence 

Cor.  No.  11,  Tract  A,  of  this  survey  bears  S. 
89°  50'  W.  539  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  N.  89°  50'  E. 
Va.  14°  30'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  15.  (a) 

Identical  with  the  S.  V±  Cor.  of  said  Sec.  17. 
and  with  the  S.  E.  Cor.  of  the  location. 

A  granite  stone,  12x10x6  ins.  above  the  ground, 
chiseled  15-8000  A  and  %  on  north  face,  whence 
No  bearings  available. 
Thence  North. 
Va.  14°  30'  E. 
Cumro  Creek,  4  ft.  wide,  flows  S.  65°  W. 

To  Cor.  No.  16.  (a) 

On  line  3-4,  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  S.  72° 
43'  W.  115.6  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  3. 

A  spruce  post,  4^  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  6 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 


ins.  in  the  ground,  to  bed  rock,  with  mound  of 
earth  and  stone,  scribed  16-8000  A,  whence 
No  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  72°  43'  W. 
Va.  14°  28'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  12,  the  place  of  beginning. 

Tract  C. 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  17. 

On  line  1-2  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  S.  72° 
43'  W.  22.26  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  2. 

A  pine  post,  4%  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  12 
ins.  in  the  ground  to  bed  rock,  with  mound  of 
stone,  scribed  17-8000  A,  whence 

Cor.  No.  16,  Tract  B,  of  this  survey  bears 
South  314.2  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  72°  43'  W. 
Va.  14°   40'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  18. 

At  intersection  of  lines  1-2  and  2-3,  Aztec  lode, 
unsurveyed,  and  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode,  respec- 
tively. 

A  cross  (X)  at  corner  point  and  18-8000  A, 
chiseled  on  a  granite  rock  in  place,  showing 
10x3x2  ft.  above  the  general  surface,  whence 

No  bearings  available. 
Thence  N.  7°  45'  E. 
Va.  14°  30'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  19. 

On  line  2-3,  Sur.  No.  7000  Ajax  lode,  at  S. 
7°  45'  W.  116.4  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  2. 

A  granite  stone,  28x10x3  ins.,  set  12  ins.  in  the 
ground,  chiseled  19-8000  A,  whence 

A  corner  of  the  location  bears  S.  89°  50'  W. 
484.6  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  N.  89°  50'  E. 
Va.  14°  30'  E. 


132 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 


Feet. 


824.43 


247.72 


243.4 


665.7 


831.4 


61.57 
361.67 


To  Cor.  No.  20. 

A  granite  rock,  30x20x16  ins.,  set  16  ins.  in  the 
ground,  chiseled  20-8000  A,  whence 

A  cross   (X)   and  B.  R.  20-8000  A,  chiseled  4 
't    above  the  ground  on  a  limestone  cliff  20  ft. 
high,  bears  S.  83°  11'  E.  45.6  ft. 
Thence  South. 
Va.  14°  30'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  17,  the  place  of  beginning,  (a) 
Area. 

Tract  A,  containing 14 . 660  acres 

Tract  B,  containing 9.858 

Tract  C,  containing 7 . 532 

Total  area  Cumro  placer 32.070  acres 

Poorman  Lode. 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  1. 

Identical   with    Cor.    No.   6,   Cumro    placer,   of 
this   survey,  whence 

The  S.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of 
the  6th  P.  M.  bears  S  27°  28'  W.  393.26  ft. 
Thence  N.  17°  38'  E. 

Cor.  No.   5   Cumro  placer,   and  Intersect  line  4-1 
Hawley  lode,  both  of  this  survey. 

Intersect  line  2-3  Hawley  lode  of  this  survey. 

To  Cor.  No.  2. 

A  granite  stone,  27x11x9  ins.,  set  12  ins.  in  the 
ground,  chiseled  2-8000  A,  whence 

No  bearings  available. 
Thence  N.  48°  46'  E. 

Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  6582  Roy  lode,  T.  E.  Jenkins 
et  al.,  claimants. 

Cor.  Nos.  1,  Sur.  No.  6582,  Roy     and     Raymond 
lodes. 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


133 


To  Cor.  No.  3. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  2,  Sur.  No.  6582,  Ray- 
mond lode. 

A  pine  post,  5  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  22  ins. 
in  the  ground,  to  bed  rock,  scribed  3-8000  A  and 
2-6582,  whence 

No  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  41°  14'  B. 

To  Cor.  No.  4. 

A  cedar  post,  4%  ft.  long,  5  ins.  square,  set  18 
ins.  in  the  ground,  scribed  4-4-8000  A,  whence 

Cor.  No.  1,  Sur.  No.  7000  Ajax  lode,  bears  N. 
72°  22'  E.  422.6  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  48°  46'  W. 

Cor.  Nos.  1  Aetna  and  Podunk  lodes  of  this  sur- 
vey. 

To  Cor.  No.  5. 

A  cedar  stump,  3  ft.  high,  hewed  to  4  ins. 
square,  surrounded  by  mound  of  stone,  scribed 
5-4-8000  A,  whence 

A  cross  (X)  and  B.  R.  5-4-8000  A,  chiseled  on  a 
porphyry   stone,   showing  9x6x4     ft.     above     the 
ground,  bears  N.  75°  14'  E.  32.7  ft. 
Thence  S.  17°  38'  W. 

Intersect  line  2-3  Hawley  lode  of  this  survey. 

Cor.   No.    8   Cumro   placer   and   intersect   line   4-1 
Hawley  lode,  both  of  this  survey. 

To  Cor.  No.   6. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  7,  Cumro  placer  of  this 
survey. 

Thence  N.  41°  14'  W. 
To  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

Hawley  Lode. 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  1. 


134 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


Feet. 


84.5 
300. 


185. 
607.3 
567.6 
926.7 

1264.7 


Identical  with  Cor.  No.  1  of  the  location  and 
with  Cor.  No.  4,  Cumro  placer,  of  this  survey, 
whence 

The  S.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of 
the  6th  P.  M.  bears  S.  18°  4'  W.  606.1  ft. 

Cor.  No.  1,  Poorman  lode,  of  this  survey  bears 
S.  1°  41'  W.  227.6  ft. 

Thence  N.  3°  48'  W. 
Va.  14°  28'  E. 

Cor.  No.  3  Cumro  placer  of  this  survey. 

To  Cor.  No.  2. 

A  sandstone,  30x12x2  ins.,  set  14  ins.  in  the 
ground,  chiseled  2-8000  A,  whence 

Cor.  No.  2  of  the  location  bears  N.  45°  W. 
28.5  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  N.  86°  12'  E. 
Va.  14°  25'  E. 

Intersect  line  1-2  Poorman  lode  of  this  survey. 
Intersect  line  5-6  Poorman  lode  of  this  survey. 
Intersect  line  3-4  Podunk  lode  of  this  survey. 

Intersect  lines  1-2  Podunk  and  Aetna  lodes  of  this 
survey. 

To  Cor.  No.  3. 

A  granite  stone,  26x14x8  ins.,  set  12  ins.  in  the 
ground  with  mound  of  stone,  chiseled  3-8000  A, 
whence 

Cor.  No.  3  of  the  location  bears  N.  86°  12'  E. 
235.3  ft. 

Cor.  No.  1,  Sur.  No.  7000  Ajax  lode,  bears  N. 
11°  E.  529.9  ft. 

Cor.  No.  1,  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  bears  S.  32° 
30'  W.  378.4  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  3°  48'  E. 
Va.  14°  26'  E. 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


135 


Feet. 


150. 

250.6 

300. 


30.8 
108.3 

206. 
45S.4 

875.2 
1197.5 
1264.7 


Intersect  line  4-1  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  at  S.  7° 
45'  W.  676  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

Intersect  line  1-2  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  72° 
43'  E.  229.8  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

To  Cor.  No.  4. 

A  pine  post,  4^  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  18 
ins.  in  the  ground,  scribed  4-8000  A,  whence 

Cor.  No.  4  of  the  location  bears  N.  86°  12'  E. 
235.3  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  86°  12'  W. 
Va.   14°    15'  E. 

Intersect  line  4-1  Sur.  No.  7000  Ajax  lode  at  S.  7° 
45'  W.  829.1  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

Intersect  lines  1-2  Aetna  and  Podunk  lodes  of  this 
survey. 

Intersect  line  1-2  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  72° 
43'  E.  18.1  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

Cor.   No.   9   Cumro  placer  and   intersect   line   3-4 
Podunk  lode,  both  of  this  survey. 

Cor.   No.   8   Cumro  placer   and   intersect   line  5-6 
Poorman  lode  ,  both  of  this  survey. 

Cor.   No.   5   Cumro   placer   and   intersect  line   1-2 
Poorman  lode,  both  of  this  survey. 

To  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

Aetna  Lode. 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  1. 

On  line  4-5  Poorman  lode  of  this  survey. 

A  pine  post  4%  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  18 
ins.  in  the  ground,  scribed  1-1-8000  A,  whence 

The  S.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of  the 
6th  P.  M.  bears  S.  38°  2'  W.  1,465  ft. 


136 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


Feet. 


288.3 
641.2 

666.1 
766.9 

969.5 
1164.7 

1500. 


397.33 


Cor.  No.  1  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  bears  S.  32° 
19'  E.  607.76  ft. 

Cor.  No.  3,  Hawley  lode  of  this  survey  bears 
S.  69°  46'  E.  561.9  ft. 

No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  41°  14'  E. 

Intersect  line  2-3  Hawley  lode  of  this  survey. 

Intersect  line  1-2  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N. 
72°  43'  E.  103.1  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

Intersect  line  4-1  Hawley  lode  of  this  survey. 

Intersect  line  4-1,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  at  S. 
7°  45'  W.  910.9  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

Intersect  line  3-4  Aztec   lode,   unsurveyed,  at  N. 
72°  43'  E.  236.3  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  4. 

Intersect  line  2-3,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  at  N. 
7°  45'  E.  328.2  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  3. 

To  Cor.  No.  2. 

On  line  13-14  Cumro  placer  of  this  survey. 

Not  set,  as  it  falls  in  the  center  of  Cumro 
Creek,  where  permanent  corner  could  not  be  estab 
lished,  whence 

Witness  corner  to  Cor.  No.  2,  identical  with 
Cor.  No.  14  Cumro  placer  of  this  survey,  bears  S. 
48°  46'  W.  30.7  ft. 

Cor  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  bears  S 
74°  38'  W.  275.2  ft. 

Thence  N.  48°  46'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  3. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  13  Cumro  placer  of  this 
survey. 

Thence  N.  41°  14'  W. 

Cor.  No.  12  Cumro  placer  of  this  survey  and  inter- 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


137 


596.43 
725.6 
994. 
1500. 

300. 


288.3 
641.2 

666.1 
766.9 

969.5 


sect  line  3-4  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  72° 
43'  E.  564.6  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  4. 

ntersect  line  2-3,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  at  N 
7°  45'  E.  725.8  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  3. 

Intersect  line  1-2  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N. 
72°  43'  E.  431.3  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

Intersect  line  4-1,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  at  S. 
7°  45'  W.  513.2  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

To  Cor.  No.  4. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  4  Poorman  lode  of  thi? 
survey. 

Thence  S.  48°  46'  W. 

To  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 

Podunk  Lode. 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  1. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  1  Aetna  lode  of  this 
survey,  whence 

Cor.  No.  2  of  the  location  bears  N.  48°  46'  E. 
22  ft. 

The  S.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of 
the  6th  P.  M.  bears  S.  38°  2'  W.  1,465  ft. 
Thence  S.  41°  14'  E. 

Intersect  line  2-3  Hawley  lode  of  this  survey. 

Intersect  line  1-2  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  72° 
43'  E.  103.1  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

Intersect  line  4-1  Hawley  lode  of  this  survey. 

Intersect  line  4-1,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  at  S.  7° 
45'  W.  910.9  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  1. 

Intersect  line  3-4  Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed,  at  N.  72° 
43'  E.  236.3  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  4. 


138 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


Feet. 


1164.7 
1500. 


30.7 


250. 


278. 

37. 
155. 
491.3 

1046.7 


Intersect  line  2-3,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  at  N.  7° 
45'  E.  328.2  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  3. 

To  Cor.  No.  2. 

In  Cumro  Creek. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  2  Aetna  lode  of  this 
survey,  whence 

Cor.  No.  3  of  the  location  bears  N.  48°  46'  E. 
22  ft. 

Thence  S.  48°  46'  W. 

Witness  corner  to  Cor.  No.  2. 

Identical  with  Witness  corner  to  Cor.  No.  2 
Aetna  lode,  and  with  Cor.  No.  14  Cumro  placer, 
both  of  this  survey. 

Witness  corner  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

A  granite  stone,  30x20x4  ins.,  set  14  ins.  in  the 
ground,  with  mound  of  stone,  chiseled  W.  C. 
3-8000  A,  whence 

A  cedar  stump,  14  ins.  diam.,  2  ft.  high,  blazed 
and  scribed  B.  S.  W.  C.  3-8000  A,  bears  N.  7°  56' 
W.  8.4  ft. 

Pikes  Peak  bears  N.  5°  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  3. 

Not  set,  as  it  falls  on  the  face  of  an  inaccessible 
granite  cliff. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  4  of  the  location. 
Thence  N.  41°  14'  W. 

Cumro  Creek,  4  ft.  wide,  course  S.  80°  W. 

Intersect  line  3-4,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode,  at  N. 
82°  15'  W.  46.3  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  3. 

Cor.  No.  10  Cumro  placer  of  this  survey  and  inter- 
sect line  4-1,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode,  at  N.  7° 
45'  E.  220.7  ft.  from  Cor.  No.  4. 

Cor.  No.  9  Cumro  placer  and  intersect  line  4-1 
Hawley  lode  both  of  this  survey. 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


139 


Feet. 


1424.5 
1500. 


278. 


Intersect  line  2-3,  Hawley  lode,  of  this  survey. 

To  Cor.  No.  4. 

Identical  with  Cor.  No.  5  Poorman  lode  of  this 
survey,  and  with  Cor.  No.  1  of  the  location. 
Thence  N.  48°  46'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 
Variation  at  all  corners  of  the  Poorman,  Aetna 
and  Podunk  lodes,  14°  30'  E. 

Lode   Line. 

As  near  as  can  be  determined  from  present  de- 
velopment, the  veins  of  the  several  lodes  embraced 
in  this  survey  extend  as  follows:  (b) 


(b). — This  paragraph  might  be  changed  to  read  as 
follows:  As  near  as  can  be  determined  from  present 
development,  the  veins  of  the  several  lodes  embraced 
in  this  survey  extend  from  their  respective  discov* 
ery  points  as  follows:  Poorman  lode,  619.8  ft.  N.  48°  46' 
E.  and  880.2  ft.  S.  17°  38'  W.  from  the  center  of  the  dis- 
covery shaft,  etc.  This  form  makes  it  necessary  to  change 
description  of  discovery  workings  under  "Improvements" 
as  follows:  The  discovery  shaft  of  the  Poorman  lode,  the 
center  of  which  being  the  discovery  point,  bears,  etc.  The 
discovery  cut  of  the  Podunk  lode,  the  center  of  face  of 
which  being  the  discovery  point,  bears,  etc.  The  incline 
discovery  shaft  of  the  wEtna  lode,  the  center  or  mouth  of 
which,  being  the  discovery  point,  bears,  etc.  Another  de- 
scription of  these  discovery  workings  commonly  used,  is 
as  follows:  The  discovery  shaft  of  the  Poorman  lode, 
the  center  of  which  is  on  the  center  line  at  619.8  ft.  from 
the  center  of  line  3-4,  etc.  If,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  Podunk  lode,  the  discovery  point  is  on  the 
lode  line,  and  not  the  center  line,  the  description  would 
read  as  follows:  The  discovery  cut  of  the  Podunk  lode, 
the  center  of  the  face  of  which  is  on  the  lode  line,  at  140 
ft.  from  a  point  on  line  4-1,  at  N.  48*  46'  E.  150  ft.  from 
Cor.  No.  4,  etc.  The  incline  discovery  shaft  of  the  ./Etna 
lode,  the  center  of  the  mouth  of  which  is  on  the  center 
line,  75  ft.  from  the  center  line  4-1,  etc. 


140 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


Feet. 


Poorman  lode,  619.8  ft.  N.  48°  46'  E.  and  880.2 
ft.  S.  17°  38'  W.  from  the  center  of  the  dis- 
covery shaft. 

Hawley  lode,  573.7  ft.  N.  86°  12'  E.  and  691  f« 
S.  86°  12'  W.  from  the  discovery  point  in  discovery 
tunnel. 

Aetna  lode,  75  ft.  N.  41°  14'  W.  and  1,425  ft. 
S.  41°  14'  E.  from  the  center  of  mouth  of  discovery 
shaft. 

Podunk  lode,  140  ft.  N.  41°  14'  W.  and  1,360 
ft.  S.  41°  14'  E.  from  center  of  face  of  discovery 
cut. 

Area. 

Total  area  Hawley  lode 8.710  acres 

Area  in  conflict  with  Poorman  lode  of 

this  survey 2.220      " 

Sur.  No.  7000  Ajax  lode 053 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed 117 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed  (exclusive  of 

its   conflict   with    Sur.     No.     7000, 

Ajax  lode)   089      " 

Total  area  Hawley  lode 8.710  acres 

Less  area  in  conflict  with 

Poorman  lode  of  this 

survey   2 . 220  acres 

Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode..   .053 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed ..    .089      "     =2.362 

Net  area  Hawley  lode 6 . 348  acres 

Total  area  Aetna  lode 10.331  acres 

Area  in  conflict  with  Hawley  lode  of 

this  survey 1 . 537 

Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode 2.738 

Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode  (exclusive  of 

its   conflict  with   Hawley   lode    of 

this  survey)  2.685 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed 2 . 261 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed   (exclusive  of 

its    conflict   with    Hawley   lode   of 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


141 


Feet. 


this  survey)    2 . 167  acre* 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed  (exclusive  of 
its  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax 
lode)  484  " 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed  (exclusive  of 
its  conflict  with  Hawley  lode  of 
this  survey  and  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax 
lode)  418  " 

Total  area  Aetna  lode 10.331  acres 

Less  area  in  conflict  with 

Hawley  lode    of    this 

survey 1 . 537  acres 

Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode..2.685      " 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed. .   .418      "    =4.640      M 

Net  area  Aetna  lode 5.691  acres 

Total  area  Podunk  lode 9 . 573  acres 

Area  in  conflict  with  Hawley  lode  of 

this  survey 2 . 411      " 

Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode 2.526      " 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed 1 . 169      " 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed  (exclusive  of 
its  conflict  with  Hawley  lode  of 

this  survey)  1 . 147 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed  (exclusive  of 
its  conflict  with  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax 
lode)  811 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed  (exclusive  of 
its  conflict  with  Hawley  lode  of 
this  survey  and  Sur.  No.  7000, 
Ajax  lode)  789 


142 


MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING. 


Feet. 


65. 
858. 
921.1 


467.66 


Total  area  Podunk  lode 9 . 573  acres 

Less  area  in  conflict  with 

Hawley  lode  of    this 

survey 2 . 411  acres 

Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode.. 2. 516      " 

Aztec  lode,  unsurveyed. .    .789      "    =5.716 


Net  area  Podunk  lode 3.857  acres 

Net  area  Hawley  lode 6.348 

Net  area  Aetna  lode 5 . 691 

Total  and  net  area  Poorman  lode. ..  .10.331      " 


Net  area  lode  claim 26.227  acres 

Survey   No.  8000   B. 
Poorman   Mill   Site. 
Beginning  at  Cor.  No.  1. 

A  spruce  post  5  ft.  long,  4  ins.  square,  set  18 
ins.  in  the  ground,  scribed  1-8000  B,  whence 

Cor.  No.  6,  Sur.  No.  8000  A,  Poorman  lode, 
bears  N.  50°  8'  E.  3,782  ft. 

The  N.  E.  Cor.  Sec.  19,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of  the 
6th  P.  M.  bears  N.  46°  48'  E.  3,416.9  ft. 
No  other  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  85°   51'  W. 

Cumro  Creek,  4  ft.  wide,  flows  N.  65°  W. 
Cumro  Creek,  4  ft.  wide,  flows  South. 

To  Cor.  No.  2. 

A  granite  stone,  28x12x10  ins.,  set  12  ins.  in  the 
ground,  with  mound  of  stone,  chiseled  2-8000  B., 
whence 

A  pine,  12  ins.  diam.,  blazed  and  scribed  B.  T. 
2-8000  B,  bears  West  9.5  ft. 
Thence  N.  37°  55'  E. 

To  Cor.  No.  3. 

A  granite  stone,  30x12x8  ins.,  set  18  ins.  in  the 
ground,  with  mound  of  stone,  chiseled  3-8000  B., 
whence 

No  bearings  available. 
Thence  S.  64°  25'  E. 


MINERAL,    LAND    SURVEYING. 


143 


Feet. 


700. 


To  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  beginning. 
Containing  3.671  acres. 
Variation  at  all  corners  14°  45'  E. 

The  surveys  of  the  Poorman  and  Aetna  lodes 
and  the  Poorman  mill  site  are  identical  with  the 
respective  locations,  as  staked  upon  the  ground. 

Location. 

This  claim  is  located  in  the  S.  W.  %  of  Sec. 
17,  the  N.  E.  %  of  Sec.  19,  and  the  N.  W.  %  of 
Sec.  20,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of  the  6th  P.  M.  (c) 

Expenditure  of  Five  Hundred  Dollars. 
I  certify  that  the  value  of  the  labor  and  im 
provements  upon  this  claim  placed  thereon  by  the 

claimants  and  their  grantors,  is  not  less  than  five 
hundred  dollars,  and  that  said  improvements  con- 
sist of: 

Placer  workings,  the  center  of  the  northeast- 
erly end  of  which  bears  from  Cor.  No.  15  Cumrc 
placer,  N.  46°  W.  285  ft.,  averaging  40  ft.  wide 
and  8  ft.  deep,  and  extending  S.  62°  W.  120  ft. 
along  the  bed  of  Cumro  Creek. 
Value,  $800. 

The  discovery  shaft  of  the  Poorman  lode,  which 
bears  from  Cor.  No.  5  N.  56°  48'  W.  155.7  ft.  6x4  ft. 
12  ft.  deep,  (b) 

Value,  $100. 

The  discovery  cut  of  the  Podunk  lode,  the  face 
of  which  bears  from  Cor.  No.  4  S.  88°  13'  E.  205.2 
ft.,  5  ft.  wide,  10  ft.  face,  running  N.  50°  E.  24  ft. 
in  earth  and  rock,  (b) 
Value,  $110. 

(c). — In  an  unsurveyed  portion  of,  or  suspended 
portion  of,  the  public  domain,  this  paragraph  might 
be  changed  to  read:  As  near  as  can  be  determined  from 
present  conditions  of  the  public  survey,  this  claim  is  lo- 
cated in,  etc. 


144 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 


The  incline  discovery  shaft  of  the  Aetna  lode 
the  mouth  of  which  is  on  the  center  line,  75  ft. 
from  the  center  of  line  4-1,  41/&x6  ft.,  24  ft.  deep  in 
rock,  timbered,  course  S.  48°  E.  dip  60°.  (b) 
Value,  $250. 

The  last  120  ft.  of  a  tunnel,  the  mouth  of  which 
bears  from  Cor.  No.  6  Poorman  lode  N.  67°  48'  E. 
582  ft,  5x6  ft.,  running  N.  10°  44'  W.  515  ft.  to 
breast.  The  point  of  discovery  of  the  Hawley  lode 
is  in  this  tunnel  475  ft.  from  the  mouth,  and  bears 
from  Cor.  No.  1  N.  75°  52'  E.  702.5  ft. 
Value  of  last  120  ft.,  $2,300. 

This  tunnel  is  in  course  of  construction  for  the 
development  of  this  claim  and  the  contiguous 
claim,  Sur.  No.  6582,  Roy  and  Raymond  lodes, 
claimants  herein.  An  undivided  half  interest  in 
the  first  375  ft.  of  this  tunnel  has  been  credited  to 
each  of  the  last  two  mentioned  lodes.  No  other 
portion  or  interest  in  this  tunnel  has  been  credited 
to  any  other  claim. 

The  surface  embraced  in  this  claim  ascends 
rapidly  from  the  mouth  of  the  tunnel  towards  Cor. 
No.  3  of  the  Poorman  lode,  the  northerly  ends  of 
the  Poorman,  Aetna  and  Podunk  lodes  being  from 
300  to  500  ft.  higher  than  the  mouth  of  the  tunnel, 
The  veins  of  the  Aetna  and  Podunk  lodes  dip 
about  60°  to  the  S.  W.  The  tunnel,  described  and 
included  in  the  estimate  of  expenditure,  continued 
in  its  present  course,  will  cut  the  veins  of  the  sev- 
eral locations  at  great  depth,  whereby,  by  one  sys- 
tem of  workings,  and  one  plant  of  machinery,  the 
entire  claim  can  be  most  advantageously  and  eco- 
nomically developed. 

A  shaft  on  the  center  line  of  the  Hawley  lode, 

672  ft.  from  the  center  of  line  1-2,  3^x6  ft.,  20  ft. 

deep  in  earth  and  rock,  timbered,  at  the  bottom  of 

which  is  a  drift  4x6  ft.,  running  N.  86°  E.  18  ft. 

Value  of  shaft  and  drift,  $300. 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  145 


Other  Improvements. 

A  shaft,  which  bears  from  Cor.  No.  20  Cumro 
placer,  S.  48°  30'  W.  305  ft.,  3x5  ft.,  12  ft.  deep  in 
earth  and  gravel.  A.  K.  Smith,  claimant. 

A  log  cabin,  the  West  corner  of  which  bears 
from  Cor.  No.  13  Cumro  placer,  S.  40°  E.  120  ft, 
12x16  ft,  course  of  long  sides  N.  44°  E. 

A  log  cabin,  the  N.  W.  Cor.  of  which  bears  from 
Cor.  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  8000  B,  Poorman  mill  site, 
S.  10°  40'  E.  107  ft,  16  ft  square,  course  of  sides 
S.  3°  E.  Said  cabins  belong  to  claimants  herein. 

Instrument 

These  surveys  were  made  with  a  Gurley  Light 
Mountain  Transit.  The  courses  were  deflected 
from  the  true  meridian  as  determined  by  direct 
solar  observation.  The  distances  were  measured 
with  50-ft.  and  500-ft  steel  tapes. 

Note: — The  disagreements  between  these  field 
notes  and  the  amended  location  certificate  of  the 
Hawley  lode,  and  the  location  certificates  of  the 
Aetna  lode  and  the  Poorman  mill  site,  with  regard 
to  the  position  of  the  discovery  point  on  the  lode 
line  of  the  Hawley  lode,  and  the  courses  of  the 
boundary  lines  of  the  Aetna  lode  and  the  Poorman 
mill  site,  are  due  to  errors  in  the  latter. 

Note: — Neither  E.  E.  Ames  nor  myself,  who  ap- 
pear as  locators  of  the  Hawley  lode,  held  any  in- 
terest, directly  or  indirectly,  in  this  claim  at  the 
time  of  making  the  survey,  having  sold  our  inter- 
ests in  June,  1890. 


146 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 


Report: 

All  lines  of  these  surveys  of  the  Cumro  placer, 
the  Poorman,  Hawley,  Podunk  and  Aetna  lodes, 
and  the  Poorman  mill  site,  and  the  tie  lines  be- 
tween the  same,  and  all  tie  lines  to  conflicting  and 
contiguous  surveys,  and  the  respective  ties  to  the 
S.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of  the  6th 
P.  M.  were  made  direct  upon  the  ground  (d),  ex- 
cept the  tie  from  Cor.  No.  2  Aetna  lode,  to  Cor. 
No.  3,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode,  which  was  deter- 
mined by  the  following  tie  run  on  the  ground  from 
W.  C.  Cor.  No.  2  to  Cor.  No.  3,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax 
lode,  S.  77°  35'  W.  247.9  ft. 

The  S.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of 
the  6th  P.  M.,  to  which  connection  is  given,  is 
a  stone,  26x27x18  ins.,  marked  two  notches  on 
south  face  and  four  on  north  face. 

The  S.  *4  Cor.  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of  the 
6th  P.  M.  is  a  stone  24x17x19  ins.,  marked  34, 
on  north  face. 

The  corners  on  the  ground  to  which  connection 
is  given  are  described  as  follows: 

Cors.  Nos.  1,  2  and  3,  Sur.  No.  7000,  Ajax  lode, 
are  stones,  marked  1-7000,  2-7000  and  3-7000  re- 
spectively. Cor.  No.  4  is  a  post  marked  4-7000. 

Cor.  Nos.  1,  Sur.  No.  6582,  Roy  and  Raymond 
lodes,  is  a  stone,  marked  1-1-6582.  Cors.  Nos.  2 
are  posts  marked  2-6582  and  2-6582,  respectively. 

(d). — or,  "by  separate  and  distinct  traverses,  all  lines 
of  which  were  run  direct  upon  the  ground,"  as  the  case 
may  be. 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  147 


The  courses,  and  where  necessary  the  lengths, 
of  all  intersecting,  coincident  and  coterminous 
boundary  lines  of  conflicting  and  contiguous  sur- 
veys were  determined  by  survey  where  corners 
were  found  standing,  and  were  found  correct  as 
approved  (except  as  hereinafter  specified).  Where 
corners  were  not  found,  such  lines  are  shown  as 
given  in  the  approved  field  notes  thereof,  (e) 

Final   Oaths  for  Surveys. 

List  of  Names. 

A  list  of  the  names  of  the  individuals  employed  by 
A.  L.  Hawley,  United  States  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  to 
assist  in  running,  measuring,  and  marking  the  lines,  cor- 
ners and  boundaries  described  in  the  foregoing  field  notes 


(e). — The  last  sentence  in  the  above  is  not  really 
necessary  in  this  particular  case,  as  all  corners  of 
conflicting  surveys  have  been  reported  as  found.  It  would 
be  necessary,  however,  should  any  corners  be  missing.  Re- 
ports of  errors  found  either  in  the  boundary  or  tie  lines 
of  other  surveys  should  follow  the  last  paragraph. 

In  short,  the  report  should  state:  (1)  How  lines  of 
the  survey,  tie  lines  between  the  same,  tie  lines 
to  conflicting  and  contiguous  surveys  and  to  the 
corner  or  corners  of  the  public  survey  (or  to  the 
U.  S.  Locating  Monument)  were  determined.  (2)  De- 
scription of  corner  of  public  survey  or  U.  S.  L.  M.  to 
which  connection  is  given.  (3)  Description  of  such  cor- 
ners of  conflicting  or  contiguous  surveys  to  which  con- 
nections are  given,  also  such  other  corners  or  visible  evi- 
dences as  determine  the  courses  and  distances  of  inter- 
secting, coincident  or  coterminous  lines  of  conflicting  or 
contiguous  surveys.  (4)  A  statement  of  the  findings  as 
to  the  courses  and  lengths  of  such  intersecting  coinci- 
dent and  coterminous  boundary  lines  of  conflicting  and 
contiguous  surveys.  (5)  Reports  of  errors  found  either  in 
the  boundary  or  tie  lines  of  other  surveys. 


148  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

of  the  survey  of  the  mining  claim  of  T.  E.  Jenkins  et  al., 
known  as  the  Cumro  placer,  and  Poorman,  Hawley,  Aetna 
and  Podunk  lodes,  and  Poorman  mill  site,  and  showing  the 
respective  capacities  in  which  they  acted. 

Chainman. 

E.   E.  Ames,  Chainman. 

G.  W.  Trommlitz,  Axman. 

,  Flagman. 

Final  Oaths  of  Assistants. 

We,  E.  E.  Ames  and  G.  W.  Trommlitz,  do  solemnly  swear 
that  we  assisted  A.  L.  Hawley,  United  States  Deputy  Min- 
eral Surveyor,  in  marking  the  corners  and  surveying  the 
boundaries  of  the  mining  claim  of  T.  E.  Jenkins  et  al., 
known  as  the  Cumro  placer,  and  Poorman,  Hawley,  Aetna 
and  Podunk  lodes,  and  Poorman  mill  site,  represented  in 
the  foregoing  field  notes  as  having  been  surveyed  by  said 
deputy  mineral  surveyor  and  under  his  direction;  and  that 
said  survey  has  been  in  all  respects,  to  the  best  of  our 
knowledge  and  belief,  faithfully  and  correctly  executed, 
and  the  corner  and  boundary  monuments  established  ac- 
cording to  law  and  the  instructions  furnished  by  the  United 
States  Surveyor-General  for  Colorado. 

,  Chainman. 

(Seal)  E.  E.  Ames,  Chainman. 

G.  W.  Trommlitz,  Axman. 

,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  by  the  above-named  persons 
before  me  this  13th  day  of  February,  1893. 

A.   L.  HAWLEY, 

Notary  Public, 
El  Paso  County,  Colorado. 
My  commission  expires  July  28th,  1896. 

Final  Oath  of  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor. 
I,  A.  L.  Hawley,  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  do  sol- 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  149 

emnly  swear  that,  in  pursuance  of  instructions  received 
from  the  United  States  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado, 
dated  February  6th,  1893,  I  have,  in  strict  conformity  to  the 
laws  of  the  United  States,  the  official  regulations  and  in- 
structions thereunder,  and  the  instructions  of  said  Surveyor 
General,  faithfully  and  correctly  executed  the  survey  of 
the  Mining  Claim  of  T.  E.  Jenkins  et  a  I.,  known  as  the 
Cumro  placer  and  Poorman,  Hawley,  Aetna,  and  Podunk 
lodes,  and  Poorman  mill  site,  situate  in  Pike's  Peak  Min- 
ing District,  El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  in  Sections  17,  19 
and  20,  Township  No.  14  S.,  Range  No.  69  W.  of  the  6th 
P.  M.,  and  designated  as  Survey  No.  8000  A  and  B,  as  rep- 
resented in  the  foregoing  field  notes,  which  accurately 
show  the  boundaries  of  said  mining  claim  as  distinctly 
marked  by  monuments  on  the  ground,  and  described  in  the 
attached  copy  of  each  location  certificate,  which  was  re- 
ceived by  me  from  the  Surveyor  General  with  said  instruc- 
tions, and  that  all  the  corners  of  said  survey,  have  been 
established  and  perpetuated  in  strict  accordance  with  the 
law,  official  regulations  and  instructions  thereunder;  and 
I  do  further  solemnly  swear  that  the  foregoing  are  the  true 
and  original  field  notes  of  said  survey  and  my  report 
therein,  and  that  the  labor  expended  and  improvements 
made  upon  said  mining  claim  by  claimants  or  their 
grantors  are  as  therein  fully  stated,  and  that  the  char- 
acter, extent,  location  and  itemized  value  thereof  are  spec- 
ified therein  with  particularity  and  full  detail,  and  that  no 
portion  of  said  labor  or  improvements  so  credited  to  this 
claim  has  been  included  in  the  estimate  of  expenditures 

upon  any  other  claim 

A.  L.  HAWLEY, 
U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  by  the  said  A.  L.  Hawley,  U.  S. 
Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  before  me,  a  Justice  of  the  Peace 
in  and  for  El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  this  20th  day  of  Feb- 
ruary, 1893. 

GEO.  K.  KIMBALL, 

Justice  of  the  Peace. 


150  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

Placer  Location  Certificate. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  That  I,  T.  E.  Jenkins, 
the  undersigned  citizen  of  the  United  States,  resident  of 
the  County  of  Arapahoe  and  State  of  Colorado,  having  com- 
plied with  the  provisions  of  Chapter  6,  Title  XXXII,  of  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States,  and  with  the  local 
customs,  laws  and  regulations,  claim  by  right  of  discovery 
and  location,  as  a  placer  claim,  the  following  described 
premises,  situate,  lying  and  being  in  Pike's  Peak  Mining 
District,  County  of  El  Paso  and  State  of  Colorado,  to-wit: 

The  S.  E.  }4  of  the  S.  W.  %,  and  the  S.  %  of  the  S.  W. 
%  of  Sec.  17,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  of  the  6th  P.  M. 

To  be  known  as  the  Cumro  Placer. 

Located  May  1st,  1892. 

Date  of  certificate,  June  4th,  1892. 

T.  E.  JENKINS. 


Location  Certificate — Lode  Claim. 
STATE  OF  COLORADO,  ) 
County  of  El  Paso.         )  ss. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  That  O.  F.  Shattuck 
the  undersigned  has  this  4th  day  of  May,  1892,  located 
and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents  does  locate  and  claim 
by  right  of  discovery  and  location,  in  compliance  with  the 
Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved  May  10,  1872,  and  all 
subsequent  acts,  and  with  local  customs,  laws  and  regula- 
tions, 1,500  linear  feet  and  horizontal  measurement  on  the 
Poorman  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof, 
with  all  its  dips,  angles  and  variations  as  allowed  by  law, 
together  with  150  feet  on  the  westerly  side  and  150  feet  on 
the  easterly  side  of  the  middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface, 
so  far  as  can  be  determined  from  present  developments; 
and  all  veins,  lodes,  ledges,  or  deposits  and  surface  ground 
within  the  lines  of  said  claim  620  feet  running  N.  48°  46'  E. 
from  centre  of  discovery  shaft  and  880  feet  running  S.  17° 
38'  W.  from  centre  of  discovery  shaft,  said  discovery  shaft 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  151 

being  situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  and 
within  the  lines  of  said  claim  In  Pike's  Peak  Mining  Dis- 
trict, County  of  El  Paso  and  State  of  Colorado,  described 
by  metes  and  bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  whence  Cor.  to  Sees.  17,  18, 
19,  and  20,  T.  14  S.,  R.  69  W.  bears  S.  27°  28'  E.  393.26  ft. 

Thence  N.  17°  38'  E.  831.34  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2. 

Thence  N.  48°  46'  E.  661.7  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

Thence  S.  41°  14'  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4. 

Thence  S.  48°  46'  W.  578  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  5. 

Thence  S.  17°  38'  W.  929.04  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  6. 

Thence  N.  41°  14'  W.  350.48  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place 
of  beginning. 

Said   lode  was   discovered   on  the   12th   day  of  April, 
A.  D.  1892. 

Attest:    

Date  of  Location  May  4th,  A.  D.  1892. 

Date  of  Certificate  June  1st,  A.  D.  1892. 

O.  F.  SHATTUCK,  (Seal.) 


Amended   Location  Certificate — Law  of  1889. 

STATE  OF  COLORADO, ) 

County  of  El  Paso.         $  ss. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  That  A.  L.  Hawley 
and  E.  E.  Ames,  the  undersigned  have  this  4th  day  of  May, 
1888,  amended,  located  and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents 
do  amend,  locate  and  claim,  by  right  of  discovery  and 
amended  location,  in  compliance  with  the  Mining  Acts  of 
Congress,  approved  May  10,  1872,  and  all  subsequent  acts, 
and  with  Section  2409  of  the  General  laws  of  Colorado,  and 
with  local  customs,  laws  and  regulations  1500  linear  feet 
and  horizontal  measurement  on  the  Hawley  lode,  vein, 
ledge  or  deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips, 
angles  and  variations,  as  allowed  by  law,  together  with  150 
feet  on  each  side  of  the  middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface, 
so  far  as  can  be  determined  from  present  developments, 


152  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

and  all  veins,  lodes,  ledges  or  deposits  and  surface  ground 
within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  800  feet  running  easterly 
from  center  of  discovery  point  in  tunnel  and  700  feet  run- 
ning westerly  from  center  of  discovery  point,  said  discovery 
point  being  situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledgs  or  deposit, 
and  within  the  lines  of  said  claim,  in  Pike's  Peak  Mining 
District,  County  of  El  Paso  and  State  of  Colorado,  described 
by  metes  and  bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  whence  Cor.  to  Sees.  17,  18, 
19,  and  20,  T.  15  S.,  R.  69  W.  bears  S.  18°  4'  E.  606.1  ft. 

Thence  N.  3°  48'  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2. 

Thence  N.  87°  E.  1500  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

Thence  S.  3°  48'  W.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4. 

Thence  S.  87°  W.  1500  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  be- 
ginning. 

This  being  the  same  lode  originally  located  on  the  17th 
day  of  September,  1886,  and  recorded  on  the  12th  day  of 
December,  1886,  in  Book  4,  Page  48,  in  the  office  of  the 
Recorder  of  El  Paso  County.  This  further  and  amended 
certificate  of  location  is  made  without  waiver  of  any  pre- 
viously acquired  rights,  but  for  the  purpose  of  correcting 
any  errors  in  the  original  location,  description  or  record. 

Said  lode  was  discovered  the  12th  day  of  September, 
A.  D.  1886. 

Attest:    

Date  of  Amended  location  May  4th.  A.  D.  1888. 

Date  of  amended  certificate  July  14th,  A.  D.  1888. 

A.    L.   HAWLEY,       (Seal.) 
E.  E.  AMES,  (Seal.) 


Location  Certificate — Lode  Claim. 
STATE  OF  COLORADO,) 

County  of  El  Paso.        J  ss. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  That  Grant  Safely, 
the  undersigned  has  this  4th  day  of  June,  1892,  located  and 
claimed,  and  by  these  presents  does  locate  and  claim  by 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  153 

right  of  discovery  and  location,  in  compliance  with  the 
Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved  May  10,  1872,  and  all 
subsequent  acts,  and  with  local  customs,  laws  and  regula- 
tions, 1500  linear  feet  and  horizontal  measurement  on  the 
Aetna  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  along  the  vein  thereof, 
with  all  its  dips,  angles  and  variations  as  allowed  by  law, 
together  with  150  feet  on  the  southwesterly  side  and  150 
feet  on  the  northeasterly  side  of  the  middle  of  said  vein  at 
the  surface,  so  far  as  can  be  determined  from  present  de- 
velopments; and  all  veins,  lodes,  ledges,  or  deposits  and 
surface  ground  within  the  lines  of  said  claim  75  feet  run- 
ning N.  40°  W.  from  centre  of  discovery  cut  and  1425  feet 
running  S.  40°  E.  from  centre  of  discovery  cut,  said  dis- 
covery cut  being  situate  upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  de- 
posit, and  within  the  lines  of  said  claim  in  Pike's  Peak 
Mining  District,  County  of  El  Paso  and  State  of  Colorado, 
described  by  metes  and  bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  whence  S.  W.  Cor.  Sec.  17, 
T.  15  S.,  R.  69  W.  bears  S.  38°  2'  E.  1465  ft. 

Thence  S.  40°  E.  1500  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2. 

Thence  N.  50°  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

Thence  N.  40°  W.  1500  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4. 

Thence  S.  50°  W.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of  be- 
ginning. 

Said   lode   was    discovered   on   the   1st    day    of    May, 
A.  D.  1892. 

Date  of  Location  June  4th,  A.  D.  1892. 

Date  of  Certificate  July  6th,  A.  D.  1892. 

GRANT  SAFELY,     (Seal.) 


Additional  and  Amended  Location  Certificate— Law  of  1889. 
STATE  OF  COLORADO,) 

County  of  El  Paso.         )  ss. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents,  That  John  H.  Routt, 
the  undersigned,  has  this  4th  day  of  May,  1891,  amended, 
located  and  claimed,  and  by  these  presents  does  amend, 
locate  and  claim,  by  right  of  the  original  discovery  and 


154  MINERAL,  LAND  SURVEYING. 

this  additional  and  amended  location  certificate,  in  com- 
pliance with  the  Mining  Acts  of  Congress,  approved  May 
10,  1872,  and  all  subsequent  acts,  and  with  Section  2409 
of  the  General  Statutes  of  Colorado,  and  with  local  cus- 
toms, laws  and  regulations  1500  linear  feet  and  horizontal 
measurement  on  the  Podunk  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit, 
along  the  vein  thereof,  with  all  its  dips,  angles  and  varia- 
tions, as  allowed  by  law,  together  with  150  feet  on  each 
side  of  the  middle  of  said  vein  at  the  surface,  so  far  as 
can  be  determined  from  present  developments,  and  all 
veins,  lodes,  ledges  or  deposits  and  surface  ground  within 
the  lines  of  said  claim,  140  feet  running  N.  41°  14'  W.  from 
center  of  discovery  cut  and  1360  feet  running  S.  41°  14'  E. 
from  center  of  discovery  cut,  said  discovery  cut  being  situ- 
ate upon  said  lode,  vein,  ledge  or  deposit,  and  within  the 
lines  of  said  claim,  in  Pike's  Peak  Mining  District,  County 
of  El  Paso  and  State  of  Colorado,  described  by  metes  and 
bounds  as  follows,  to-wit: 

Beginning  at  Corner  No.  1,  whence  the  S.  W.  Cor.  Sec. 
17,  T.  15  S.,  R.  69  W.  bears  S.  38°  2'  W.  1465  ft. 

Thence  S.  41°  14'  E.  1500  ft  to  Cor.  No.  2. 
Thence  S.  48°  46'  W.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3. 
Thence  N.  41°  14'  W.  1500  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4. 
Thence  N.  48°  46'  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of 
beginning. 

This  being  the  same  lode  originally  located  on  the  6th 
day  of  April,  1888,  and  recorded  on  the  14th  day  of  June, 
1888,  in  Book  3,  Page  48,  in  the  office  of  the  Recorder  of 
El  Paso  County.  This  further  additional  and  amended  cer- 
tificate of  location  is  made  without  waiver  of  any  previously 
acquired  rights,  but  for  the  purpose  of  correcting  any  er- 
rors in  the  original  location,  description  or  record,  and  of 
taking  in  and  acquiring  all  forfeited  or  abandoned,  over- 
lapping ground,  and  of  taking  in  any  part  of  any  over- 
lapping claim  which  has  been  abandoned,  and  of  securing 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  155 

all  the  benefits  of  said  Section  2409  of  the  General  Statutes 
of  Colorado. 

Said  lode  was  discovered  the  1st  day  of  April,  A.  D.  1888. 

Date  of  Additional  and  Amended  Certificate  June  14th, 
A.  D.  1891. 

JOHN   H.  ROUTT,   (Seal.) 


Location  Certificate  of  Mill  Site. 
To  All  Whom  These  Presents  May  Concern: 

Know  ye  that  I,  A.  E.  Lowe,  of  the  County  of  Arapahoe, 
and  State  of  Colorado,  do  hereby  declare  and  publish  as 
a  legal  notice  to  all  the  world  that  I  have  a  valid  right  to 
the  occupation,  possession  and  enjoyment  of  all  and  sin- 
gular that  tract  or  parcel  of  land  not  exceeding  five  acres, 
situate,  lying  and  being  in  Pike's  Peak  Mining  District,  in 
the  County  of  El  Paso  in  the  State  of  Colorado,  bounded 
and  described  as  follows,  to-wit:  Poorman  Mill  Site,  be- 
ginning at  Cor.  No.  1,  whence  the  N.  E.  Cor  Sec.  19,  T.  14 
S.,  R.  69  W.  bears  N.  46°  48'  E.  3416.9  ft. 

Thence  S.  85°  50'  W.  921.2  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2. 

Thence  N.  37°  00'  E.  467.66  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  3. 

Thence  S.  64°  00'  E.  700  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the  place  of 
beginning, 

Containing  4  acres  more  or  less. 

Variation  14°  45'  E. 

together  with  all  and  singular  the  hereditaments  and  appur- 
tenances thereunto  belonging  or  in  anywise  appertaining. 
Witness  my  hand  and  seal,  this  5th  day  of  December 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
ninety  one. 

A.  E.  LOWE,  (Seal.) 


156  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

(Title  Page  to  Report  Under  Circular  "N"  of  September 
23,   1882.) 

Report 

Under  General  Land  Office  Circular  "N"  of  September  23, 
1882,  upon  the  Placer  Mining  Claim  known  as  the  Curr.ro 
placer,  claimed  by  T.  E.  Jenkins  et  al.,  situate  in  Pike's 
Peak  Mining  District,  El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  embracing 
32.07  acres,  and  forming  a  portion  of  the  S.  half  of  the  S.  W. 
quarter  in  Sec.  17,  Town.  14  S.,  Range  69  W.  of  the  6th 
P.  M. 

Examination  made  February  15th,  1893, 

By  A.  L.  HAWLEY, 
U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor. 


Survey  No.  8000  A. 

Cumro  Placer. 

The  soil  embraced  in  this  claim  consists  of  decom- 
posed mineral-bearing  granite  on  the  mountain  slopes, 
and  auriferous  sand  and  gravel  along  the  creek  bot- 
tom, all  covered  with  a  thin  layer  of  loam  and  allu- 
vium supporting  a  scant  growth  of  grass  and  sage 
brush,  with  scattering  pine,  spruce,  cedar  and  cotton- 
wood  timber. 

The  only  stream  passing  through  this  claim  is 
Cumro  creek,  4  ft.  wide,  and  about  2  ft.  deep,  which 
crosses  the  extreme  southeast  corner. 

A  log  cabin,  the  west  corner  of  which  bears  from 
Cor.  No.  13  S.  40°  E.  120  ft.,  12x16  ft.,  course  of  long 
sides  N.  44°  E. 

The  surface  and  underground  workings  on  this 
claim  consist  of: 

A  tunnel,  the  mouth  of  which  bears  from  Cor.  No. 
7  N.  67°  48'  E.  582  ft.  5x6  ft.,  running  N.  10°  44'  W.  515 
ft.  to  breast. 

A  shaft,  which  bears  from  Cor.  No.  28  S.  48°  30'  W. 
305  ft.,  3x5  ft.,  12  ft.  deep  in  earth  and  rock.  Placer 
workings,  the  center  of  the  northeasterly  end  of  which 
bears  from  Cor.  No.  15  N.  46°  W.  285  ft.,  averaging  40 
ft.  wide  and  8  ft.  deep,  and  extending  S.  62°  W.  120  ft. 
along  the  bed  of  Cumro  creek. 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  157 

The  nearest  postoffice  to  the  claim  is  Jamestown, 
a  mining  camp  of  about  300  population,  located  on 
Brush  creek  about  two  miles  south  of  the  claim.  The 
nearest  railroad  station  is  Tie  Siding,  a  spur  and  flag 
station  on  the  Denver,  Apex  and  Western  R.  R.,  at  the 
confluence  of  Cumro  and  Plum  creeks,  about  6  miles 
southwesterly  from  the  claim. 

Other  than  the  system  of  lode  deposits  adjoining 
and  forming  a  part  of  this  claim,  there  are  none  nearer 
than  Carbonate,  situate  about  four  miles  to  the  north- 
east. 

This  claim  is  peculiarly  adapted  for  placer  mining 
purposes,  inasmuch  as  the  contour  of  the  surface  and 
the  character  and  nature  of  the  soil  are  such  that  it 
can  be  most  advantageously  and  cheaply  worked  by 
hydraulic  giants  and  the  tailings  be  rapidly  and  easily 
disposed  of.  Cumro  creek  carries  about  50  cu.  ft.  of 
water  per  second  during  the  dry  season,  being  an 
abundance  of  water  for  working  the  claim.  As  yet 
no  water  has  been  taken  upon  the  claim  for  its  devel- 
opment, except  in  washing  the  placer  workings  here- 
inbefore described;  but  by  a  survey  it  has  been  found 
that  by  a  ditch  not  over  one  mile  in  length,  water  can 
be  taken  from  Cumro  creek  onto  the  highest  portions 
of  the  claim.  It  being  the  express  intention  of  the 
claimants  to  work  the  claim  in  this  manner. 

g  The  works  and  expenditures  made  by  the  claimants 
for  the  development  of  the  claim  consists  of  the  placer 
workings  described  under  paragraph  c  of  this  report. 

There  are  no  mines,  salt  licks,  salt  springs,  or  mill 
seats  upon  this  claim. 

Oath  of   U.  S.   Deputy   Mineral   Surveyor. 
Under  General   Land   Office    Circular   "N"   of   September 

23,  1882. 

I,  A.  L.  Hawley,  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  do 
solemnly  swear  that  in  pursuance  of  an  order  received 
from  the  U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado,  dated  Feb- 
ruary 6th,  1893,  I  have  made,  under  the  provisions  of  Gen- 
eral Land  Office  Circular  "N,"  approved  September  23, 
1882,  a  personal  and  thorough  examination,  upon  the  prem- 


158  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

ises,  of  the  placer  mining  claim  of  T.  E.  Jenkins  et  al, 
known  as  the  Cumro  placer,  situate  in  Pike's  Peak  Mining 
District,  El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  embracing  32.07  acres 
and  forming  a  portion  of  the  S.  y2  of  the  S.  W.  %  of  Sec.  17 
in  Township  No.  14  S.r  Range  No.  69  W.  of  the  6th  P.  M., 
and  that  my  report  of  such  examination,  hereto  attached, 
is  specific  and  in  detail,  and  is  a  full  and  true  statement  of 
the  facts  upon  all  the  points  specified  in  said  Circular. 

A.  L.  HAWLEY, 
U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  by  the  said  A.  L.  Hawley,  U.  S. 
Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  before  me,  a  notary  public  in 
and  for  El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  this  20th  day  of  Feb- 
ruary, 1893. 

B.  F.  CLARK, 

Notary   Public. 
My  commission  expires  December  20,  1893. 

Corroborative     Affidavit     Under     Paragraph     62,     General 

Mining   Circular,  Approved  June  24,  1899. 
STATE   OF  COLORADO,) 

County  of  El  Paso.         j  ss. 

W.  H.  Wilson  and  J.  P.  Thompson,  being  first  duly 
sworn,  severally  depose  and  say  that  he  is  personally  and 
well  acquainted  with  the  placer-mining  claim  of  T.  E.  Jen- 
kins et  al.,  known  as  the  Cumro  placer,  situate  in  Pike's 
Peak  Mining  District,  El  Paso  County,  Colorado,  embracing 
32.07  acres  and  forming  a  portion  of  the  S.  %  of  the  S.  W. 
%  of  Sec.  17,  in  Township  No.  14  S.,  Range  No.  69  W.  of 
the  6th  P.  M.;  and  also  with  the  character  of  all  the  land 
included  in  said  claim,  and  has  been  so  acquainted  for  10 
and  12  years  last  past;  that  his  knowledge  of  said  claim 
and  land  is  derived  from  prospecting  the  ground  and  work- 
ing the  claim  and  is  such  as  to  enable  him  to  testify  un- 
d'erstandingly  with  regard  thereto;  that  he  has  carefully 
read  the  foregoing  report  of  A.  L.  Hawley,  U.  S.  Deputy 
Mineral  Surveyor,  and  that  to  his  own  personal  knowledge 
said  report  is  in  all  respects  true  and  accurate. 

W.  H.  WILSON. 
J.  P.  THOMPSON. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  by  the  above-named  persons 
before  me  this  20th  day  of  February,  1893. 

(Seal.)  B.  F.  CLARK, 

Notary  Public. 

My  commission  expires  December  20,  1893. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

Office  United  States  Surveyor-General. 

The  province  of  the  office  of  Surveyor-General  for  any 
district  is  to  supervise  the  surveys  of  the  public  land  in 
that  district. 

The  agricultural  land  is  subdivided  into  townships  six 
miles  square,  each  township  again  into  thirty-six  sections, 
each  one  mile  square,  containing  six  hundred  and  forty 
acres,  which  can  be  still  further  subdivided  to  suit  the  con- 
venience of  persons  desiring  to  obtain  title  thereto.  This 
surveying  work  is  done  by  contract  made  between  the  sur- 
veyor appointed  a  deputy  surveyor  and  the  government, 
the  price  paid  the  deputy  being  from  five  to  seven  dollars 
per  mile  for  subdivision,  seven  to  eleven  dollars  per  mile 
for  township  exteriors,  and  from  nine  to  thirteen  dollars 
per  mile  for  connection  and  meander  lines.  After  these 
surveys  are  once  made  and  approved  by  the  Surveyor-Gen- 
eral and  the  General  Land  Office,  the  Surveyor-General  has 
no  more  authority  in  the  matter,  unless  on  account  of  fraud- 
ulent surreys  or  some  similar  cause  the  surveys  in  question 
are  suspended,  and  new  and  correct  surveys  are  made. 

In  surveying  mineral  claims,  a  different  method  entirely 
is  followed.  The  surveying  is  done  by  United  States  Deputy 
Mineral  Surveyors  employed  by  the  owner  of  the  claim 
to  be  patented.  These  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyors  are  ap- 
pointed by  the  Surveyor-General,  who  requires  the  appli- 
cant to  pass  an  examination  or  not,  as  he  sees  fit.  Section 
2334  of  the  revised  statute  making  provision  for  these  ap- 
pointments being  in  part  as  follows: 

Sec.  2334.  The  Surveyor-General  of  the  United  States 
may  appoint  in  each  land  district  containing  mineral  lands 
as  many  competent  surveyors  as  shall  apply  for  appoint- 


160  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

ment  to  survey  mining  claims.  The  expenses  of  the  sur- 
vey of  vein  or  lode  claims,  and  the  survey  and  subdivision 
of  placer  claims  into  smaller  quantities  than  one  hundred 
and  sixty  acres,  together  with  the  cost  of  publication  of 
notices,  shall  be  paid  by  the  applicants,  and  they  shall  be 
at  liberty  to  obtain  the  same  at  the  most  reasonable  rates, 
and  they  shall  also  be  at  liberty  to  employ  any  United 
States  Deputy  Surveyor  to  make  the  survey.  The  Com- 
missioner of  the  General  Land  Office  shall  also  have  power 
to  establish  the  maximum  charges  for  surveys  and  publi- 
cation of  notices  under  this  chapter;  and,  in  case  of  exces- 
sive charges  for  publication,  he  may  designate  any  newspa- 
per published  in  a  land  district  where  mines  are  situated 
for  the  publication  of  mining  notices  in  such  district,  and 
fix  the  rates  to  be  charged  by  such  paper;  and,  to  the  end 
that  the  Commissioner  may  be  fully  informed  on  the  sub- 
ject, each  applicant  shall  file  with  the  register  a  sworn 
statement  of  all  charges  and  fees  paid  by  such  applicant 
for  publication  and  surveys,  together  with  all  fees  and 
money  paid  the  register  and  the  receiver  of  the  land  office, 
which  statement  shall  be  transmitted,  with  the  other  pa- 
pers in  the  case,  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land 
Office. 

Before  appointment  of  a  deputy  is  made  he  is  required 
to  file  a  bond  of  $10,000  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his 
duties. 

Upon  receipt  by  the  Surveyor-General  of  the  application 
for  survey  order,  together  with  the  certified  copy  of  loca- 
tion certificate  and  duplicate  certificate  of  deposit  for  the 
necessary  amount  on  account  of  office  work,  the  applica- 
tion and  copy  of  location  certificates  are  examined  on  the 
following  points: 

Application  for  survey  order  must  give — 

Name  of  claimant. 

Name  of  claim. 


MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING.  161 

Name  and  address  of  deputy  surveyor  to  whom  order  is 
to  be  sent. 

Postoffice  address  of  claimant,  and  must  be  signed  by 
the  claimant  or  his  attorney;  typewritten  signatures  will 
not  be  accepted. 

The  examination  of  the  copy  of  the  location  certificate 
consists  of: 

A  traverse  of  the  boundary  lines  of  the  claim,  which 
must  close. 

Claim  must  be  tied  to  some  permanent  or  fixed  monu- 
ment or  so  described  that  the  locus  of  the  claim  can  be  de- 
termined (by  giving  section,  or  mining  district  in  which 
claim  is  located). 

The  certificate  must  give — 

Name  of  claim. 

Name  of  locators. 

Date  of  location. 

Date  and  place  (book  and  page)  of  record. 

Certificate  of  county  clerk  regarding  correctness  of  docu- 
ment which  must  contain  his  signature,  seal  and  date. 

All  dates  must  be  consistent. 

In  case  of  a  lode  claim  the  lode  line  must  be  described 
and  must  fit  within  the  boundaries  of  the  claim,  and  not 
be  in  excess  of  the  statutory  limit  from  any  side  line  nor 
over  1500  ft.  in  length. 

In  case  of  placer  claims,  the  acreage  must  be  calcu- 
lated and  not  over  twenty  acres  allowed  for  each  indi- 
vidual locator. 

In  case  of  mill  sites  not  over  five  acres  can  be  included 
in  the  exterior  boundaries. 

If  these  papers  are  correct,  the  order  for  survey  is 
mailed  to  the  deputy  designated,  who  should  then  proceed 
to  make  the  survey  and  return  the  field  notes  to  the  Sur- 
veyor-General prepared  on  the  proper  blanks,  together  with 
a  plat  of  the  claim  prepared  on  tracing  linen  on  a  scale  of 
200  ft.  to  an  inch. 


162  MINERAL,   LAND    SURVEYING. 

The  three  blanks,  title  page,  affidavit  of  Deputy  and 
affidavit  of  assistants,  are  examined  to  see  that  they  agree 
clerically  with  each  other  and  with  the  application  for  sur- 
vey order  regarding  names,  dates,  etc.  This  is  done  by 
the  Chief  Examiner  who  also  examines  the  field  notes  for 
clerical  errors,  notes  that  all  intersections  with  lines  of 
conflicting  surveys  are  properly  given,  that  the  area  state- 
ment is  complete,  and  that  the  improvements  are  properly 
described  and  actually  benefit  the  claims  to  which  they  are 
credited. 

The  field  notes  are  then  taken  up  for  examination  on 
the  connected  sheets  which  are  diagrams  showing  all  ap- 
proved mineral  surveys.  The  sheet  examination  consists 
of  platting  the  claim  on  this  diagram,  ascertaining  that  all 
conflicting  approved  surveys  are  shown  in  the  field  notes 
and  that  all  such  claims  are  shown  in  their  correct  posi- 
tions. After  passing  the  sheet  examination  the  intersec- 
tions, conflicting  areas,  lode  line,  etc.,  are  then  checked. 
Should  at  any  stage  errors  be  discovered  in  the  field  notes, 
they  are  returned  to  the  Deputy  Surveyor  for  correction, 
possibly  many  times,  till  the  final  draft  is  found  to  be  cor- 
rect. When  all  is  found  to  be  correct,  the  plat  as  approved 
and  transcript  of  notes  are  prepared,  and  upon  date  of  ap- 
proval two  copies  of  the  plat  and  a  transcript  of  the  field 
notes  are  mailed  to  the  claimant,  or  attorney,  one  copy  of 
the  plat  mailed  to  the  local  land  office,  and  one  copy  of 
the  plat  and  the  original  field  notes  retained  in  office  of 
Surveyor-General.  The  deputy  is  notified  at  date  of  ap- 
proval of  field  notes. 

The  latest  issue  of  Manual  of  Instructions  is  dated  1895 
and  many  changes  have  been  made  since  then  in  depart- 
mental practice,  which  changed  conditions  have,  however, 
been  met  from  time  to  time  in  the  Mining  Regulations 
issued  by  the  General  Land  Office,  that  portion  of  which 
relating  to  Mineral  Surveys,  especially  paragraphs  115  to 
169  being  given  herewith. 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  163 

36.  The  Surveyors-General  should  designate  all  sur- 
veyed mineral  claims  by  a  progressive  series  of  numbers, 
beginning  with  Survey  No.  37,  irrespective  as  to  whether 
they  are  situated  on  surveyed  or  unsurveyed  lands,  the 
claim  to  be  so  designated  at  date  of  issuing  the  order 
therefor,  in  addition  to  the  local  designation  of  the  claim; 
it  being  required  in  all  cases  that  the  plat  and  field  notes 
of  the  survey  of  a  claim  must,  in  addition  to  the  reference 
to  permanent  objects  in  the  neighborhood,  describe  the 
locus  of  the  claim  with  reference  to  the  lines  of  public  sur- 
veys by  a  line  connecting  a  corner  of  the  claim  with  the 
nearest  public  corner  of  the  United  States  surveys,  unless 
such  claim  be  on  unsurveyed  lands  at  a  distance  of  more 
than  two  miles  from  such  public  corner,  in  which  latter 
case  it  should  be  connected  with  a  United  States  mineral 
monument.  Such  connecting  line  must  not  be  more  than 
two  miles  in  length,  and  should  be  measured  on  the 
ground  direct  between  the  points,  or  calculated  from  act- 
ually surveyed  traverse  lines  if  the  nature  of  the  country 
should  not  permit  direct  measurement  If  a  regularly  es- 
tablished survey  corner  is  within  two  miles  of  a  claim  sit- 
uated on  unsurveyed  lands,  the  connection  should  be  made 
with  such  corner  in  preference  to  a  connection  with  a 
United  States  mineral  monument.  The  connecting  line  or 
traverse  line  must  be  surveyed  by  the  Deputy  Mineral  Sur- 
veyor at  the  time  of  his  making  the  particular  survey,  and 
be  made  a  part  thereof. 

Placer  Claims. 

58.  The  proceedings  to  obtain  patents  for  placer  claims, 
including  all  forms  of  mineral  deposits  excepting  veins  of 
quartz  or  other  rock  in  place,  are  similar  to  the  proceedings 
prescribed  for  obtaining  patents  for  vein  or  lode  claims; 
but  where  a  placer  claim  shall  be  upon  surveyed  lands,  and 
conforms  to  legal  subdivisions,  no  further  survey  or  plat 
will  be  required.  Where  placer  claims  can  not  be  con- 


164  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

formed  to  legal  subdivisions,  survey  and  plat  shall  be  made 
as  on  unsurveyed  lands. 

59.  The  proceedings  for  obtaining  patents  for  veins  or 
lodes  having  already  been  fully  given,  it  will  not  be  neces- 
sary to  repeat  them  here,  it  being  thought  that  careful  at- 
tention thereto  by  applicants  and  the  local  officers  will  en- 
able them  to  act  understandingly  in  the  matter,  and  make 
such   slight  modifications  in  the  notice,  or  otherwise,   as 
may  be  necessary  in  view    of  the  different  nature  of  the 
two  classes  of  claims;  placer  claims  being  fixed,  however, 
at  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents  per  acre,  or  fractional  part 
of  an  acre. 

60.  In  placer  applications  for  patent  care  must  be  ex- 
ercised to  determine  the  proper  classification  of  the  lands 
claimed.     To  this  end  the  clearest  evidence  of  which  the 
case  is  capable  should  be  presented. 

(1)  If  the  claim  be  all  placer  ground,  that  fact  must  be 
stated  in  the  application  and  corroborated  by  accompanying 
proofs;   if  of  mixed  placers  and  lodes,  it  should  be  so  set 
out,  with  a  description  of  all  known  lodes  situated  within 
the  boundaries  of  the  claim.    A  specific  declaration,  such 
as  is  required  by  section  2333,  Revised  Statutes,  must  be 
furnished  as  to  each  lode  intended  to    be    claimed.    All 
other  known  lodes  are,  by  the  silence  of  the  applicant,  ex- 
cluded by  law  from  all  claim  by  him,  of  whatsoever  nature, 
possessory  or  otherwise. 

(2)  Deputy  surveyors  shall,  at  the  expense  of  the  par- 
ties, make  full  examination  of  all  placer  claims  surveyed 
by  them,  and  duly  note  the  facts  as  specified  in  the  law, 
stating  the  quality  and  composition  of  the  soil,  the  kind  end 
amount  of  timber  and  other  vegetation,  the  locus  and  size 
of  streams,  and  such  other  matters  as  may  appear  upon  the 
surface  of  the  claim.    This  examination  should  include  the 
character  and  extent  of  all  surface  and  underground  work- 
ings, whether  placer  or  lode,  for  mining  purposes. 

(3)  In  addition  to  these  data,  which  the  law  requires  to 


MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING.  165 

be  shown  in  all  cases,  the  Deputy  should  report  with  refer- 
ence to  the  proximity  of  centers  of  trade  or  residence; 
also  of  well-known  systems  of  lode  deposit  or  of  individual 
lodes.  He  should  also  report  as  to  the  use  or  adaptability 
of  the  claim  for  placer  mining;  whether  water  has  been 
brought  upon  it  in  sufficient  quantity  to  mine  the  same,  or 
whether  it  can  be  procured  for  that  purpose;  and,  finally, 
what  works  or  expenditures  have  been  made  by  the  claim- 
ant or  his  grantors  for  the  development  of  the  claim,  and 
their  situation  and  location  with  respect  to  the  same  as 
applied  for. 

(4)  This  examination  should  be  reported  by  the  Deputy 
under  oath  to  the  Surveyor-General,  and  duly  corroborated; 
and  a  copy  of  the  same  should  be  furnished  with  the  appli- 
cation for  patent  to  the  claim,  constituting  a  part  thereof, 
and  included  in  the  oath  of  the  applicant. 

(5)  Applications  awaiting  entry,  whether  published  or 
not,  must  be  made  to  conform  to  these  regulations,  with 
respect  to  examination  as  to  the  character  of  the  land.    En- 
tries already  made  will  be  suspended  for  such  additional 
proofs  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  in  each  case. 

Mill  Sites. 

61.  Land  entered  as  a  mill  site  must  be  shown  to  be 
non-mineral.     Mill  sites  are  simply  auxiliary  to  the  work- 
ing of  mineral  claims,  and  as  section  2337,  which  provides 
for  the  patenting  of  mill  sites,  is  embraced  in  the  chapter 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  relating  to  mineral  lands,  they  are 
therefore  included  in  this  circular. 

62.  To  avail  themselves  of  this  provision  of  law  parties 
holding  the  possessory  right  to  a  vein  or  lode,  and  to  a 
piece  of  non-mineral  land  not  contiguous  thereto  for  mining 
or  milling  purposes,  not  exceeding  the  quantity  allowed  for 
such  purpose  by  section  2337,  or  prior  laws,  under  which 
the  land  was  appropriated,  the  proprietors  of  such  vein  or 
lode  may  file  in  tte  proper  land  office  their  application  for 


166  MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING. 

a  patent,  under  oath,  in  manner  already  set  forth  herein, 
which  application,  together  with  the  plat  and  field  notes, 
may  include,  embrace,  and  describe,  in  addition  to  the  vein 
or  lode,  such  non-contiguous  mill  site,  and  after  due  pro- 
ceedings as  to  notice,  etc.,  a  patent  will  be  issued  convey- 
ing the  same  as  one  claim.  The  owner  of  a  patented  lode 
may,  by  an  independent  application,  secure  a  mill  site  if 
good  faith  is  manifest  in  its  use  or  occupation  in  connec- 
tion with  the  lode  and  no  adverse  claim  exists. 

63.  Where  the  original  survey  includes  a  lode  claim 
and  also  a  mill  site  the  lode  claim  should  be  described  in 
the  plat  and  field  notes  as  "Sur.  No.  37,  A,"  and  the  mill 
site  as  "Sur.  No.  37,  B,"  or  whatever  may  be  its  appropri- 
ate numerical  designation;   the  course  and  distance  from 
a  corner  of  the  mill  site  to  a  corner  of  the  lode  claim  to  be 
invariably  given  in  such  plat  and  field  notes,  and  a  copy 
of  the  plat  and  notice  of  application  for  patent  must  be 
conspicuously  posted  upon  the  mill  site  as  well  as  upon  the 
vein  or  lode  for  the  statutory  period  of  sixty  days.    In  mak- 
ing the  entry  no  separate  receipt  or  certificate  need  be 
issued  for  the  mill  site,  but  the  whole  area  of  both  lode  and 
mill  site  will  be  embraced  in  one  entry,  the  price  being 
five  dollars  for  each  acre  and  fractional  part  of  an  acre  em- 
braced by  such  lode  and  mill  site  claim. 

64.  In  case  the  owner  of  a  quartz  mill  or  reduction 
works  is  not  the  owner  or  claimant  of  a  vein  or  lode  the 
law  permits  him  to  make  application  therefor  in  the  same 
manner  prescribed  herein  for  mining  claims,  and  after  due 
notice  and  proceedings,  in  the  absence  of  a  valid  adverse 
filing,  to  enter  and  receive  a  patent  for  his  mill  site  at  said 
price  per  acre. 

65.  In  every  case  there  must  be  satisfactory  proof  that 
the  land  claimed  as  a  mill  site  is  not  mineral  in  character, 
which  proof  may,  where  the  matter  is  unquestioned,  con- 
sist of  the  sworn  statement  of  two  or  more  persons  capable, 
from  acquaintance  with  the  land,  to  testify  understandingly. 


MINERAL,  LAND   SURVEYING.  167 

82.  In  order  that  the  "boundaries"  and  "extent"  of  the 
claim  may  be  shown,  it  will  be  incumbent  upon  the  adverse 
claimant  to  file  a  plat  showing  his  entire  claim,  its  relative 
situation  or  position  with  the  one  against  which  he  claims, 
and  the  extent  of  the  conflict:  Provided,  however,  That  if 
the  application  for  patent  describes  the  claim  by  legal  sub- 
divisions, the  adverse  claimant,  if  also  claiming  by  legal 
subdivisions,  may  describe  his  adverse  claim  in  the  same 
manner  without  further  survey  or  plat.  If  the  claim  is  not 
described  by  legal  subdivisions,  it  will  generally  be  more 
satisfactory  if  the  plat  thereof  is  made  from  an  actual  sur- 
vey by  a  deputy  mineral  surveyor,  and  its  correctness  offi- 
cially certified  thereon  by  him. 

91.  With  regard  to  the  platting  of  the  claim  and  other 
office  work  in  the  Surveyor's  General  office,  that  officer  will 
make  an  estimate  of  the  cost  thereof,  which  amount  the 
claimant  will  deposit  with  any  assistant    United     States 
treasurer  or  designated  depository  in  favor  of  the  United 
States  treasurer,  to  be  passed  to  the  credit  of  the  fund  cre- 
ated by  "individual  depositors  for  surveys  of  the  public 
lands,"  and  file  with  the  Surveyor-General  duplicate  cer- 
tificates of  such  deposit  in  the  usual  manner. 

92.  The  Surveyors-General  will  endeavor     to  appoint 
surveyors  to  survey  mining  claims,  so  that  one  or  more 
may  be  located  in  each  mining  district  for  the  greater  con- 
venience of  miners. 

93.  The  usual  oaths  will  be  required  of  these  surveyors 
and  their  assistants  as  to  the  correctness  of  each  survey 
executed  by  them. 

The  duty  of  the  surveyor  ceases  when  he  has  executed 
the  survey  and  returned  the  field  notes  and  preliminary 
plat  thereof  with  his  report  to  the  Surveyor-General.  He 
will  not  be  allowed  to  prepare  for  the  mining  claimant  the 
papers  in  support  of  an  application  for  patent,  or  otherwise 
perform  the  duties  of  an  attorney  before  the  land  office  in 
connection  with  a  mining  claim. 


168  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

The  Surveyors-General  and  local  land  officers  are  ex- 
pected to  report  any  infringement  of  this  regulation  to  this 
office. 

94.  Should  it  appear  that  excessive  or  exorbitant 
charges  have  been  made  by  any  surveyor  or  any  publisher, 
prompt  action  will  be  taken  with  the  view  of  correcting 
the  abuse. 

Surveys  of  Mining  Claims. 
General  Provisions. 

115.  Under  section  2334.  U.  S.  Rev.  Stats.,  the  U.  S. 
Surveyor-General  "may  appoint  in  each  land  district  con- 
taining mineral   lands   as  many   competent   surveyors  as 
shall  apply  for  appointment  to  survey  mining  claims." 

116.  Persons  desiring  such  appointments  should  there- 
fore file  their  applications  with  the  Surveyor-General  for 
the  district  wherein  appointment  is  asked,  who  will  furnish 
all  information  necessary. 

117.  All   appointments   of  Deputy   Mineral    Surveyors 
must  be  submitted  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land 
Office  for  approval. 

118.  The  Surveyors-General  have  authority  to  suspend 
or  revoke  the  commissions  of  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyors 
for  cause.    Before  final  action,  however,  the  matter  should 
be  submitted  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land 
Office  for  approval. 

119.  Such  Surveyors  will  be  allowed  the  right  of  appeal 
from  the  action  of  the  Surveyor-General  in  the  usual  man- 
ner.    Such  appeal  should  be  filed  with  the  Surveyor-Gen- 
eral, who  will  at  once  transmit  the  same,  with  a  full  report, 
to  the  General  Land  Office. 

120.  Neither  the   Surveyor-General   nor  the   Commis- 
sioner of  the  General  Land  Office  has  jurisdiction  to  settle 
differences,  relative  to  the  payment  of  charges  for  field 
work,  between  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyors  and  claimants. 
These  are  matters  of  private  contract  and  must  be  en- 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  169 

forced  in  the  ordinary  manner,  i.  e.,  in  the  local  courts. 
The  Department  has,  however,  authority  to  investigate 
charges  affecting  the  official  actions  of  Deputy  Mineral  Sur- 
veyors, and  will,  on  sufficient  cause  shown,  suspend  or  re- 
voke their  appointment. 

121.  The  Surveyors-General  should  appoint  as  many 
competent  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyors  as  apply  for  appoint- 
ment, in  order  that  claimants  may  have  a  choice  of  survey- 
ors, and  he  enabled  to  have  their  work  done  on  the  most 
advantageous  terms. 

122.  The  schedule  of  charges  for  office  work  should  be 
as  low  as  is  possible.     No  additional  charges  should  be 
made  for  orders  for  amended  surveys,  unless  the  necessity 
therefor  is  clearly  the  fault  of  the  claimant,  or  considerable 
additional  office  work  results  therefrom. 

123.  In  cases  where  the  error  in  the  original  survey  is 
due  to  the  carelessness  or  neglect  of  the  Surveyor  who 
made  it,  he  should  be  required  to  make  the  necessary  cor- 
rections in  the  field  at  his  own  expense,  and  the  Surveyor- 
General  should  advise  him  that  the  penalty  for  failure  to 
comply  with  instructions  within  a  specified  time  will  be 
the  suspension  or  revocation  of  his  commission. 

124.  Mineral  Surveyors  will  address  all  official  commu- 
nications to  the  Surveyor-General.    They  will,  when  a  min- 
ing claim  is  the  subject  of  correspondence,  give  the  name 
and  survey  number.    In  replying  to  letters  they  will  give 
the  subject-matter  and  date  of  the     letter.     They     will 
promptly  notify  the  Surveyor-General  of  any  change  in 
postoffice  address. 

125.  Mineral  Surveyors  should  keep  a  complete  record 
of  each  survey  made  by  them  and  the  facts  coming  to  their 
knowledge  at  the  time,  as  well  as  copies  of  all  their  field 
notes,  reports,  and  official  correspondence,  in  order  that 
such  evidence  may  be  readily  produced  when  called  for  at 
any  future  time.     Field  notes  and  other  reports  must  be 
written  in  a  clear  and  legible  hand  or  typewritten,  in  non- 


170  MINERAL,   LAND   SURVEYING. 

copying  ink,  and  upon  the  proper  blanks  furnished  gratui- 
tously by  the  Surveyor's  General  office  upon  application 
therefor.  No  interlineations  or  erasures  will  be  allowed. 

126.  No  return  by  a  Mineral  Surveyor  will  be  recog- 
nized as  official  unless  it  is  over  his  signature  as  a  United 
States  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  and  made  in  pursuance  of 
a  special  order  from  the  Surveyor-General's  office.     After 
he  has  received  an  order  for  survey  he  is  required  to  make 
the  survey  and  return  correct  field  notes  thereof  to  the 
Surveyor-General's  office  without  delay. 

127.  The  claimant  is  required,  in  all  cases,  to  make 
satisfactory  arrangements  with  the  Surveyor  for  the  pay- 
ment for  his  services  and  those  of  his  assistants  in  making 
the  survey,  as  the  United  States  will  not  be  held  respon- 
sible for  the  same. 

128.  A   Mineral   Surveyor  is    precluded   from   acting, 
either  directly  or  indirectly,  as  attorney  in  mineral  claims. 
His  duty  in  any  particular  case  ceases  when  he  has  exe- 
cuted the  survey  and  returned  the  field  notes  and  prelim- 
inary plat,  with  his  report,  to  the  Surveyor-General.     He 
will  not  be  allowed  to  prepare  for  the  mining  claimant  the 
papers  in  support  of  his  application  for  patent,  or  other- 
wise perform  the  duties  of  an  attorney  before  the  Land 
Office  in  connection  with  a  mining  claim.     He  is  not  per- 
mitted to  combine  the  duties  of  surveyor  and  notary  public 
in  the  same  case  by  administering  oaths  to  the  parties  in 
interest,  but  as  a  notary  public  he  may  administer  the 
oaths  to  his  assistants  in  making  the  survey;  otherwise  he 
must  have  absolutely  nothing  to  do  with  the  case,  except 
in  his  official  capacity  as  Surveyor.    He  will  make  no  sur- 
vey of  a  mineral  claim  in  which  he  holds  an  interest,  nor 
will  he  employ  chainmen  interested  therein  in  any  manner. 

Survey — How   Made. 

129.  The  survey  made  and  returned  must,  in  every  case, 
be  an  actual  survey  on  the  ground  in  full  detail,  made  by 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  171 

the  Mineral  Surveyor  in  person  after  the  receipt  of  the 
order,  and  without  reference  to  any  knowledge  he  may 
have  previously  acquired  by  reason  of  having  made  the 
location  survey  or  otherwise,  and  must  show  the  actual 
facts  existing  at  the  time.  This  precludes  him  from  cal- 
culating the  connections  to  corners  of  the  public  survey 
and  location  monuments,  or  any  other  lines  of  his  survey 
through  prior  surveys  made  by  others  and  substituting  the 
same  for  connections  or  lines  of  the  survey  returned  by 
him.  The  term  survey  in  this  paragraph  applies  not  only 
to  the  usual  field  work,  but  also  to  the  examinations  re- 
quired for  the  preparation  of  affidavits  of  five  hundred  dol- 
lars expenditure,  descriptive  reports  on  placer  claims,  and 
all  other  reports. 

130.  The  survey  of  a  mining  claim  may  consist  of  sev- 
eral contiguous  locations,  but  such  survey  must,  in  con- 
formity with  statutory  requirements,  distinguish  the  sev- 
eral locations,  and  exhibit  the  boundaries  of  each.     The 
survey  will  be  given  but  one  number. 

131.  The   survey   must  be   made  in  strict   conformity 
with,  or  be  embraced  within,  the  lines  of  the  location  upon 
which  the  order  is  based.    If  the  survey  and  location  are 
identical,  that  fact  must  be  clearly  and  distinctly  stated  in 
the  field  notes.     If  not  identical,  a  bearing  and  distance 
must  be  given  from  each  established  corner  of  survey  to 
the  corresponding  corner  of  the  location,  and  the  location 
corner  must  be  fully  described,  so  that  it  can  be  identified. 
The  lines  of  the  location,  as  found  upon    the  ground,  must 
be  laid  down  upon  the  preliminary  plat  in  such  a  manner 
as   to  contrast   and   show   their  relation   to  the  lines  of 
survey. 

132.  In  view  of  the  principle  that  courses  and  distances 
must  give  way  when  in  conflict  with  fixed  objects  and 
monuments,  the  surveyor  will  not,  under  any  circumstances, 
change  the  corners  of  the  location  for  the  purpose  of  mak- 
ing them  conform  to  the  description  in  the  record.    If  the 


72  MINERAL,  LAND  SURVEYING. 

difference  from  the  location  be  slight,  it  may  be  explained 
in  the  field  notes. 

133.  No  mining  claim  located  subsequent  to  May  10, 
1872,  should  exceed  the  statutory  limit  in  width  on  each 
side  of  the  center  of  vein  or  1,500  feet  in  length,  and  all 
surveys  must  close  within  50-100  feet  in  1,000  feet,  and  the 
error  must  not  be  such  as  to  make  the  location  exceed  the 
statutory  limit,  and  in  absence  of  other  proof  the  discovery 
point  is  held  to  be  the  center  of  the  vein  on  the  surface. 
The  course  and  length  of  the  vein  should  be  marked  upon 
the  plat. 

134.  All  mineral  surveys  must  be  made  with  a  transit, 
provided  with  a  solar  attachment,  by  which  the  meridian 
can  be  determined  independently  of  the  magnetic  needle, 
and  all  courses  must  be  referred  to  the  true  meridian.  The 
variation  should  be  noted  at  each  corner  of  the  survey. 
The  true  course  of  at  least  one  line  of  each  survey  must 
be  ascertained  by  astronomical  observations  made  at  the 
time  of  the   survey;    the  data  for  determining  the  same 
and  details  as  to  how  these  data  were  arrived  at  must  be 
given.     Or,  in  lieu  of  the  foregoing  the  survey  must  be 
connected  with   some  line  the  true  course  of  which  has 
been  previously  established  beyond  question,  and  in  a  sim- 
ilar manner,  and,  when  such  lines  exist,  it  is  desirable  in 
all  cases  that  they  should  be  used  as  a  proof  of  the  accu- 
racy of  subsequent  work. 

135.  Corner  No.  1  of  each  location  embraced  in  a  sur- 
vey must  be  connected  by  course  and  distance  with  near- 
est corner  of  the  public  servey  or  with  a  United  States 
location  monument,  if  the  claim  lies  within  two  miles  of 
such  corner  or  monument.    If  both  are  within  the  required 
distance  the  connection  must  be  with   the  corner  of  the 
public  survey. 

136.  Surveys  and  connections  of  mineral  claims  may  be 
made  in  suspended  townships  in  the  same     manner     as 
though  the  claims  were  upon  unsurveyed  land,  except  as 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  173 

hereinafter  specified,  by  connecting  them  with  independent 
mineral  monuments.  At  the  same  time,  the  position  of  any 
public-land  corner  which  may  be  found  in  the  neighborhood 
of  the  claim  should  be  noted,  so  that,  in  case  of  the  release 
of  the  township  from  suspension,  the  position  of  the  claim 
can  be  shown  on  the  plat. 

137.  A  mineral  survey  must  not  be  returned  with  its 
connection  made  only  with  a  corner  of  the  public  survey, 
where  the  survey  of  the  township  within  which  it  is  situ- 
ated is  under  suspension,  nor  connected  with  a  mineral 
monument   alone,    when   situated   within   the   limits   of   a 
township  the  regularity  and  correctness  of  the  survey  of 
which  is  unquestioned. 

138.  In  making  an  official  survey,  corner  No.  1  of  each 
location  must  be  established  at  the  corner  nearest  the  cor- 
ner of  the  public  survey  or  location  monument,  unless  good 
cause  is  shown  for  its  being  placed  otherwise.     If  connec- 
tions are  given  to  both  a  corner  of  the  public  survey  and 
location  monument,  corners  Nos.  1  should  be  placed  at  the 
corner  nearest  the  corner  of  the  public  survey.    When  a 
boundary  line  of  a  claim  intersects  a  section  line  courses 
and  distances  from  point  of  intersection  to  the  government 
corners  at  each  end  of  the  half  mile  of  section  line  so  inter- 
sected must  be  given. 

139.  In  case  a  survey  is  situated  in  a  district  where 
there  are  no  corners  of  the  public  survey  and  no  monu- 
ments within  the  prescribed  limits,  a  mineral  monument 
must  be  established,  in  the  location  of  which  the  greatest 
care  must  be  exercised  to  insure  permanency  as  to  site 
and  construction. 

140.  The  site,  when  practicable,  should  be  some  prom- 
inent point,  visible  for  a  long  distance  from  every  direc- 
tion, and  should  be  so  chosen  that  the  permanency  of  the 
monument  will  not  be  endangered  by  snow,  rock,  or  land- 
slides, or  other  natural  causes. 

141.  The  monument  should  consist  of  a  stone  not  less 


174  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

than  30  inches  long,  20  inches  wide,  and  6  inches  thick,  set 
halfway  in  the  ground,  with  a  conical  mound  of  stone  4 
feet  high  and  6  feet-  base  alongside.  The  letters  U.  S.  L. 
M.,  followed  by  the  consecutive  number  of  the  monument 
in  the  district,  must  be  plainly  chiseled  upon  the  stone. 
If  impracticable  to  obtain  a  stone  of  required  dimensions, 
then  a  post  8  feet  long,  6  inches  square,  set  3  feet  in  the 
ground,  scribed  as  for  a  stone  monument,  protected  by  a 
well-built  conical  mound  of  stone  of  not  less  than  3  feet 
high  and  6  feet  base  around  it,  may  be  used.  The  exact 
point  for  connection  must  be  indicated  on  the  monument 
by  an  X  chiseled  thereon;  if  a  post  is  used,  then  a  tack 
must  be  driven  into  the  post  to  indicate  the  point. 

142.  From  the  monument,  connections  by  course  and 
distance  must  be  taken  to  two  or  three  bearing  trees  or 
rocks,  and  to  any  well-known  and  permanent  objects  in  the 
vicinity,  such  as  the  confluence  of     streams,     prominent 
rocks,  buildings,  shafts,  or  mouths  of  adits.    Bearing  trees 
must  be  properly  scribed  B.  T.  and  bearing  rocks  chiseled 
B.   R.,   together  with   the  number   of  the   location   monu- 
ment;  the  exact  point  on  the  tree  or  stone  to  which  the 
connection  is  taken  should  be  indicated  by  a  cross  or  other 
unmistakable    mark.     Bearings   should   also    be   taken    to 
prominent  mountain  peaks,  and  the  approximate  distance 
and  direction  ascertained  from  the  nearest  town  or  mining 
camp.     A  detailed  description  of  the  locating  monument, 
with  a  topographical  map  of  its  location,  should  be  fur- 
nished the  office  of  the  Surveyor-General  by  the  surveyor. 

143.  Corners  may  consist  of — 

First. — A  stone  at  least  24  inches  long  set  12  inches  in 
the  ground,  with  a  conical  mound  of  stone  1%  feet  high, 
2  feet  base,  alongside. 

Second.— A  post  at  least  3  feet  long  by  4  inches  square, 
set  18  inches  in  the  ground  and  surrounded  by  a  substan- 
tial mound  of  stone  or  earth. 

Third. — A  rock  in  place. 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  175 

A  stone  should  always  be  used  for  a  corner  when  possi- 
ble, and  when  so  used  the  kind  should  be  stated. 

144.  All  corners  must  be  established  in  a  permanent 
and  workmanlike  manner,  and  the  corner  and  survey  num- 
ber must  be  neatly  chiseled  or  scribed  on  the  sides  facing 
the  claim.    The  exact  corner  point  must  be  permanently  in- 
dicated on  the  corner.    When  a  rock  in  place  is  used  its  di- 
mensions above  ground  must  be  stated  and  a  cross  chiseled 
at  the  exact  corner  point. 

145.  In  case  the  point  for  the  corner  be  inaccessible  or 
unsuiable  a  witness  corner,  which  must  be  marked  with 
the  letters  W.  C.  in  addition  to  the  corner  and  survey  num- 
ber, should  be  established.    The  witness  corner  should  be 
located  upon  a  line  of  the  survey  and  as  near  as  possible 
to  the  true  corner,  with  which  it  must  be  connected  by 
course  and  distance.    The  reason  why  it  is  impossible  or 
impracticable  to  establish  the  true  corner  must  always  be 
stated  in  the  field  notes,  and  in  running  the  next  course  it 
should  be  stated  whether  the  start  is  made  from  the  true 
place  for  corner  or  from  witness  corner. 

146.  The  identity  of  all  corners  should  be  perpetuated 
by  taking  courses  and  distances  to  bearing  trees,  rocks,  and 
other  objects,  as  prescribed  in  the  establishment  of  location 
monuments,  and  when  no  bearings  are  given  it  shouid  be 
stated  that  no  bearings  are  available.    Permanent  objects 
should  be  selected  for  bearings  whenever  possible. 

147.  If  an  official  mineral  survey  has  been  made  in  the 
vicinity,  within  a  reasonable  distance,  a  further  connecting 
line  should  be  run  to  some  corner  thereof;   and  in  like 
manner  all  conflicting  surveys  and  locations  should  be  so 
connected,  and  the  corner  with  which  connection  is  made 
in  each  case  described.  Such  connections  will  be  made  and 
conflicts  shown  according  to  the  boundaries  of  the  neigh- 
boring or  conflicting  claims  as  each  is  marked,  defined,  and 
actually  established  upon  the  ground.     The  mineral  sur- 
veyor will  fully  and  specifically  state  in  his  return  how  and 


176  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

by  what  visible  evidences  he  was  able  to  identify  on  the 
ground  the  several  conflicting  surveys  and  those  which 
appear  according  to  their  returned  tie  or  boundary  lines  to 
conflict,  if  they  were  so  identified,  and  report  errors  or  dis- 
crepancies found  by  him  in  any  such  surveys.  In  the  sur- 
vey of  contiguous  claims  which  constitute  a  consolidated 
group,  where  corners  are  common,  bearings  should  be  men- 
tioned but  once.  (Amendment.) 

148.  The  mineral  surveyor  should  note  carefully  all 
topographical  features  of  the  claim,  taking  distances  on  his 
lines  to  intersections  with  all  streams,  gulches,  ditches,  ra- 
vines, mountain  ridges,  roads,  trails,  etc.,  with  their  widths, 
courses,  and  other  data  that  may  be  required  to  map  them 
correctly.    All  municipal  or  private  improvements,  such  as 
blocks,  streets,  and  buildings,  should  be  located. 

149.  If,  in  running  the  exterior  lines  of  a  claim,  the 
survey   is   found   to  conflict   with   the   survey   of   another 
claim,  the  distances  to  the  points  of  intersection,  and  the 
courses  and  distances  along  the  line  intersected  from  an 
established  corner  of  such  conflicting  claim  to  such  points 
of  intersection,  should  be  described  in  the  field     notes: 
Provided,  That  where  a  corner  of  the  conflicting  survey 
falls  within  the  claim  being  surveyed,  such  corner  should 
be  selected  from  which  to  give  the  bearing,  otherwise  the 
corner  nearest  the  intersection  should  be  taken.    The  same 
rule  should  govern  in  the  survey  of  claims  embracing  two 
or  more  locations  the  lines  of  which  intersect. 

150.  A  lode  and  mill-site  claim  in  one  survey  will  be 
distinguished  by  the  letters  A  and  B  following  the  number 
of  the  survey.    The  corners  of  the  mill  site  will  be  num- 
bered independently  of  those  of  the  lode.    Corner  No.  1  of 
the  mill  site  must  be  connected  with  a  corner  of  the  lode 
claim  as  well  as  with  a  corner  of  the  public  survey  or 
United  States  location  monument. 

151.  When  a  placer  claim  includes  lodes,  or  when  sev- 
eral contiguous  placer  or  lode  locations  are  included  as  one 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  177 

claim  in  one  survey,  there  must  be  given  to  the  corners  of 
each  location  constituting  the  same  a  separate  consecutive 
numerical  designation,  beginning  with  corner  No.  1  in 
each  case. 

152.  Throughout  the   description  of  the   survey,  after 
each  reference  to  the  lines  or  corners  of  a  location,  the 
name  thereof  must  be  given,  and  if  unsurveyed,  the  fact 
stated.     If  reference  is  made  to  a  location  included  in  a 
prior  official   survey,  the  survey  number  must  be   given, 
followed  by  the  name  of  the  location.     Corners  should  be 
described  once  only. 

153.  The  total  area  of  each  location  and  also  the  area 
in  conflict  with  each  intersecting  survey  or  claim  should  be 
stated;  also  the  total  area  claimed.    But  when  locations  em- 
braced in  one  survey  conflict  with  each  other  such  conflicts 
should  only  be  stated  in  connection  with  the  location  from 
which  the  conflicting  area  is  excluded. 

154.  It  should  be  stated  particularly  whether  the  claim 
is  upon  surveyed  or  unsurveyed  public  lands,  giving  in  the 
former  case  the  quarter  section,  township,  and  range  in 
which  it  is  located,  and  the  section  lines  should  be  indi- 
cated by  full  lines  and  the  quarter-section  lines  by  dotted 
lines. 

155.  The  title-page  of  the  field  notes  must  contain  the 
postoflice  address  of  the  claimant  or  his  authorized  agent. 

156.  In  the  mineral  surveyor's  certificate  of  the  value 
of  the  improvements  all  actual  expenditures   and  mining 
improvements  made  by  the  claimant  or  his  grantors,  having 
a  direct  relation  to  the  development  of  the  claim,  must  bo 
included  in  the  estimate. 

157.  The  expenditures  required  may  be  made  from  the 
surface  or  in  running  a  tunnel,  drifts,  or  crosscuts  for  the 
development   of   the   claim.     Improvements   of   any   other 
character,   such   as   buildings,   machinery,     or     roadways, 
must  be  excluded  from  the  estimate,  unless  it  is  shown 
clearly  that  they  are  associated   with  actual  excavations. 


178  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

such  as  cuts,  tunnels,  shafts,  etc.,  are  essential  to  the  prac- 
tical development  of,  and  actually  facilitate  the  extraction 
of  mineral  from,  the  claim. 

158.  All  mining  and  other  improvements  claimed  will 
be  located  by  courses  and  distances  from  corners  of  the 
survey,  or  from  points  on  the  center  or  side  lines,  specify- 
ing with  particularity  and  detail  the  dimensions  and  char- 
acter of  each,  and  the  improvements  upon  each  location 
should  be  numbered  consecutively,  the  point  of  discovery 
being  always  No.  1.    Improvements  made  upon  other  loca- 
tions, or  by  a  former  locator  who  has  abandoned  the  claim, 
can  not  be  included   in  the   estimate,   but  should   be   de- 
scribed and  located  in  the  notes  and  plat. 

159.  In  case  of  a  lode  and  mill-site  claim  in  the  same 
survey  the  expenditure  of  five  hundred   dollars   must  be 
shown  upon  the  lode  claim. 

160.  If  the  value  of  the  labor  and  improvements  upon 
a  mineral  claim  is  less  than  five  hundred  dollars  at  the 
time  of  survey,  the  mineral  surveyor  may  file  with  the  Sur- 
veyor-General   supplemental    proof   showing    five    hundred 
•dollars  expenditure  made   prior  to  the   expiration  of  the 
period  of  publication. 

161.  The  mineral  surveyor  will  return  with  his  field 
notes  a  preliminary  plat  on  blank  sent  to  him  for  that  pur- 
pose, protracted  on  a  scale  of  two  hundred  feet  to  an  inch, 
if  practicable.    In  preparing  plats  the  top  is  north.    Copy  of 
the  calculations  of  areas  by  double  meridian  distances  and 
of  all  triangulations  or  traverse  lines  must  be  furnished,. 
The  lines  of  the  claim  surveyed  should  be  heavier  than  the 
lines  of  conflicting  claims. 

162.  Whenever  a  survey  has  been  reported  in  error  the 
surveyor  who  made  it  will  be  required  to  promptly  make  a 
thorough  examination  upon  the  premises  and   report  the 
result,   under   oath,   to   the    Surveyor-General's   office.     In 
case  he  finds  his  survey  in  error  he  will  report  in  detail  all 
discrepancies  with  the  original  survey  and  submit  any  ex- 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  179 

planation  he  may  have  to  offer  as  to  the  cause.  If,  on  the 
contrary,  he  should  report  his  survey  correct,  a  joint  sur- 
vey will  be  ordered  to  settle  the  differences  with  the  sur- 
veyor who  reported  the  error.  A  joint  survey  must  be 
made  within  ten  days  after  the  date  of  order  unless  satis- 
factory reasons  are  submitted,  under  oath,  for  a  postpone- 
ment. The  field  work  must  in  every  sense  of  the  term  be 
a  joint  and  not  a  separate  survey,  and  the  observations  and 
measurements  taken  with  the  same  instrument  and  chain, 
previously  tested  and  agreed  upon. 

163.  The  surveyor  found  in  error,  or,  if  both  are  in 
error,  the  one  who  reported  the  same,  will  make  out  the 
field  notes  of  the  joint  survey,  which,   after  being  duly 
signed  and  sworn  to  by  both  parties,  must  be  transmitted 
to  the  Surveyor-General's  office. 

164.  Inasmuch  as  amended  surveys  are  ordered  only 
by  special  instructions  from  the  General  Land  Office,  and 
the  conditions  and  circumstances  peculiar  to  each  separate 
case,  and  the  object  sought  by  the  required  amendment, 
alone  govern  all  special  matters  relative  to  the  manner  of 
making  such  survey  and  the  form  and  subject-matter  to  be 
embraced  in  the  field  notes  thereof,  but  few  general  rules 
applicable  to  all  cases  can  be  laid  down. 

165.  The  amended  survey  must  be  made  in  strict  con- 
formity with,  or  be  embraced  within,  the  lines  of  the  orig- 
inal survey.    If  the  amended  and  original  surveys  are  iden- 
tical, that  fact  must  be  clearly  and  distinctly  stated  in  the 
field  notes.    If  not  identical,  a  bearing  and  distance  must 
be  given  from  each  established  corner  of  the  amended  sur- 
vey to  the  corresponding  corner  of  the  original  survey.   The 
lines  of  the  original  survey,  as  found  upon  the  ground, 
must  be  laid  down  upon  the  preliminary  plat  in  such  man- 
ner as  to  contrast  and  show  their  relation  to  the  lines  of 
the  amended  survey. 

166.  The  field  notes  of  the  amended  survey  must  be  pre- 
pared on  the  same  size  and  form  of  blanks  as  are  the  field 


180  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

notes  of  the  original  survey,  and  the  word  "amended"  must 
be  used  before  the  word  "survey"  wherever  it  occurs  in  the 
field  notes. 

167.  Mineral  surveyors  are  required  to  make  full  ex- 
aminations of  all  placer  claims  at  the  time  of  survey  and 
file  with  the  field  notes  a  descriptive  report,  in  which  will 
be  described — 

(a)  The  quality  and  composition  of  the  soil,  and  the 
kind  and  amount  of  timber  and  other  vegetation. 

(b)  The  locus  and   size  of  streams,   and  such  other 
matter  as  may  appear  upon  the  surface  of  the  claims. 

(c)  The  character  and  extent  of  all  surface  and  under- 
ground workings,  whether  placer  or  lode,  for  mining  pur- 
poses, locating  and  describing  them. 

(d)  The  proximity  of  centers  of  trade  or  residence. 

(e)  The  proximity  of  well-known  systems  of  lode  de- 
posits or  of  individual  lodes. 

(f)  The   use   or  adaptability  of   the   claim  for   placer 
mining  and  whether  water  has  been  brought  upon  it  in 
sufficient  quantity  to  mine  the  same,  or  whether  it  can  be 
procured  for  that  purpose. 

(g)  What  works  or  expenditures  have  been  made  by 
the  claimant  or  his  grantors  for  the  development  of  the 
claim,  and  their  situation  and  location  with  respect  to  the 
same  as  applied  for. 

(h)  The  true  situation  of  all  mines,  salt  licks,  salt 
springs,  and  mill  sites  which  come  to  the  surveyor's  knowl- 
edge, or  a  report  by  him  that  none  exist  on  the  claim,  as 
the  facts  may  warrant. 

(i)  Said  report  must  be  made  under  oath  and  duly 
corroborated  by  one  or  more  disinterested  persons. 

168.  The  employing  of  claimants,  their  attorneys,  or 
parties  in  interest,  as  assistants  in  making  surveys  of  min- 
eral claims,  will  not  be  allowed. 

169.  The  field  work  must  be  accurately  and  properly 
performed  and  returns  made  in  conformity  with  the  fore- 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  181 

going  instructions.  Errors  in  the  survey  must  be  corrected 
at  the  surveyor's  own  expense,  and  if  the  time  required  in 
the  examination  of  the  returns  is  increased  by  reason  of 
neglect  or  carelessness,  he  will  be  required  to  make  an 
additional  deposit  for  office  work.  He  will  be  held  to  a  strict 
accountability  for  the  faithful  discharge  of  his  duties,  and 
will  be  required  to  observe  fully  the  requirements  and  regu- 
lations in  force  as  to  making  mineral  surveys.  If  found 
incompetent  as  a  surveyor,  careless  in  the  discharge  of 
his  duties,  or  guilty  of  a  violation  of  said  regulations,  his 
appointment  will  be  promptly  revoked. 

W.  A.  RICHARDS, 

Commissioner. 
Approved. 

E.  A.  HITCHCOCK,  Secretary. 

The  surveyor  general  of  Colorado  has  issued  the  fol- 
lowing circular  letter  and  requires  deputy  mineral  survey- 
ors to  comply  strictly  therewith: 

In  your  future  work  before  this  office  you  will  comply 
in  detail  with  the  requirements  contained  in  amended 
paragraph  147  of  Mining  Circular,  and  to  insure  uniform- 
ity in  your  returns  will  pay  particular  attention  to  the  fol- 
lowing instructions: 

As  said  amendment  requires  that  all  conflicting  sur- 
veys shall  be  shown  according  to  the  boundaries  as  each 
is  marked,  defined  and  actually  established  upon  the 
ground  without  regard  to  whether  or  not  patents  have  is- 
sued for  the  claims  in  question;  you  will  be  required  to 
determine  in  each  case  that  the  monuments  of  conflicting 
claims  as  found  upon  the  ground  are  the  official  monu- 
ments of  the  official  surveys,  or  occupy  the  original  posi- 
tion of  the  same.  If  this  cannot  be  determined  it  will  then 
be  necessary  to  revert  to  the  record  and  show  said  claims 
in  their  approved  and  patented  positions. 

A  strict  compliance  with  paragraph  149  of  the  Mining 
Circular,  which  is  in  part  as  follows,  will  be  required: 


182  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

"If  in  running  the  exterior  lines  of  a  claim  the  sur- 
vey is  found  to  conflict  with  the  survey  of  another  claim, 
the  distances  to  the  points  of  intersection  and  the  courses 
and  distances  along  the  line  intersects  from  an  established 
corner  of  such  conflicting  claim  to  such  points  of  intersec- 
tion, should  be  described  in  the  field  notes."  ...... 

This  will  necessitate  the  re-running  by  you  of  each  line 
of  a  conflicting  survey  which  intersects  the  exterior  lines 
of  the  claim  being  surveyed;  and  a  report  upon  the  course, 
and  if  necessary,  the  length  of  the  same. 

The  section  and  quarter  section  in  which  a  survey  is 
located  will  be  determined,  assuming  the  subdivision  field 
notes  as  returned  by  the  deputy  surveyor  to  be  correct. 

You  will  further  be  required  in  the  field  notes,  when 
connections  are  given  to  a  conflicting  or  neighboring  sur- 
vey, to  state  whether  or  not  said  connection  is  given  to 
the  position  of  the  claim  as  staked  or  as  approved  by  this 
office. 

An  additional  note  added  at  the  end  of  the  field  notes, 
under  heading  "Report,"  will  be  required,  stating: 

1st.  How  the  lines  of  the  survey,  connections  to  con- 
flicting surveys  and  to  the  corner  of  the  public  survey 
or  U.  S.  Location  Monument,  were  determined. 

2nd.  A  description  of  the  section  corner  or  U.  S.  Loca- 
tion Monument  to  which  connection  is  given  in  the  field 
notes. 

3rd.  A  full  description  of  all  corners  of  conflicting 
claims  to  which  connections  are  given  in  the  field  notes, 
together  with  a  statement  of  how  and  by  what  visible  evi- 
dence you  were  able  to  identify  the  same  as  being  the  offi- 
cial monuments  of  the  claim  in  question. 

4th.  A  statement  showing  how  the  courses  and  lengths 
of  the  intersecting  boundary  lines  of  conflicting  surveys 
were  determined. 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  183 

The  following  circular  letter  is  also  of  interest: 

DEPARTMENT    OF   THE   INTERIOR, 

Office  of 
United  States  Surveyor  General,  for  the  District  of  Colorado. 

Denver,  Colo.,  May  25,  1892. 
To  Applicants  for  Mineral  Survey  Orders 
in  the  District  of  Colorado: 

You  are  informed  that  in  numerous  cases  the  certified 
copies  of  location  certificates  filed  in  this  office  with  appli- 
cations for  mineral  survey  orders  are  so  defective  that  or- 
ders cannot  be  based  thereon.  This  is  a  very  important 
matter,  and  locators  cannot  exercise  too  much  care  in  de- 
fining their  locations  at  the  outset,  inasmuch  as  the  act  of 
Congress  of  May  10,  1872,  provides  "That  all  records  of 
mining  claims  hereafter  made  shall  contain  the  name  or 
names  of  the  locators,  the  date  of  location,  and  such  a  de- 
scription of  the  claim  or  claims  located  by  reference  to 
some  natural  object  or  permanent  monument  as  will  iden- 
tify the  claim." 

It  is  also  provided  by  the  General  Statutes  of  Colorado, 
section  2400,  that  "Any  location  certificate  of  a  lode  claim 
which  shall  not  contain  the  name  of  the  lode,  the  name  of 
the  locator,  the  date  of  location,  the  number  of  lineal  feet 
claimed  on  each  side  of  the  discovery  shaft,  the  general 
course  of  the  lode  and  such  description  as  shall  identify 
the  claim  with  reasonable  certainty,  shall  be  void." 

One  or  more  of  these  requirements  is  often  omitted  in 
location  certificates  submitted  to  this  office,  and  you  are 
therefore  advised,  before  filing  your  application,  to  see  that 
your  location  has  been  made  in  conformity  with  law  and 
regulations,  and  that  the  claim  for  which  patent  is  sought 
is  properly  described. 

A  fruitful  source  of  delay  is  the  failure  of  applicants, 
their  agents  or  attorneys  to  thoroughly  examine  the  copies 
of  location  certificates  received  from  the  county  clerk, 
comparing  the  same  with  the  original,  to  see  that  clerical 


181  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

errors  have  been  avoided.  The  discovery  of  such  errors 
in  this  office  necessitates  the  return  of  the  document  for 
correction;  causes  delay  in  the  issuance  of  the  order  for 
survey  and,  by  allowing  the  intervention  of  other  orders 
with  prior  numbers,  retards  the  approval  of  the  survey 
often  for  many  weeks.  You  are  therefore  requested  be- 
fore filing  a  copy  of  a  location  certificate  in  this  office  to 
examine  the  same  carefully  and  see: 

That  the  distances  given  each  way  from  the  discovery 
do  not  aggregate  more  than  1,500  feet,  and  equal  the  length 
of  the  claim  along  the  vein,  as  determined  from  the  de- 
scription by  metes  and  bounds  thereof.  That  not  more 
than  the  statutory  limit  is  claimed  on  either  side  of  the 
discovery,*  that  the  discovery  is  not  described  in  one  place 
as  a  shaft  and  in  another  as  a  cut  or  tunnel;  that  the 
end  lines  are  parallel;  that  the  courses  and  distances  given 
as  the  boundaries  of  the  claim  close;  that  the  dates  are 
correct  and  consistent;  that  the  name  of  the  claim  is  leg- 
ibly written;  that  the  certificate  of  the  county  clerk  is 
properly  sealed,  dated,  signed,  correctly  gives  the  name  of 
the  claim  and  designates  the  instrument,  as  a  location, 
amended,  additional  or  relocation  certificate,  as  the  case 
may  be.  The  importance  of  attending  to  these  details  in 
the  matter  of  location  will  be  the  more  readily  perceived 
when  it  is  understood  that  a  failure  to  give  the  subject 
proper  attention  may  invalidate  the  claim. 

E.  C.  HUMPHREY, 
United  States  Surveyor  General  for  Colorado. 


*Note—  Colorado  Statutes,  Section  2398:  The  width 
of  lode  claims  hereafter  located  in  Gilpin,  Clear  Creek, 
Boulder  and  Summit  counties,  shall  be  seventy-five  feet  on 
each  side  of  the  center  of  the  vein  or  crevice;  and  in  all 
other  counties  the  width  of  the  same  shall  be  one  hundred 
and  fifty  feet  on  each  side  of  the  center  of  the  vein  or 
crevice. 


MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING.  185 

Records. 

As  the  deputy  surveyor  and  others  are  constantly  re- 
quired to  consult  the  records  on  file  in  the  surveyor's  gen- 
eral office,  it  will  be  well  to  give  an  account  of  the  meth- 
ods used  in  the  Colorado  office: 

All  claims  are  indexed  alphabetically  and  numerically. 
In  the  alphabetical  index  there  is  no  information  except 
the  name  of  the  claim,  its  number  and  land  district.  In  the 
numerical  index  is  given  the  number  of  the  claim,  the  name 
or  names,  the  claimant,  surveyor,  date  of  filing,  plat  book 
number,  field  book  number,  date  of  patent  or  cancellation, 
township  and  section,  and,  under  remarks,  any  further 
information.  The  plat  books,  of  which  there  are  over  two 
hundred  at  present,  each  contain  about  one  hundred  fac- 
similies  of  the  plats  of  approved  claims.  These  plats  show 
at  a  glance  the  position  of  the  claim  and  its  conflicts,  the 
net  area  being  colored,  conflicts,  ties,  intersections,  im- 
provements, etc.,  and  are  probably  the  most  consulted  by 
those  desiring  information.  For  additional  information  the 
bound  field  notes  filed  by  the  deputy  surveyor  are  used. 
In  addition,  all  correspondence  with  the  General  Land  Of- 
fice if  any,  is  kept  on  file  and  may  be  consulted  if  re- 
quired. The  so-called  connected  sheets  embrace  each  a 
square  mile  on  which  all  claims  in  the  area  embraced  are 
platted  on  a  scale  of  300  feet  to  the  inch.  Notes  from  any 
of  these  records  may  be  made  by  any  one  interested  or 
entitled  to  information,  or  copies  certified  or  otherwise 
will  be  made  in  the  surveyor's  general  office  for  a  nominal 
fee. 

The  deputy  surveyor  as  a  rule  finds  it  necessary  to 
keep  a  complete  record  of  the  claims  in  his  district  for  the 
benefit  of  his  clients,  and  is  required  by  the  General  Land 
Office  to  keep  a  complete  record  of  all  official  work  done 
by  himself.  In  this  way  every  deputy's  office  is  a  more 
or  less  complete  reproduction  of  the  surveyor's  general 


186  MINERAL     LAND     SURVEYING. 

office  in  miniature  as  far  as  his  own  district  is  concerned. 
The  writer's  method  of  keeping  records  is  as  follows: 

The  card  catalog  system  is  employed  throughout  where 
possible.  Each  claim  is  catalogued  alphabetically  on  cards, 
(with  a  number  of  names  of  claims  on  each  card),  and  also- 
catalogued  numerically  with  one  number  to  each  card. 
This  latter  card  contains  data  as  follows: 

Sur.  No.  16721.     Name  Silver  Star. 

Surveyor  John  Smith.  Date    March  20, 1903. 

Notes  Scrap  Book  101.  Plats  Vol.  12. 

Maps 

N.W.  Sec.  31,  T.  3  S.  R.  73  W.     Patent  June  20, 1905. 

District  Montana. 

Claimant  Henry  Jones. 

Area  5.045  acres. 

Remarks 
These  constitute  the  index  cards. 

The  skeleton  field  notes,  an  example  of  which  is  given 
below,  are  also  copied  on  a  card  which  is  catalogued  nu- 
merically. (These  should  contain  the  metes  and  bounds 
of  the  claim,  the  section  ties  and  ties  to  other  claims,  and 
it  is  well  to  have  a  note  of  the  corners,  whether  they  be 
stones,  posts,  etc.) : 

16721  Silver  Star. 

1  S.  E.  25-3-74  N.  38°  51'  W.  1961.7 

1-2  S.    50°  30'  E.  150          1  =  stone 

2-3  S.   30"  30'  W.          loOO          2  =  tree 

3-4  N.  50°  30'  W.  150          3  =  stone 

4-1  N.  30°  30'  E.  1500  4  =  stone 

1-6-15950  Golden  lode  =    N.    5°  38'  E.    20.6 

3-2-  1820  Bear  lode  =    N.  SO9  10'  W.    75.8 

The  cards  have  all  the  advantages  common  to  the  card' 
system  in  general  and  also  the  advantage  over  books  that 
several  people  can  work  in  the  same  office  without  get- 
ting into  each  other's  way  by  wanting  the  same  volume  of 


MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING.  1ST 

notes  at  the  same  time,  or  having  to  copy  the  notes  de- 
sired out  of  a  book.  Then,  too,  the  cards  can  be  taken  into 
the  field,  and  thus  copying  of  notes  is  avoided.  While  the 
skeleton  field  notes  of  old  claims  have  to  be  copied,  in  the 
case  of  new  claims  the  published  notes  of  the  claim  are 
simply  pasted  on  the  cards,  after  checking,  and  afterwards 
any  further  information  likely  to  be  required  is  added. 
The  official  plats  of  the  claim  are  also  copied  and  bound 
up  in  plat  books  in  every  way  similar  to  those  in  the  sur- 
veyor's general  office,  but  as  a  rule  without  the  intersec- 
tions. On  these  plats  the  areas  actually  patented  are  col- 
ored. 

The  carbon  copies  of  all  field  notes  made  or  acquired 
are  bound  together.  In  addition  the  connected  sheets  for 
these  sections  required  in  the  Clear  Creek  and  Gilpin  dis- 
tricts have  been  copied  in  the  surveyor's  general  office  and 
transferred  to  protractor  sheets  exactly  like  those  used  in 
that  office. 

In  order  to  give  an  idea  of  larger  areas  of  country  than 
that  given  by  one  section,  another  set  of  maps  is  also  made 
up  where  nine  sections  are  combined  on  one  sheet  and 
the  claims  colored  to  show  at  a  glance  what  area  each 
has  patented.  These  sheets  of  nine  square  miles  each  are 
arranged  in  a  roller  map  case. 

Field  note  books  are  paged  consecutively  and  card  cat- 
alogued. Thus  in  the  system  used,  page  1213  means  note 
book,  volume  12,  page  13. 

All  figuring  is  done  on  sheets  of  paper  of  equal  size, 
and  filed,  each  claim  by  itself,  in  congress  envelopes. 

Carbon  copies  of  all  location  certificates  are  filed  in  an 
arch  letter  file. 

The  Globe-Wernicke  and  similar  filing  cabinets  afford 
the  best  means  of  preserving  these  various  devices,  with 
the  exception  of  the  large  plats. 

The  connected  sheets  are  kept  in  a  case  made  espe- 
cially for  them. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


Examination  for  Commission  as  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral 
Surveyor. 

This  examination  in  Colorado  consists  of  problems  in 
-calculation  of  closing  line  in  a  twelve  or  thirteen-sided 
placer,  together  with  calculation  of  area  by  Double  Merid- 
ian Distance  Method,  calculation  of  lode  line  to  fit  an 
irregular  claim,  calculation  of  ties,  intersections  and  areas 
'in  an  actual  approved  survey  together  with  writing  up  a 
complete  set  of  field  notes.  A  problem  on  the  subdivision 
of  a  section  of  the  public  survey  is  usually  added.  The 
applicant  is  also  required  to  determine  a  correct  meridian 
from  solar  observation  and  must  do  this  with  his  own 
transit.  There  are  of  course  other  problems,  but  they  in 
no  way  differ  from  those  numerous  examples  that  have 
been  given  and  explained  in  the  course  of  this  work.  A 
few  examples  will,  however,  be  given  in  detail  to  illustrate 
special  cases.  One  favorite  problem  which  is  of  consider- 
.able  importance  is  the  one  first  mentioned  above  and  is  as 
follows : 

Placer    Calculations. 

Given:  The  courses  and  lengths  of  lines  1  to  13  of  a 
certain  placer.  (Fig.  34.)  It  is  desired  to  amend  the  sur- 
vey making  Cors.  Nos.  2  and  12  identical  with  the  cor- 
ners of  the  original  survey,  tne  courses  of  lines  1-2  and  12-13 
to  remain  the  same,  and  the  course  of  line  13-1  to  be 
S.  33°  34'  E.,  the  new  placer  to  contain  an  area  of  35  acres. 
Required,  the  lengths  of  lines  12-13  and  1-2. 

In  figuring  the  missing  course  and  distance  of  line  13-1, 
^reference  should  be  made  to  the  latitudes  and  departures 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 


189 


3   :   :  §   .   :   :  S  3  S   :-  :  g 


2    «» 


:«SS  •;  :   :s§ 

•  e§  §  S    -'    :    '.  5  So 


:  S  S  2  §  S  S   :  :  :   :  S  :   : 


|j    :   :   :-:   :   :SSS^   :S8 
Q2    :   :   :   :   :   :  »  d  «  «   :«« 


Sg§S 


I  3 


iiS 


88 

SS 


S      I  § 

•8      II" 
8 


I 


•  ^  ^»  »•**•>'"  • 

S      0>bwtDOU5^00u5«b^<5» 


ZZwZZZcowMZZOl 


190 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 


of  courses  1  to  13,  included  in  computing  the  area  by 
Double  Meridian  Distances. 


Fig.  34. 


The  sum  of  the  north  latitudes  is  found  to  be  2235.61, 
>and  the  sum  of  the  south  latitudes  is  found  to  be  1401.16, 
which  latter  subtracted  from  the  north  latitudes  leaves  a 
north  latitude  of  834.45.  In  like  manner  subtracting  the 
sum  of  the  east  departures,  2466.42,  from  the  sum  of  the 
west  departures,  2701.97,  leaves  a  west  departure  of  235.55. 

.log  834.45  =  2.9214003        log          834.45  =  2.9214003 

log  235 . 55  =  2 . 3720831        log  cos  15°  46'  =  9 . 9833449 


log  cotan  15°  46' =  0.5493172        log          867.07  =  2.9380554 
Missing  course  =  S  15°  46' E  867.07ft. 

In  the  triangle  ABC  draw  AC  parallel  to  DE,  whose 
course  is  given  as  S.  33*  34'  E.  Line  AB  we  have  found 
to  be  S.  15°  46'  E.  867.07  feet. 

A=   17°  48' 

A  =  33°  34'  B  =  87*19'  C  =  33°34'  180°  00'  B  =  103°0o' 
15°  46'     15°  46'     87°  19'  120°  53'  C=  59°  Q'l' 


17°  48' 


103°  05' 


120°  53'   59°  07' 


180°  00' 


sin  59°  07'  :  867. 07  =  sin  103°  05'  :  ? 
sin  59°  07' :  867. 07  =  sin  17*48':? 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  191 

log  867.07  =  2.938054         log  867.07  =  2.938054 

log  sin     103°  05'  =  9 . 988578         log  sin       17°  48'  =  9 . 485289 
<colog  sin  59°  07'  =  0 . 066404        colog  sin  59°  07'  =  0 . 066404 


log  984.09  =  2.993036         log  308.85  =  2.489747 

Area     =  %  (867 . 07x308 . 85xsin  103°  05') 

log          867.07= 
log  308.85: 

log  sin  103°  05'  = 
-colog        87120 : 

log  2.994=     0.476261 

Construct  the  triangle  ACF.    Line  AF  is  a  prolongation 
•of  line  12-13,  and  line  CF  is  a  prolongation  of  line  1-2. 

A  =  103°  55' 

A  =  70°  21'     C  =  33°34'     180°  00'    F  =  87°19'     C=   59°  07' 
33°  34'  87°  19'     120' 53'  70°  21'     F=   16°  58' 


103°  55'  120°  53'       59°  07'  16°  58'  180°  00' 

sin  16°  08' :  984.09  =  sin  103°  55'  :  ? 
sin  16°  58'  :  984. 09  =  sin     59°  07'  :  ? 

log  984.09  =  2.993035         log  984.09  =  2.993035 

log  sin     103°  55' =  9. 987061         log  Bin      59*  07' =  9.933596 
colog  sin  16°  58' =  0.534892         colog  sin  16°  58' =  0.534892 


log  3273.32  =  3.514988         log  2894.17  =  3.461523 

Area     =  %  (984. 09x2894. 17xsin  103°  55') 

log  984.09=  2.993035 
log  2894.17=  3.461524 
log  sin  103°  35' =  9.987061 
colog  87120  =  — 5.059882 


log  31.732=      1.501502 

The  area  of  the  placer  was  found  to  be  27.873  acres. 
The  area  of  the  quadrilateral  ADBE  is  therefore  the  dif- 
ference between  35  acres,  the  required  acreage,  and  27.873 


192  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

acres,  which  is  7.127  acres.  The  area  of  the  triangle  ABC" 
was  found  to  be  2.994  acres;  then  the  area  of  the  quadri- 
lateral ADCE  is  the  difference  between  7.127  acres  and  2.994^ 
acres,  or  4.133  acres.  The  area  of  the  triangle  ACF  has 
been  found  to  be  31.732  acres.  Therefore  the  area  of  the 
triangle  DEP  is  31.732  acres  +  4.133  acres,  or  35.865  acres. 

By  geometry 

31 . 732  :  984 . 092  =  35 . 865  :  DEa 
31.732  :  3273. 322  ==35.865  :  EF2 
31.732  :  2894.172  =  35.865  :  DF1 

log     984. 093  =5.986070  log  3273. 322  =  7.029978 

log       35.865  =  1.554671  log       35.865  =  1.554671 


7.540741  8.584649 

log      31.732  =  1.501502  log       31.732  =  1.501502 


2)6.039239  2)7.083147 


log  1046.21    =3.019619  log  3479.95    =3.541573 

log  2894 . 172  =  6 . 923046  DF  =  3076 . 86 

log       35.865  =  1.554671  AF=2894.17 


8.477717  AD=    182.69 

log      31.732  =  1.501502 

EF=3479.95 
2)6.976215  CF=3273.32 


log  3076.86    =3.488107  EC  =    206.63 

BC  =  308.85  1-2  =  1108.73  12-13  =  259.04 

EC  =  206. 63  BE  =    514.48  AD  =  182.69 


BE  =  514.48  E-2  =  1623.21  12-D  =  441.73 

Another  method  of  working  this  problem  is  as  follows: 
The  area  of  the  quadrilateral  ADCE  has  been  found  as  in 
the  previous  figuring.  The  following  formula  will  give  the 
altitude: 


MINERAL,  LAND  SURVEYING.  193 

Let  x  =  altitude 

Let  K  =  cot  E  —  cot  A 

Let  A  =  area  of  ADCE  (4.135  acres  =  180,033  sq.ft.) 

Let  D  =  984.09  ft.,   (line  AC) 


x  =  -f  ±V2AK+Di 

K\ 

nat  cot  59°  07'  =  .  59809  log         984.09  =  2.9930348 

nat  cot  76°  05'  =  .24778  log  to  square  =  2.9930348 


K  =  .35031  log  968433 . 12  =  5 . 9860696 


x  = ( V2xl80033x .  35031+968433 . 12—984 . 09) 

.35031 

log  200=      0.3010300  126135.00 

log  180033.00=      5.2553533  D'=  968433. 12 

log       0.35031  =  — 1.5444525 

1094678.12 
log        126,135=      5.1008358 

The  square  root  of  1,094,678.12  is  found  as  follows: 
log     1094678.12  =  6.0392436  1046.21 

2)6.0392436 

3.0196218  =log  1046.21 

log  62.12=      1.793231 

log  .35031  =  — 1.544452 


log  177.33=      2. 248779  =  x 

In  the  right  triangle  ADo,  we  have  Do  =  177.33  feet,  the 
angle   D=  70°  21'  — 56°  26' =  13°  55'. 

log  177.33  =  2.248779  log  177.32  =  2.248779 

log  tan  13°  55' =  9. 394073  log  cos  13°  55'  =  9.987061 


log  43.94  =  1.642852  log          182.69  =  2.261718 

It  is  seen  here  that  line  AD,  182.69,  checks  with   the 

former  work. 

In  the  right  triangle  CEn,  we  have  Cn  =  177.33  feet,  and 

the  angle  E  =  39°07'. 


194  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

log         177.33  =  2.248779  log         177.33  =  2.248779 

log  cot  59°  07'  =  9 . 776769  log  sin  59°  07'  =  9 . 933596 


log         106.06  =  2.025548  log         206.62  =  2.315183 

Line  CE,  206.62,  also  checks  line  CE  in  the  first  method. 

984. 09  =  AC 
43.94  =  Ao 


106.06  =  nE 


1046.21  =  DE 

Calculation  of  Lode  Line. 

Given  the  boundaries  of  a  claim,  calculate  a  lode  line 
parallel  to  the  side  lines,  and  the  points  at  which  the  lode 
line  intersects  the  end  lines.  No  point  on  the  lode  line  to 
be  in  excess  of  150  feet  from  either  side  line.  Lode  line 
to  be  1,500  feet  long. 


Fig.  35. 


The  boundaries  are  as  follows:  Beginning  at  Cor.  No. 
1,  thence  E.  702  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  2;  thence  S.  58°  E.  800  ft. 
to  Cor.  No.  3;  thence  S.  30°  W.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  4; 
thence  N.  58°  W.  800  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  5;  thence  W.  702  ft. 
to  Cor.  No.  6;  thence  N.  30°  E.  300  ft.  to  Cor.  No.  1,  the 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 


195 


place  of  beginning.  (See  Fig.  35,  which  shows  conditions 
necessarily  greatly  exaggerated.)  The  side  b  is  drawn 
parallel  to  the  end  lines  in  the  triangle  whose  sides  are 
a,  b  and  c. 


800+a+702— c  =  1500 
1502+a— c  =  1500 
c— a  =  2 


a  sin  88° 

c  = 

sin  60° 

a  sin  88° 
sin  60° 

a  sin  88*  —  a  sin  60°  =  2  sin  60° 
2  sin  60° 


sin  60°=    .86603 
2 


1.73206 


sin  88'=    .99939 
sin  60°=    .86603 


Bin  88°  — sin  60° 

log  1.73206=     0.238698 
log     .13336  =  — 1.125023 


log      12.99=      1.113673 


.13336 

In  the  triangle  whose  side   a  we  have  found  to  be  12.99, 
the  sides   b   and  c  are  found  as  follows: 


sin  60°  :  12. 99  =  sin  32°  :  ? 
sin  60°  :  12. 99  =  sin  88*  :  ? 

log  12.99  =  1.113673 

log  sin         32°  =9. 724210 
colog  sin     60°  =0.062469 


log  12.99  =  1.113673 

log  sin         88°  =9. 999735 
colog  sin     60°  =  0.062469 


log 


7.95  =  0.900352 


log 


14.99  =  1.175877 


800+12 . 99+702  — 14 . 99  =  1500  =  lode  line 


196 

800. 
12.99 

812.99 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 


702. 
14.99 


687.01 


687.01 
812.99 


1500.00 


The  distance  of  the  lode  line  at  its  intersection  with 
line  6-1  is  found  to  be  157.95  feet  from  Cor.  No.  6.  and 
142.05  feet  from  Cor.  No.  1,  by  adding  the  distance  7.95 
feet  (b)  in  one  case,  and  subtracting  in  the  other,  to  and 
irom  150  feet. 

In  the  triangle  DEL  draw  DB  perpendicular  to  the  side 
line.  Multiplying  the  side  LD  (157.95)  by  the  sine  of  the 
angle  L,  60°,  we  get  the  distance  of  the  lode  line  from  line 
5-6,  which  is  136.80  feet. 

•    S7S9.46' 


Fig  36. 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 


197 


Subdivision  of  Section. 

Given  the  boundaries  of  a  section  (Fig.  36)  to  deter- 
mine the  boundaries  of  the  S.E.  %  of  the  N.W.  %,  the  S.  % 
of  the  N.E.  %  and  the  N.E.  %  of  the  S.E.  %  sections. 

S.  86°  17'  E.  5735.7  feet. 
N.  3°  33'  30"  W.  5439.2  feet. 
N.  78°  43'  30"  W.  2792.8  feet. 
N.  89°  28'  30"  W.  2759.46  feet. 
S.  1°  19'  E.  2812.1  feet. 
S.  0°58'  E.  2817.4  feet. 

General   Figuring. 

In  Fig.  37  we  have  an  example  of  a  problem  given  the 
writer  in  his  examination  for  a  commission  as  United 
States  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor.  Given  the  data  shown  in 
the  figure,  calculate  boundaries  of  St.  Louis  Lode,  (cut- 

Sun  No.9666  ST.  Louis  LODE 

PUCGLO  LAND  Di 
Jofm  nee  tf  ft.'ctvnv  Roe . 


198  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

ting  off  at  intersection  of  end  line  with  Sur.  No.  8556  Den- 
ver Lode),  section  tie  directly,  ties  to  conflicting  claims, 
and  conflicts  in  each  case,  also  ties  to  improvements.  Then 
write  up  the  notes,  giving  imaginary  bearings  from  cor- 
ners and  imaginary  dimensions  to  improvements.  Do  not 
exclude  Surs.  Nos.  8733  and  8853  New  York  and  Chicago 
lodes,  and  state  why. 

South  Dakota.* 

Following  is  a  partial  list  of  questions  asked  in  South 
Dakota: 

1.  I  run  360  feet  on  a  descent  of  1  foot  in  15  feet, 
thence  240  feet  on  an  ascent  of  11°  from  the  horizontal, 
thence  400  feet  on  a  descent  of  1  foot  in  16  feet,  thence 
250  feet  up  an  ascent  of  35°. 

Required  total  horizontal  distance,  also  difference  of 
level  of  the  initial  and  terminal  points.  State  a  full  solu- 
tion with  sketch. 

2.  From  initial  point  I  run  S.  12°  E.  650  feet,  and  am 
intercepted  by  a  pond.    From  650-foot  point  I  run  S.  82°  E., 
a  distance  sufficient  to  clear  pond,  thence  S.  28°  W.  420 
feet  to  flag  on  line  in  advance  of  pond,  thence  S.  12°  E.  460 
feet  to  terminal  point. 

Required  the  length  of  line  from  initial  to  terminal 
point.  State  a  full  solution  with  sketch. 

3.  I  run  S.  38°  E.  and  at  380  feet  turn  off  a  base  N. 
82°  E.  520  feet,  from  the  eastern  extremity  of  which  a  flag 
on  line  in  advance  of  river  bears  S.  8°  E. 

What  is  the  distance  of  flag  from  initial  point?  State 
a  full  solution  with  sketch. 

4.  Course  No.  2  of  Delta  mining  claim  is  broken  into 
by  a  rock  bluff,  unfavorable  to  accurate  chainage.    To  ob- 
tain the  bearing  and  length  of  this  line,  I  run  from  one 


*These  questions  kindly  furnished  by  Prof.  Mark  Ehle, 
Rapid  City,  South  Dakota. 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  199 

extremity  on  a  random  line  S.  28°  E.  610  feet,  thence  N. 
82°  E.  260  feet,  thence  S.  12°  W.  to  a  point  which  from  the 
data  so  far  obtained  I  find  to  be  on  my  random  line;  thence 

1  continue  the  first  random  340  feet  further  and  arrive  at 
a  point  from  which  the  other  extremity  of  said  course  No. 

2  bears  S.  62*  W.,  110  feet  distant. 

What  is  the  bearing  and  length  of  course  No.  2?  What 
angle  do  I  deflect  from  the  course  S.  12°  W.  in  order  to 
line  in  with  the  first  random?  State  «,  full  solution  with 
sketch. 

5.  The  two   extremities  of  a  straight  line  forming  a 
portion  of  the  boundary  of  a  mining  claim  are  not  con- 
veniently accessible,  but  a  convenient  base  can  be  had, 
from  each  extremity  of  which  both  extremities   of  said 
boundary  can  be  seen. 

1st.     Illustrate  this  condition  with  sketch. 

2nd.  State  the  measurements,  both  linear  and 
angular,  which  are  absolutely  essential  to  a  solution. 

3rd.  State  briefly  the  trigonometric  solution  and 
their  respective  purposes,  with  their  respective 
formulae. 

4th.  Trace  the  process  to  a  final  resulting  course 
and  distance. 

A  numerical  example  is  not  asked. 

6.  State   a  convenient  formula  applicable   to   what  is 
known  as  a  "broken  base,"  using  the  number  of  minutes 
in  the  deflection  angle  of  the  second  component. 

7.  Given  the  following  consecutive  courses  of  a  mining 
claim: 

From  Cor.  No.  1  to  Cor.  No.  2,  =  S.  28°  40' W.  503  feet; 
From  Cor.  No.  2  to  Cor.  No.  3,  =  N.  70°  30' W.  476  feet; 
From  Cor.  No.  3  to  Cor.  No.  4,  =  N.  9°  35' E.  485  feet; 
From  Cor.  No.  4  to  Cor.  No.  o,  =  ?  343  feet; 

From  Cor.  No.  5  to  Cor.  No.  l.  =  N.  79°  50' E.    ?      feet. 


230  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

1st.  Required  bearing  of  line  4-5  and  length  of  line 
5-1. 

2nd.  If  by  actual  survey  of  all  the  sides,  it  is  found 
that  the  line  5-1  is  N.  79°  55'  E.  395  feet,  state  a  traverse 
•showing  the  closing  errors;  then 

3rd.  Balance  the  survey  on  the  assumption  that  the 
measurements  have  equal  weights. 

4th.  Deduce  the  resulting  courses  and  distances  of  the 
•closing  survey  for  record. 

5th.  Compute  the  area  of  the  figure  so  enclosed,  by 
the  method  of  D.  M.  D.  State  full  solution  with  sketch. 

8.  An  incline  descends  on  a  dip  of  30°.    It  is  determined 
to  sink  a  shaft  to  intercept  incline,  the  shaft  to  be  at  a 
point  450  feet  from   mouth  of  incline;    the  surface  from 
mouth  to  shaft  descending  at  a  rate  of  1  foot  in  75. 

How  deep  will  the  shaft  be? 

9.  What  is  azimuth? 

10.  Observe  Polaris  at  greatest  elongation  at  a  place  in 
latitude  45°  30'  N.    Apparent  of  the  star  is  88°  44'  10". 

What  is  the  star's  azimuth? 

State  the  formula  and  whole  process. 

What  are  the  two  hour  angles  corresponding  to  east- 
ern and  western  elongations  respectively,  counting  from 
culmination,  round  with  the  sun  to  24  hours,  and  their 
equivalents  in  mean  solar  time? 

11.  If  in  the  last  example  the  star  is  observed  at  east- 
ern elongation  and  its  magnetic  bearing  at  that  instant  is 
N.  13°  20'  W., 

What  is  the  magnetic  declination? 
Is  it  to  be  called  East  or  West? 
State  process  and  reason  therefor. 

12.  U.  S.  Revised    Statutes    (2320)    limit   lode    claims 
located  after  May  10,   1872,   to   300  feet  on  each  side  of 
the  middle  of  the  vein  at  the  surface;  suppose  you  were 
called  upon  to  make  an  official  survey  of  such  a  location 
.under  order  from  this  office,  and  found  it  to  be  350  feet 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  201 

on  each  side  of  the  middle  of  the  vein  at  the  surface,  and 
you  found  nothing  in  the  location  certificate  to  dictate  to 
the  contrary;  what  would  be  your  action  in  respect  to 
such  a  location?  Why?  Suppose  such  a  location  was  200 
feet  on  one  side  of  the  vein  and  400  feet  on  the  other; 
what  would  your  action  be?  Why? 

13.  A  lode  claim  located  since  May  10,  1872,  shows  a 
length  of  1,529  feet  along  the  center  of  the  vein  at  the 
surface.    What  would  be  your  action  in  this  case?    Why? 

14.  The  boundaries  of  a  lode  location  have  the  follow- 
ing consecutive  courses,  namely: 

S.  42°  W.  800  feet; 
S.  22°  W.  600  feet; 
N.  80°  W.  90  feet; 
S.  62°  W.  200  feet; 
N.  22°  E.  600  feet; 
N.  42°  E.  800  feet; 
N.  62°  E.  190  feet;  thence  to  place  of  beginning. 

What  would  your  action  be  on  this  location  if  required 
to  make  an  official  survey?  Why? 

15.  I  run  N.  89°  56'  W.  on  a  random  line  between  Sees. 
30  and  31,  and  at  73.20  chains  intersect  the  west  boundary 
of  township  at  a  point  22  links  north  of  the  corner  of  Sees. 
25,  30,  31  and  36. 

1st.     What  is  the  course  of  the  return  or  true  line? 

2nd.    The  position  of  the  %  section  corner? 

3rd.  State  a  short  rule  for  obtaining  the  return  course 
in  these  cases,  applicable  when  the  fallings  are  within 
limits,  and  apply  to  the  above  case. 

16.  An  order  to   officially   survey   a  mineral   claim   is 
issued  to  you  from  this  office  under  date  March  12,  1900; 
said  order  is  based  upon  a  location  certificate  dated  Janu- 
ary 10,  1899.     Upon  proceeding  with  survey,  you  find  the 
location   as  marked   on  the  ground   does  not  conform  to 
the  location  as  recorded,  and  upon  informing  your  client 


202  MINERAL.  LAND  SURVEYING. 

to  that  effect  he  provides  you  with  a  certified  amended' 
certificate  of  location  dated  March  30,  1900. 

What  action  would  you  take  in  the  matter  of  survey? 

17.  Describe  fully  your  instrument,  stating  its  make, 
age  and  condition;   also  its  capabilities  as  to  power,  illu- 
mination and  graduation,  and  its  attachments  of  conveni- 
ence for  safe  and  accurate  work. 

What  measure  of  length  have  you? 

18.  If  your  telescope  has  a  level,  state  briefly  in  writ- 
ing how  you  would  adjust  it  and  the  horizontal  hair. 

19.  The  usual  method  for  adjusting  the  vertical  hair  in 
a  transit  for  collimation,  may  or  may  not  place  that  hair 
truly  in  the  center  of  the  telescope.    In  a  well  constructed 
instrument  the  displacement  will  be  small;   in  such  case, 
what  sensible  effect  has  this  displacement  upon  observa- 
tions, seeing  that  the  motion  of  the  slide  will  not  project 
this  hair  truly  along  the  axis  of  the  telescope? 

20.  It  is  required  that  you  determine  the  true  meridian 
by  direct  solar  observation.     You  will  make  the  observa- 
tion in  the  presence  of  the  examiner,  who  will  then  fur- 
nish you  with  a  copy  of  the  nautical  almanac.     From  the 
data  then  at  hand  you  will  make  all  necessary  calcula- 
tions, handing  in  the  same  complete. 

21.  In  latitude  30*  N.  the  sun's  declination  20°  S.  with 
hour  angle  '5  hours;  the  refraction  in  declination  is  8'  50". 

Assuming  no  index  error,  which  would  be  the  correct 
reading  to  set  off  on  the  declination  arc,  proper  for  the 
above  date? 

22.  In  latitude  44*  N.  the  hour  angle  of  the  sun  6  hours; 
I  start  a  line  due  north  by  solar;  but  find  after  running  a 
mile  in  the  course  so  started,  that  I  have  set  off  6'  too 
much  latitude. 

What  is  the  nature  and  amount  of  error  in  course  thus 
induced? 

If  in  the  above  the  hour  angle  is  3  hours,  what  is  the- 
nature  and  amount  of  error? 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  203 

If  the  latitude  is  correctly  set  off,  but  instead  of  a 
declination  of  10°  S.  I  set  off  10°  10'  S,,  the  hour  angle 
of  the  sun  being  3  hours,  what  then  is  the  nature  and 
amount  of  the  error  thus  introduced? 

State,  if  you  can,  the  differential  formulae  applicable 
to  these  cases. 

California.* 

The  customary  manner  of  appointment  in  this  and  the 
adjoining  states  is  as  follows: 

"The  surveyor  who  wishes  an  appointment,  makes  ap- 
plication to  the  Surveyor  General,  detailing  his  qualifi- 
cations. This  application,  together  with  the  recommenda- 
tion from  some  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor  of  good  standing 
within  that  district,  is  then  forwarded  to  the  Surveyor's 
General  Ofllce,  and  in  due  time  the  appointment  is  made. 
The  customary  filing  of  the  bonds  complete  the  appoint- 
ment of  the  U.  S.  Deputy. 

If  the  Deputy  desire  an  appointment  in  any  other  state 
or  territory,  I  have  found  that  a  recommendation  from  the 
Surveyor  General  of  the  state  in  which  the  original  ap- 
pointment was  made  was  all  that  was  necessary  to  ob- 
tain a  commission  in  any  additional  state  or  territory.  Of 
course  new  and  separate  bonds  must  be  filed  for  each 
state  or  territory  in  which  commission  is  held." 

Orcgon-t 

The  examination  in  Oregon  is  about  as  follows: 
1.  Fifteen  or  twenty  questions  covering  the  Land  Office 
rulings,  the  proper  markings  for  corners  of  government 
land  surveys,  the  methods  of  taking  latitude  by  the  sun 
and  Polaris,  the  maximum  number  of  acres  allowed  in 
quartz  claim,  placer  and  mill  site,  the  kind  of  corners 

*Kindness  of  Henry  J.  Jory,  Los  Angeles,  California. 
tFrom    H.  G.  Moulton,  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,. 
Grants  Pass,  Oregon. 


204  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

which  may  be  set  in  making  patent  surveys,  and  various 
details  of  procedure  in  executing  such  surveys. 

2.  Given  the  notes  of  a  quartz  claim   (metes,  bounds 
and  ties)   and  the  location  of  the  same,  make  out  notes 
and  preliminary  plat  of  same  as  if  surveyed  for  patent. 
This  requires  the  same  work  to  be  done  that  a  Deputy 
would  have  to  do  in  making  out  his  office  work  of  such  a 
survey. 

3.  Given  the  plat  of  the  locations  of  four  claims  form- 
ing one  group,  and  overlapping  each  other,  with  a  section 
corner  located  on  one  of  the  center  ones,  (this  plat  is  fur- 
nished by  the  Surveyor  General),  make  out  notes  of  a  sur- 
vey for  U.  S.  patent  of  the  group,  with  plat,  calculations, 
etc.    The  claims  are  given  on  the  plat  furnished  as  longer 
than  1,500  feet  and  wider  than  600  feet,  so  there  is  a  test 
of  ability  in  getting  them  within  the  required  limits  and 
at  the  same  time  not  leave  any  fractions. 

4.  An  instrumental  examination.    Applicant  is  required 
to  take  a  transit  and  determine  latitude  and  meridian  by 
sun  and  Polaris,  checking  upon  an  established  meridian, 
and  also  to  report  the  courses  from  a  given  point  to  a 
number  of  points  whose  bearing  is  known. 

Parts  2  and  3  are  severe  tests  of  applicant's  ability, 
and  the  examination  as  a  whole  is  an  exceedingly  thor- 
ough one.  It  is  the  aim  of  the  office  to  get  the  best  avail- 
able men  of  the  state  as  deputies,  and  the  examination  is 
in  every  way  a  fair  one  and  free  from  "catch"  questions. 

While  this  is  all  the  information  that  the  writer  has 
been  able  to  obtain  on  the  subject  of  examinations  for 
commission  as  U.  S.  Deputy  Mineral  Surveyor,  it  is  safe 
to  say  that  in  no  state  is  the  examination  more  difficult 
than  in  Colorado  or  Oregon.  If  the  applicant  is  able  to 
pass  the  examination  in  either  of  these  two  states,  the 
chances  are  that  he  will  be  able  to  pass  in  any  state  where 
an  examination  is  held. 


APPENDIX. 


The  following  contributed  remarks  were  submitted  by 
a  number  of  engineers  and  deputies,  and  appeared  in  Min- 
ing Reporter  in  discussion  of  the  general  subject  of  Min- 
eral Land  Surveying,  while  this  work  was  appearing  in 
that  journal. 


Editor  Mining  Reporter: 

Dear  Sir — The  writer  has  been  greatly  interested  in 
your  series  of  articles  on  Mineral  Land  Surveying  and  begs 
to  add  a  few  thoughts  on  the  subject: 

The  formula  which  Mr.  Moulton  proposes  in  place  of 
the  one  most  generally  used  would  scarcely  appear  to  the 
writer  to  be  an  improvement.  It  is  rarely  that  the  deputy 
surveyor  requires  time  exactly,  but  should  he  desire  it  he 
has  simply  to  transpose  Mr.  MacElroy's  formula  as  follows: 

sin  a 

cos  P  = tan  d  tan  1. 

cos  d  cos  1 

Here  he  is  using  exactly  the  same  data  as  in  his  calcula- 
tions for  azimuth  and  looking  the  angles  up  on  the  same 
line  in  the  logarithm  tables.  The  only  additional  labor  in 
calculation  for  time  is  in  setting  down  the  figures.  The 
writer  used  for  many  years  a  formula  similar  to  that  pro- 
posed by  Mr.  Moulton,  but  found  that  more  mistakes  were 
made  during  the  repeated  subtractions  than  at  any  other 
stage  in  the  operation.  Mr.  MacElroy's  formula  is  un- 
doubtedly the  simplest  so  far  advanced,  especially  when 
many  observations  are  figured  at  the  same  time,  and  be- 
ing the  simplest  would  seem  to  be  least  liable  to  error.. 

T.  C.  H. 


206 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 


Editor  Mining  Reporter: 

Dear  Sir — In  the  January  4th  number  of  Mining  Re- 
porter Mr.  Underbill,  in  his  article  on  "Mineral  Land  Sur- 
veying," recommends  the  use  of  a  pair  of  parallel  pliers  to 
hold  the  long  tape  taut  and  to  mark  the  distance  to  the 
axis  of  the  instrument  until  this  measurement  can  be  made 
and  recorded,  which  makes  it  necessary  for  the  already 
overloaded  transit  man  to  carry  these  pliers  which  are 
none  too  light  nor  convenient  in  his  pocket,  and  their  only 
advantage  over  the  old  method  of  putting  the  tape  over  the 
shoulder  to  obtain  the  necessary  pull  seems  to  me  to  be 
the  fact  that  they  mark  the  exact  distance  to  the  tele- 
scope axis.  For  some  time  I  have  used  as  a  tape  marker 
a  clothes  pin  arrangement  whittled  out  of  two  pieces  of 
wood  and  shaped  something  like  this : 


They  are  held  together  by  a  small  rubber  band  passed 
several  times  around  botb.  at  a-a  which  furnishes  the  neces- 
sary tension  to  clamp  the  marker  firmly  on  the  tape,  and 
•when  not  in  use  it  can  be  clamped  for  convenience  on 
the  watch  chain  or  leather  string  holding  magnifying  glass. 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  207 

This  little  affair  has  the  added  advantage  of  lightness,  can 
be  whittled  out  in  a  few  moments,  and  is  very  convenient 
to  clamp  on  the  tape  when  a  number  of  measurements  of 
even  length  are  to  be  made  from  the  same  point. 

OLD  PERPLEXITY. 

Editor  Mining  Reporter: 

Dear  Sir — In  connection  with  Mr.  Underbill's  articles 
on  "Mineral  Land  Surveying,"  I  wish  to  present  another 
method  of  reducing  slopes  of  small  vertical  angles  as  fol- 
lows: 

Suppose  we  have  vertical  angle  of  7°  45'  and  a  slope 
distance  of  292.4  feet.  From  a  table  of  natural  cosines 
we  find  cos  7°  45'  =  .99087.  This  means  that  in  100  feet 
slope  measurement  the  horizontal  component  is  .913  feet 
less.  (Simply  move  decimal  point  and  subtract  each 
integer  from  9.,  etc.)  For  all  practical  purposes,  now,  the 
distance  to  be  subtracted  from  292.4  feet  is  2.9x.913  or 
even  2.9x.91  or  2.65.  292.4—2.65=289.75  feet=horizontal. 
By  logarithms — 

log  29.2.4  =  2.4659774 

log  cos  7°  45'  =  9.9960149 


log  289.73        =--  2.4619923 

Ordinarily  very  little  figuring  is  required,  as  in  most 
cases  the  work  can  be  done  mentally.  H.  J.  A. 

DIRECT  SOLAR   OBSERVATIONS. 

Method  of  Determining  the  True  Meridian. 

Mr.  Underbill's  late  articles  on  the  direct  solar  observa- 
tion are  of  great  value  to  the  profession,  and  have  been 
followed  by  me  with  a  good  deal  of  interest. 

In  connecting  surveys  for  patent  with  adjacent  mineral 
surveys,  a  deputy  usually  finds  in  the  older  surveys  alarm- 
ing discrepancies  in  the  reported  courses.  This  is  espe- 
cially true  of  the  older  surveys,  made  at  a  time  when 


208  MINERAL    LAND    SURVEYING. 

solar  attachments  were  not  as  reliable  as  at  present,  and 
of  surveys  made  during  the  winter  months. 

There  are  certain  mathematical  principles  which  lie  at 
the  base  of  astronomical  calculations,  which  must  be  kept 
in  mind  in  making  observations  on  either  sun  or  stars. 
The  neglect  of  one  of  these  is,  I  think,  responsible  for  most 
of  the  errors  found  in  reported  bearings  derived  from  solar 
attachment  or  direct  solar  observations. 

As  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Underbill,  the  formula  used  for 
calculating  a  bearing  from  an  observed  altitude  of  a  heav- 
enly body,  the  latitude  and  declination  being  known,  is 
merely  a  matter  of  finding  one  angle  of  a  spherical  tri- 
angle, the  three  sides  being  given.  The  writer  uses  a  dif- 
ferent formula  from  the  one  given  by  Mr.  Underbill,  as 
this  formula  also  gives  the  true  local  mean  solar  time,  by 
which  the  watch  may  be  corrected  and  used  in  Polaris 
observations.  The  formula  is  as  follows: 

Let  D  be  the  declination  of  the  sun. 

Let  H  be  the  altitude   (corrected  for  refraction). 

Let  L  be  the  latitude   of  the   place. 
Then    (paying  due  attention  to  algebraic  signs) : 

a  =  90— -D 

b  =  90  —  H  s  =  i/2(a+b+c) 

C=z90  —  L 
From  these   find  the  auxiliary  quantity  k  as   follows: 


/  sin  s 

/- 


Vsin(s-a)sin(s-b)sin(s-c) 

Let  A  be  the  bearing  of  the  sun   (measured  from  the 
north  point)    and  T  the  actual  hour  angle. 
Then 

cot  y2  A  =  kxsin(s-a) 
cot  1/2  T  =  kxsin(s-b) 

The  angle  A  subtracted  from  180°  gives  the  bearing  of 
the  sun  at  the  moment  of  observation,  and  the  angle  T, 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  209 

reduced  from  degrees  to  hours  and  minutes,  gives  the  local 
apparent  solar  time.  By  applying  the  equation  of  time 
given  in  the  ephemeris  the  mean  time  of  the  observation 
is  readily  found. 

All  other  formulas,  and  also  a  solar  attachment  in  per- 
fect adjustment,  which  is  a  mechanical  device  for  solving 
the  same  problem,  will,  from  the  same  data,  give  the  same 
result  and  are  subject  to  the  same  errors. 

In  northern  latitudes,  when  the  sun  has  a  declination 
south  of  the  equator,  or  when  it  is  observed  near  the 
meridian,  the  angle  (s-a)  used  in  the  foregoing  formula 
becomes  very  small,  and  an  error  of  a  few  seconds  in  it 
will  make  a  difference  of  several  minutes  In  the  final  re- 
sult. As  (s-a)  Is  derived  from  the  declination,  the  alti- 
tude and  the  latitude,  it  is  apt  to  be  in  error  a  minute  or 
more,  since  both  the  altitude  and  the  latitude  may  be  In 
error  by  as  much  as  a  minute  with  even  the  best  of  field 
transits  used  on  mineral  work. 

After  calculating  sun  observations  at  different  times  of 
the  day  through  all  seasons  of  several  years,  the  writer 
finds  the  most  favorable  result  to  be  obtained  by  taking 
the  sun  when  due  east  or  due  west  with  an  altitude  of 
25°  to  45°  above  the  horizon.  The  time  of  the  year  when 
this  is  possible  depends  upon  the  latitude.  If  any  deputy 
doubts  the  foregoing  statements  let  him  observe  the  sun 
at  3  p.  m.,  when  it  has  a  declination  of  — 10°  to  — 20°  (south 
of  the  equator) ,  then  change  his  declination  and  latitude 
by  1'  each  and  note  the  result  of  the  new  observation. 
The  statement  is  true  of  either  direct  observation  or  solar 
attachment  readings. 

The  writer  prefers  to  check  Polaris  bearings  by  a  fixed 
star  chosen  so  that  it  will  be  at  a  convenient  point  for 
observation  during  the  months  when  the  sun  bearings  are 
not  reliable.  The  fixed  stars  are  more  easily  and  accurately 
observed  than  the  sun  at  any  time  of  the  year,  and  as 
they  can  be  observed  at  night,  do  not  interfere  with  the 


210  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

day's  work.  It  is  to  be  regretted,  from  an  astronomical 
standpoint,  that  the  government  requires  solar  observations 
invariably,  and  will  not  allow  a  star  to  be  used  instead,  as 
even  with  any  type  of  telescope  solar  attachments,  observa- 
tions can  be  more  accurately  made  upon  a  star  than  upon 
the  sun. 

Very  satisfactory  results  may  be  obtained  by  observing 
the  altitude  of  some  northern  star  such  as  those  in  the 
constellations  Cassiopeia,  Ursa  Major  or  Auriga,  when 
near  their  elongation.  The  formula  used  in  making  the 
calculations  is  the  same  as  is  used  in  calculating  sun  ob- 
servations, or  a  Shattuck  solar  attachment  may  be  used 
to  advantage.  The  writer  has  found  the  Shattuck  solar 
the  most  convenient  for  use  in  star  observations,  since 
its  adjustments  are  only  those  of  the  transit,  and  has  found 
its  accuracy  to  compare  very  favorably  with  direct  observa- 
tions, though  subject,  of  course,  to  the  mathematical  prin- 
ciples pointed  out  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs. 

H.  G.  MOULTON. 


THE   PATENTING   OF   MINERAL   LAND. 


The  layman  who  desires  to  secure  United  States  patent 
on  his  mining  property  is  not  always  cognizant  of  the 
proper  procedure  and  approximate  expense  involved  and 
frequently  either  delays  action,  fearing  that  the  matter  Is 
more  formidable  than  it  really  is,  or  else  takes  unwar- 
ranted steps  due  to  his  ignorance  of  all  the  conditions  in- 
volved. The  following  forms  have  been  devised  by  me 
with  a  view  of  obviating  the  above  mentioned  difficulties 
and  I  claim  that  they  put  the  matter  of  patents  in  as  con- 
cise and  at  the  same  time  as  complete  a  form  as  the  laity 
can  desire. 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  211 

Preliminary  Steps  in  the  Obtainance  of  United  States  Pat- 
ent to  Mineral  Claims. 

1.  Obtain  from  the  county  recorder  a  certified  copy 
of  the  location  notice  of  each  claim  upon  which  patent  is 
sought. 

2.  Deposit  in  any  United  States  depository  to  the  credit 
of  the  treasurer  of  the  United  States  a  sum  sufficient  to 
cover  the  expenses  of  the  work  in  the  surveyors-general 

office.    In  this  state  this  is  $ *  for  lode  claims,  and 

$ *  for  placers,  with  reduction  for  groups. 

3.  Forward  the  certified  copies  of  location  notices,  to- 
gether with  the  duplicate  certificate  of  deposit  to  the  United 

States  surveyor-general  at together 

with  an  application  for  official  survey  upon  a  blank  issued 
by  the  general  land  office  for  this  purpose,  a  copy  of  which 
may  be  had  at  this  office. 

4.  In  due  time  the  surveyor-general  issues  to  the  dep- 
uty named  in  the  application  a  survey  order,  in  which  a 
serial  number  is  given  to  the  particular  survey  authorized. 
This  is  the  deputy's  warrant  for  entering  upon  any  lands 
necessary  in  order  to  make  the  survey.    No  survey  is  offi- 
cial unless  in  pursuance  of  an  order  from  the  surveyor- 
general  of  the  district. 

5.  The  United  States  deputy  mineral  surveyor  desig- 
nated thereupon  makes  a  complete  survey  of  the  premises, 
locating  and  fixing  the  corners  of  all  the  claims,  locating 
the  discovery  points,  all  the  shafts,  cuts,  tunnels,  build- 
ings, and  machinery,  with  reference  to  the  nearest  corner 
of  the  claim.     Also  runs  ties  to  the  nearest  section  cor- 
ners, or  %  section  corners,  or  if  upon  unsurveyed  land, 
then  to  the  nearest  mineral  monument.    Assistants  must 
be  sworn  in  to  faithful  service  both  before  and  after  the 
survey,   before   an   officer   qualified   to   administer     oaths. 
Neither  the  claimants  themselves,  nor  agents  thereof,  may 
act  as  assistants  in  mineral  surveys.    An  underground  sur- 
vey must  generally  be  made  in  order  to  plat  the  same  upon 


212  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

the  map,  in  plan  only.  All  cornerstones  or  posts  must  be 
up  to  government  standard,  and  chiseled  or  scribed  with 
the  claim  initials,  number  of  corner  and  survey  number. 

6.  Plat  and  Field  Notes  from  the  Deputy  to  the  Sur- 
veyor-General.— These  very  commonly  take  double  the  time 
of  the  actual  field  work,  as  they  must  be  prepared  with 
absolute  accuracy  and  fidelity  to  detail  as  required  by  the 
department.    They  must  show,  in  addition  to  the  data  pre- 
viously mentioned,  the  distances  intersected  on  all  the  sec- 
tion lines,  complete  calculation  of  areas  by  double  meridian 
distances,  the  sectional  subdivisions  made  fractional,  the 
errors   found   in   previous   contiguous   surveys,   and   many 
other  minor  details. 

7.  Examination  of  the  Above  by  the  Surveyor-General. 
— The  returns  by  the  deputy  must  await  their  turn  in  the 
surveyor's-general   office  before   coming  up  for  approval. 
This  may  take  two  or  three  months,  or  longer.     The  re- 
turns are  then  examined  by  a  skilled  force  of  clerks  and 
deputies,   all   calculations,   ties,  boundaries,   intersections, 
etc.,  are  rechecked,  and  the  notes  and  plat  searched  for 
irregularities.    If  any  are  found,  the  notes  are  returned  to 
the  deputy  for  correction,  and  when  again  received,  must 
generally  await  their  turn  for  approval.    In  extreme  cases 
it  has  taken  several  years  to  obtain  the  approval  of  a 
survey.    Three  months  is  above  the  average  time. 

8.  Upon   the   approval   of  the   survey,   the   surveyor- 
general  prepares  an  approved  copy  of  the  plat  for  each 
claim  in  the  survey,  and  three  extra  copies.    One  copy  is 
retained,  one  forwarded  to  the  general  land  office  at  Wash- 
ington, one  to  the  local  land  office,  and  the  others,  with  as 
many  transcripts  of  the  field  notes,  are  returned  to  the 
claimants.    Each  plat  contains  the  official  approval  of  the 
surveyor-general  and  his  certificate  of  $500  improvements, 
as  returned  by  the  deputy. 

Upon  receipt  by  the  claimants  or  their  attorneys  of  the 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  213 

plats  and  transcripts,  the  matter  is  in  shape  for  the  patent 

application  proper. 

Method    of    Procedure    in    Patent    Applications    for     Lode 

Claims. 

Upon  receipt  of  the  approved  plats  and  transcript  of 
notes  from  the  surveyor-general,  these  are  turned  over  to 
the  attorney  engaged  to  prepare  the  necessary  papers  in 
the  case.  (United  States  deputy  mineral  surveyors  are 
not  allowed  by  the  rules  of  the  department  to  act  as  attor- 
neys in  mineral  cases.) 

1.  There  is  prepared  the  notice     of     application     for 
United  States  patent,  according  to  the  specified  form,  de- 
scribing the  ground  claimed.    This  is  prepared  in  triplicate, 
and  one  copy  attached  to  the  plat  and  transcript  of  notes, 
is  at  once  posted  on  the  claim  in  the  presence  of  two  wit- 
nesses. 

These  witnesses  then  subscribe  to  this  posting  before 
notary  public,  in  the  form  proof  of  posting  notice  and  the 
diagram  on  the  claim.  They  also  attach  their  names  as 
witnesses  to  the  notice  of  application  for  patent.  (In  the 
case  of  groups  it  is  customary  and  safest  to  post  a  notice 
and  plat  at  discovery  point  of  each  claim.) 

2.  There  is  then  prepared  by  the  attorney  the  following 
papers  constituting  the  first  set. 

Application  for  patent  in  regular  form  and  describing 
premises. 

The  abstract  of  title.  (This  must  be  shown  to  be  in 
applicant.) 

The  proof  of  citizenship.  (Affidavits  showing  applicant 
to  be  United  States  citizen.) 

Proof  of  non-abandonment,  i.  e.,  that  assessment  work 
was  done  for  year  preceding  the  application. 

Agreement  of  publisher.  (That  he  will  not  hold  United 
States  responsible  for  costs.) 

Publication  notice.  (This  is  identical  with  notice  of  ap- 
plication for  patent,  except  that  it  is  not  signed  by  appli- 


2U  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

cant,  but  left  blank  for  signature  of  the  register  of  the 
district. 

3.  These  papers,  together  with  the  extra  plat,  tran- 
script of  notes,  and  the  proof  of  posting,  are  then  filed  with 
the  register  of  the  land  district,  who  attaches  his  signature 
and  the  serial  number  to  the  publication  notice,  and  either 
delivers  same  to  the  attorney  or  forwards  it  direct  to  the 
printer. 

4.  This  publication  notice  is  published  for  sixty-one 
consecutive  days  in  a  daily  or  nine  consecutive  times  in 
a  weekly  newspaper.    During  this  time  plats,  notices  and 
transcripts  must  remain  posted. 

5.  After  expiration  of  period  of  publication,  attorney 
prepares  the  second  set  of  papers,  as  follows: 

Proof  of  continuous  posting  (by  two  witnesses  before 
notary) . 

Proof  of  publication.  Certificate  from  the  publisher, 
giving  dates  and  number  of  times  published. 

Proof  of  no  suit  pending,  attested  by  clerk  of  county 
wherein  claims  exist. 

Proof  of  sums  paid.  Made  by  applicant,  detailing 
amounts  paid  to  deputy,  the  filing  fees,  publisher's  ac- 
count, and  amount  tendered  received  for  acreage.  Formal 
application  to  purchase. 

The  filing  of  this  paper  completes  the  requisites  of 
entry  and  payment  and  the  register's  proof  of  posting  no- 
tice, and  final  certificate  of  entry  completes  the  patent 
application. 

All  papers  except  a  copy  of  the  plat  are  forwarded  by 
the  local  land  oflice  to  the  department  at  Washington  and 
patent  issues  within  one  year,  except  in  cases  of  over- 
crowding the  department. 

No  assessment  work  need  be  done  after  the  issuance  of 
the  receiver's  receipt. 

The  government  price  for  lode  claims  is  $5  for  each 
acre  or  fraction  thereof. 


MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING.  215 

All  affidavits  must  be  made  before  an  officer  legally 
qualified  to  administer  oaths,  and  with  few  minor  excep- 
tions must  be  made  within  the  land  district. 

A  corporation  may  apply,  if  its  citizenship  is  properly 
supported.  Alien  corporations  may  not  patent  and  sums 
paid  by  them  are  forfeited. 

Time  required  to  obtain  receiver's  receipt,  six  to  eight 
months  after  survey. 

Any  other  details  desired  can  be  supplied. 
Deputy's  Estimate  to  Claimant. 

As  per  request,  I  am  pleased  to  submit  you  a  detailed 
estimate  of  the  minimum  cost  of  obtaining  United  States 

patent  to  the  following  mining  claims,  viz.:    

together  with  a  general  statement  of  the  method  of  pro- 
cedure, which  may  serve  to  guide  you  in  the  matter. 

1.  ( )  Certified  copies  of  the  location  notices — one 

for  each  claim — to  be  obtained  from  the  county  recorder 

at t  and  forwarded  to  the  United 

States  surveyor-general  at t  together 

with  an  application  for  official  survey,  drawn  up  on  a  spe- 
cial blank,  which  can  be  furnished  by  this  office.     This 
must  be  signed  with  the  name  and  address  of  applicant 
or  his  attorney.     $ * 

2.  This  application  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certifi- 
cate of  deposit  from   any  bank,  designated  as  a  United 
States  depository,  showing  that  there  has  been  deposited 
by  the  claimant,  to  the  credit  of  the  treasurer     of    the 
United  States,  a  sum  sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  office 
work  on  plats,  transcripts,  etc.,  in  the  surveyor's-genernl 

office.     In  this  state  the  cost  is  $ *  for  the  first 

claim,  and  $ *  for  each  successive  claim  or  frac- 
tion.    Total,  $ * 

No  survey  order  will  be  issued  unless  money  is  de- 
posited and  unless  application  is  accompanied  by  satisfac- 
tory location  certificates.  (See  special  sheet  in  regard 
thereto.) 


216  MINERAL  LAND  SURVEYING. 

3.  Official  survey  by  United  States  deputy,  including 
all   expenses  for  traveling,  assistants,  incidentals,  notary 
fees  (all  assistants  appearing  twice  under  oath  in  addition 
to  their  affidavit  of  improvements),  also  all  office  work  on 
plats   and   field   notes,   and  full   returns   to  the  surveyor- 
general  until  the  final  approval  of  the  survey.     $ * 

4.  Attorney  work,  preparation  of  the  patent  application 
and  all  papers  in  the  case,  as  listed  in  the  circular  entitled 
"Method  of  Procedure,"  including  the  taking  of  affidavits 
and  all  notary  fees.    $ * 

5.  Abstract  of  title,   as  shown  by  the  records  of  the 
county  recorder,  cost  depends  upon  number  of  claims,  num- 
ber of  transfers,  etc.,  and  is  very  variable.     In  this  case 
about  $ * 

6.  Publication  of  the  notice  of  application  for  patent. 
This  must  be  advertised  in  the  nearest  newspaper  to  the 
claim,  satisfactory  to  or  designated  by  the  register  of  the 
local  land  office.    Amount  charged  is  very  variable  and  is 

a  matter  for  special  contract.    About  $ *    Sixty-one 

consecutive  days  in  daily,  or  nine  consecutive  weeks. 

7.  Fees  for  filing  application  for  patent  at  the  district 

land  office,  in  this  case  at § 

Payment  must  be  made  to  the  receiver  when  first  set  of 
papers  are  filed.    $ * 

8.  Proof  of  posting  plats,  etc.,   and   proof  that  plats, 
etc.,  have  remained  posted.    Two  witnesses  must  in  each 
case  subscribe  to  these  affidavits.     Cost  is  very  variable, 
depending  on  distance  witnesses  must  cover  in  going  to 
claim  and  to  notary.     About  $ * 

9.  Certificate  of  no  suit  pending,  proof  of  non-abandon- 
ment, proofs  of  sums  paid,  and  miscellaneous  affidavits,  if 
necessary.     About  $ * 

10.  Purchase  price  from  United  States  government  for 
the  land.    Amount  to  be  paid  to  the  receiver  of  the  district 
land  office  by  the  claimant  for  the  acreage  as  returned  by 
the  deputy.     Fractional  acres  are  charged  as  full   acres. 


MINERAL   LAND   SURVEYING.  217 

Rate  is  $5  per  acre  for  lode  claims  and  millsites,  and  $2.50 

per  acre  for  placers.    About  acres 

at  $ * 

Estimated  total,  $ * 

If  any  adverses  or  protests  be  filed,  costs  are  at  once 
increased  largely,  and  no  approximate  estimates  can  be 
made. 

Notation  to  Accompany  Deputy's  Estimate. 

Many  of  the  ordinary  location  notices  upon  which  claims 
are  held  are  not  deemed  "sufficient"  by  the  surveyor-gen- 
eral, and  survey  orders  will  not  be  issued  upon  them  with- 
out amendment. 

Satisfactory  location  certificates  must  in  general  be 
drawn  up  after  a  certain  recognized  government  form,  and 
state  with  great  explicitness  the  locality  and  boundaries 
of  the  claim.  The  surveyor-general  is  authorized  to  refuse 
survey  orders  on  notices  that  are  vague,  indefinite,  faulty, 
or  that  will  not  serve  to  fix  the  boundaries  of  the  claim 
upon  the  public  domain. 

Furthermore,  the  deputy  is  expressly  prohibited  from 
including  any  ground  outside  of  the  original  boundaries 
of  the  claim,  even  though  said  ground  may  be  vacant  at 
the  time  of  survey,  and  neither  side  line  may  be  over  300 
feet  distant  from  the  middle  of  the  vein  at  the  surface. 
Any  attempt  to  evade  these  requirements  will  probably 
cause  a  disapproval  of  the  survey,  or  if  successfully  evaded 
in  the  plat  and  field  notes,  the  entire  application  is  subject 
to  protest  and  cancellation  in  the  land  office. 

This  last  requirement,  together  with  the  well-recognized 
principle  that  the  end  lines  must  be  made  parallel,  often 
serves  to  cut  off  ground  from  the  claim  which  can  not  be 
included  in  the  patent  application. 

Very  often  this  ground  is  valuable  and  must  be  made 
the  subject  of  another  survey  and  application,  with  its 
attendant  cost. 

It  is,  therefore,  generally  advisable,  in  all  cases  where 


218  MINERAL   LAND    SURVEYING. 

claims  have  not  already  been  surveyed  for  amended  loca- 
tion, to  first  make  a  preliminary  survey  of  the  claims, 
taking  up  all  fractions  and  vacant  ground,  shifting  the 
original  locations,  if  necessary,  so  that  the  side  lines  and 
discovery  point  present  the  proper  relations  to  each  other. 
Formal  amended  certificates  are  then  filed,  disposing  of 
the  ground  in  exactly  the  manner  desired  in  the  patent.  A 
survey  order  may  be  at  once  obtained  from  these  certifi- 
cates and  a  survey  based  upon  such  re-location  generally 
meets  with  prompt  approval. 

None  whatever  of  the  original  rights  are  lost  by  this 
amendment,  but,  on  the  contrary,  this  simple  procedure 
does  away  with  nearly  all  of  the  protests,  adverses,  apex 
litigation,  and  other  difficulties  attendant  upon  the  exer- 
cise of  mining  rights. 

H.  J.  JORY. 


*To  be  filled  in  in  accordance  with  the  list  of  charges 
adopted  by  the  surveyors-general  in  each  state  or  territory. 
fCounty  in  which  claim  is  located. 
tCapitol  of  state  or  territory. 
§Land  district  office  in  state  or  territory. 


ll 


5s       >>i°£* 


*— I  111 


-  I  ^s 


II 


77V 


Us 


"*• 


THE  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Santa  Barbara 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW. 


•I 


c/b 


